From da1bb88a2b900f0392b731ec47c5e1bff956fd8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Sat, 26 Jun 2010 20:42:58 +0000 Subject: rename target/linux/generic-2.6 to generic SVN-Revision: 21952 --- .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.c | 376 +++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.h | 121 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmrRegs.h | 121 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuCntrs.c | 207 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuCntrs.h | 213 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuL2Cntrs.c | 143 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuL2Cntrs.h | 151 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.c | 1479 ++++++++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.h | 191 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.c | 1599 +++++++++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.h | 179 ++ .../kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfConfig.h | 192 ++ .../kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfRegs.h | 306 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIf.c | 1855 ++++++++++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIf.h | 172 ++ .../kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfConfig.h | 157 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfRegs.h | 423 +++ .../mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfStaticInit.h | 179 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/spd/mvSpd.c | 1474 ++++++++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/spd/mvSpd.h | 192 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEth.c | 2952 ++++++++++++++++++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.c | 748 +++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.h | 146 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthGbe.h | 751 +++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthRegs.h | 700 +++++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/mvEth.h | 356 +++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.c | 362 +++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.h | 118 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGppRegs.h | 116 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.c | 669 +++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.h | 134 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIfRegs.h | 245 ++ .../mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.c | 1006 +++++++ .../mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.h | 323 +++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPci.c | 1047 +++++++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPci.h | 185 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPciRegs.h | 411 +++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPex.c | 1143 ++++++++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPex.h | 168 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPexRegs.h | 751 +++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.c | 313 +++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.h | 82 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.c | 1522 ++++++++++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.h | 166 ++ .../kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlashSpec.h | 233 ++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.c | 576 ++++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.h | 94 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.c | 249 ++ .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.h | 82 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiSpec.h | 98 + .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.c | 1023 +++++++ .../crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.h | 121 + .../ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsiSpec.h | 160 ++ 53 files changed, 26780 insertions(+) create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmrRegs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuCntrs.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuCntrs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuL2Cntrs.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuL2Cntrs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfConfig.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfRegs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIf.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIf.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfConfig.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfRegs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfStaticInit.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/spd/mvSpd.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/spd/mvSpd.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEth.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthGbe.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthRegs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/mvEth.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGppRegs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIfRegs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPci.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPci.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPciRegs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPex.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPex.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPexRegs.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlashSpec.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiSpec.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.c create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.h create mode 100644 target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsiSpec.h (limited to 'target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal') diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..717c1507cf --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.c @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#include "mvCntmr.h" +#include "cpu/mvCpu.h" + +/* defines */ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG + #define DB(x) x +#else + #define DB(x) +#endif + +extern unsigned int whoAmI(void); + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvCntmrLoad - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Load an init Value to a given counter/timer +* +* INPUT: +* countNum - counter number +* value - value to be loaded +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , MV_ERROR on error ,MV_OK on sucess +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrLoad(MV_U32 countNum, MV_U32 value) +{ + if (countNum >= MV_CNTMR_MAX_COUNTER ) + { + + mvOsPrintf(("mvCntmrLoad: Err. Illigal counter number \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM;; + + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(CNTMR_RELOAD_REG(countNum),value); + MV_REG_WRITE(CNTMR_VAL_REG(countNum),value); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvCntmrRead - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Returns the value of the given Counter/Timer +* +* INPUT: +* countNum - counter number +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_U32 counter value +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvCntmrRead(MV_U32 countNum) +{ + return MV_REG_READ(CNTMR_VAL_REG(countNum)); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvCntmrWrite - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Returns the value of the given Counter/Timer +* +* INPUT: +* countNum - counter number +* countVal - value to write +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None +*******************************************************************************/ +void mvCntmrWrite(MV_U32 countNum,MV_U32 countVal) +{ + MV_REG_WRITE(CNTMR_VAL_REG(countNum),countVal); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvCntmrCtrlSet - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Set the Control to a given counter/timer +* +* INPUT: +* countNum - counter number +* pCtrl - pointer to MV_CNTMR_CTRL structure +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , MV_ERROR on error ,MV_OK on sucess +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrCtrlSet(MV_U32 countNum, MV_CNTMR_CTRL *pCtrl) +{ + MV_U32 cntmrCtrl; + + if (countNum >= MV_CNTMR_MAX_COUNTER ) + { + + DB(mvOsPrintf(("mvCntmrCtrlSet: Err. Illigal counter number \n"))); + return MV_BAD_PARAM;; + + } + + /* read control register */ + cntmrCtrl = MV_REG_READ(CNTMR_CTRL_REG); + + + if (pCtrl->enable) /* enable counter\timer */ + { + cntmrCtrl |= CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN(countNum); + } + else /* disable counter\timer */ + { + cntmrCtrl &= ~CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN(countNum); + } + + if ( pCtrl->autoEnable ) /* Auto mode */ + { + cntmrCtrl |= CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_EN(countNum); + + } + else /* no auto mode */ + { + cntmrCtrl &= ~CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_EN(countNum); + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(CNTMR_CTRL_REG,cntmrCtrl); + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvCntmrCtrlGet - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Get the Control value of a given counter/timer +* +* INPUT: +* countNum - counter number +* pCtrl - pointer to MV_CNTMR_CTRL structure +* +* OUTPUT: +* Counter\Timer control value +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , MV_ERROR on error ,MV_OK on sucess +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrCtrlGet(MV_U32 countNum, MV_CNTMR_CTRL *pCtrl) +{ + MV_U32 cntmrCtrl; + + if (countNum >= MV_CNTMR_MAX_COUNTER ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf(("mvCntmrCtrlGet: Err. Illigal counter number \n"))); + return MV_BAD_PARAM;; + } + + /* read control register */ + cntmrCtrl = MV_REG_READ(CNTMR_CTRL_REG); + + /* enable counter\timer */ + if (cntmrCtrl & CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN(countNum)) + { + pCtrl->enable = MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pCtrl->enable = MV_FALSE; + } + + /* counter mode */ + if (cntmrCtrl & CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_EN(countNum)) + { + pCtrl->autoEnable = MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pCtrl->autoEnable = MV_FALSE; + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvCntmrEnable - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Set the Enable-Bit to logic '1' ==> starting the counter +* +* INPUT: +* countNum - counter number +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , MV_ERROR on error ,MV_OK on sucess +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrEnable(MV_U32 countNum) +{ + MV_U32 cntmrCtrl; + + if (countNum >= MV_CNTMR_MAX_COUNTER ) + { + + DB(mvOsPrintf(("mvCntmrEnable: Err. Illigal counter number \n"))); + return MV_BAD_PARAM;; + + } + + /* read control register */ + cntmrCtrl = MV_REG_READ(CNTMR_CTRL_REG); + + /* enable counter\timer */ + cntmrCtrl |= CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN(countNum); + + + MV_REG_WRITE(CNTMR_CTRL_REG,cntmrCtrl); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvCntmrDisable - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Stop the counter/timer running, and returns its Value +* +* INPUT: +* countNum - counter number +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_U32 counter\timer value +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrDisable(MV_U32 countNum) +{ + MV_U32 cntmrCtrl; + + if (countNum >= MV_CNTMR_MAX_COUNTER ) + { + + DB(mvOsPrintf(("mvCntmrDisable: Err. Illigal counter number \n"))); + return MV_BAD_PARAM;; + + } + + /* read control register */ + cntmrCtrl = MV_REG_READ(CNTMR_CTRL_REG); + + /* disable counter\timer */ + cntmrCtrl &= ~CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN(countNum); + + MV_REG_WRITE(CNTMR_CTRL_REG,cntmrCtrl); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvCntmrStart - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Combined all the sub-operations above to one function: Load,setMode,Enable +* +* INPUT: +* countNum - counter number +* value - value of the counter\timer to be set +* pCtrl - pointer to MV_CNTMR_CTRL structure +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , MV_ERROR on error ,MV_OK on sucess +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrStart(MV_U32 countNum, MV_U32 value, + MV_CNTMR_CTRL *pCtrl) +{ + + if (countNum >= MV_CNTMR_MAX_COUNTER ) + { + + mvOsPrintf(("mvCntmrDisable: Err. Illigal counter number \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM;; + + } + + /* load value onto counter\timer */ + mvCntmrLoad(countNum,value); + + /* set the counter to load in the first time */ + mvCntmrWrite(countNum,value); + + /* set control for timer \ cunter and enable */ + mvCntmrCtrlSet(countNum,pCtrl); + + return MV_OK; +} + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b911d0f040 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmr.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvTmrWtdgh +#define __INCmvTmrWtdgh + +/* includes */ +#include "mvCommon.h" +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "cntmr/mvCntmrRegs.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvSpec.h" + + +/* This enumerator describe counters\watchdog numbers */ +typedef enum _mvCntmrID +{ + TIMER0 = 0, + TIMER1, + WATCHDOG, + TIMER2, + TIMER3, +}MV_CNTMR_ID; + + +/* Counter / Timer control structure */ +typedef struct _mvCntmrCtrl +{ + MV_BOOL enable; /* enable */ + MV_BOOL autoEnable; /* counter/Timer */ +}MV_CNTMR_CTRL; + + +/* Functions */ + +/* Load an init Value to a given counter/timer */ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrLoad(MV_U32 countNum, MV_U32 value); + +/* Returns the value of the given Counter/Timer */ +MV_U32 mvCntmrRead(MV_U32 countNum); + +/* Write a value of the given Counter/Timer */ +void mvCntmrWrite(MV_U32 countNum,MV_U32 countVal); + +/* Set the Control to a given counter/timer */ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrCtrlSet(MV_U32 countNum, MV_CNTMR_CTRL *pCtrl); + +/* Get the value of a given counter/timer */ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrCtrlGet(MV_U32 countNum, MV_CNTMR_CTRL *pCtrl); + +/* Set the Enable-Bit to logic '1' ==> starting the counter. */ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrEnable(MV_U32 countNum); + +/* Stop the counter/timer running, and returns its Value. */ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrDisable(MV_U32 countNum); + +/* Combined all the sub-operations above to one function: Load,setMode,Enable */ +MV_STATUS mvCntmrStart(MV_U32 countNum, MV_U32 value, + MV_CNTMR_CTRL *pCtrl); + +#endif /* __INCmvTmrWtdgh */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmrRegs.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmrRegs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b69bc66ad2 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cntmr/mvCntmrRegs.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvTmrwtdgRegsh +#define __INCmvTmrwtdgRegsh + +/*******************************************/ +/* ARM Timers Registers Map */ +/*******************************************/ + +#define CNTMR_RELOAD_REG(tmrNum) (CNTMR_BASE + 0x10 + (tmrNum)*8 + \ + (((tmrNum) <= 3)?0:8)) +#define CNTMR_VAL_REG(tmrNum) (CNTMR_BASE + 0x14 + (tmrNum)*8 + \ + (((tmrNum) <= 3)?0:8)) +#define CNTMR_CTRL_REG (CNTMR_BASE) + +/*For MV78XX0*/ +#define CNTMR_CAUSE_REG (CPU_AHB_MBUS_CAUSE_INT_REG(whoAmI())) +#define CNTMR_MASK_REG (CPU_AHB_MBUS_MASK_INT_REG(whoAmI())) + +/* ARM Timers Registers Map */ +/*******************************************/ + + +/* ARM Timers Control Register */ +/* CPU_TIMERS_CTRL_REG (CTCR) */ + +#define TIMER0_NUM 0 +#define TIMER1_NUM 1 +#define WATCHDOG_NUM 2 +#define TIMER2_NUM 3 +#define TIMER3_NUM 4 + +#define CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN_OFFS(cntr) (cntr * 2) +#define CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN_MASK(cntr) (1 << CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN_OFFS) +#define CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN(cntr) (1 << CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN_OFFS(cntr)) +#define CTCR_ARM_TIMER_DIS(cntr) (0 << CTCR_ARM_TIMER_EN_OFFS(cntr)) + +#define CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_OFFS(cntr) ((cntr * 2) + 1) +#define CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_MASK(cntr) BIT1 +#define CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_EN(cntr) (1 << CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_OFFS(cntr)) +#define CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_DIS(cntr) (0 << CTCR_ARM_TIMER_AUTO_OFFS(cntr)) + + +/* ARM Timer\Watchdog Reload Register */ +/* CNTMR_RELOAD_REG (TRR) */ + +#define TRG_ARM_TIMER_REL_OFFS 0 +#define TRG_ARM_TIMER_REL_MASK 0xffffffff + +/* ARM Timer\Watchdog Register */ +/* CNTMR_VAL_REG (TVRG) */ + +#define TVR_ARM_TIMER_OFFS 0 +#define TVR_ARM_TIMER_MASK 0xffffffff +#define TVR_ARM_TIMER_MAX 0xffffffff + + + +#endif /* __INCmvTmrwtdgRegsh */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuCntrs.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuCntrs.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..609e674e3a --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuCntrs.c @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/* + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + */ + +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "mvCpuCntrs.h" + + +const static MV_CPU_CNTRS_OPS mvCpuCntrsOpsTbl[MV_CPU_CNTRS_NUM][MV_CPU_CNTRS_OPS_NUM] = +{ + /*0*/ + { + MV_CPU_CNTRS_CYCLES, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_READ_HIT, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_READ_MISS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_WRITE_HIT, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_WRITE_MISS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INSTRUCTIONS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_MMU_READ_LATENCY, MV_CPU_CNTRS_ICACHE_READ_LATENCY, MV_CPU_CNTRS_WB_WRITE_LATENCY, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_LDM_STM_HOLD, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_DATA_WRITE_ACCESS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DATA_READ_ACCESS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_BRANCH_PREDICT_COUNT, + }, + /*1*/ + { + MV_CPU_CNTRS_CYCLES, MV_CPU_CNTRS_ICACHE_READ_MISS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_READ_MISS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_WRITE_MISS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_ITLB_MISS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_SINGLE_ISSUE, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_BRANCH_RETIRED, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_MMU_READ_BEAT, MV_CPU_CNTRS_ICACHE_READ_LATENCY, MV_CPU_CNTRS_WB_WRITE_BEAT, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_IS_HOLD, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DATA_READ_ACCESS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + }, + /*2*/ + { + MV_CPU_CNTRS_CYCLES, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_ACCESS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_DTLB_MISS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_BRANCH_PREDICT_MISS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_WB_WRITE_BEAT, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_READ_LATENCY, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_WRITE_LATENCY, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_BIU_SIMULT_ACCESS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + }, + /*3*/ + { + MV_CPU_CNTRS_CYCLES, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_READ_MISS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_WRITE_MISS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_TLB_MISS, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_BRANCH_TAKEN, MV_CPU_CNTRS_WB_FULL_CYCLES, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_READ_BEAT, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DCACHE_WRITE_BEAT, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_BIU_ANY_ACCESS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, MV_CPU_CNTRS_DATA_WRITE_ACCESS, + MV_CPU_CNTRS_INVALID, + } +}; + +MV_CPU_CNTRS_ENTRY mvCpuCntrsTbl[MV_CPU_CNTRS_NUM]; + +MV_CPU_CNTRS_EVENT* mvCpuCntrsEventTbl[128]; + +void mvCpuCntrsReset(void) +{ + MV_U32 reg = 0; + + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c13, 0" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c13, 1" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c13, 2" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c13, 3" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c13, 4" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c13, 5" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c13, 6" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c13, 7" : : "r" (reg)); +} + +void program_counter(int counter, int op) +{ + MV_U32 reg = (1 << op) | 0x1; /*enable*/ + + switch(counter) + { + case 0: + __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c12, 0" : : "r" (reg)); + return; + + case 1: + __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c12, 1" : : "r" (reg)); + return; + + case 2: + __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c12, 2" : : "r" (reg)); + return; + + case 3: + __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c15, c12, 3" : : "r" (reg)); + return; + + default: + mvOsPrintf("error in program_counter: bad counter number (%d)\n", counter); + } + return; +} + +void mvCpuCntrsEventClear(MV_CPU_CNTRS_EVENT* pEvent) +{ + int i; + + for(i=0; icounters_sum[i] = 0; + } + pEvent->num_of_measurements = 0; +} + + +MV_CPU_CNTRS_EVENT* mvCpuCntrsEventCreate(char* name, MV_U32 print_threshold) +{ + int i; + MV_CPU_CNTRS_EVENT* event = mvOsMalloc(sizeof(MV_CPU_CNTRS_EVENT)); + + if(event) + { + strncpy(event->name, name, sizeof(event->name)); + event->num_of_measurements = 0; + event->avg_sample_count = print_threshold; + for(i=0; icounters_before[i] = 0; + event->counters_after[i] = 0; + event->counters_sum[i] = 0; + } + } + return event; +} + +void mvCpuCntrsEventDelete(MV_CPU_CNTRS_EVENT* event) +{ + if(event != NULL) + mvOsFree(event); +} + + +MV_STATUS mvCpuCntrsProgram(int counter, MV_CPU_CNTRS_OPS op, + char* name, MV_U32 overhead) +{ + int i; + + /* Find required operations */ + for(i=0; inum_of_measurements < pEvent->avg_sample_count) + return; + + mvOsPrintf("%16s: ", pEvent->name); + for(i=0; icounters_sum[i], + pEvent->num_of_measurements, NULL); + if(counters_avg >= mvCpuCntrsTbl[i].overhead) + counters_avg -= mvCpuCntrsTbl[i].overhead; + else + counters_avg = 0; + + mvOsPrintf("%s=%5llu, ", mvCpuCntrsTbl[i].name, counters_avg); + } + mvOsPrintf("\n"); + mvCpuCntrsEventClear(pEvent); + mvCpuCntrsReset(); +} + +void mvCpuCntrsStatus(void) +{ + int i; + + for(i=0; icounters_before[i] = mvCpuCntrsRead(i); +#else + pEvent->counters_before[1] = mvCpuCntrsRead(1); + pEvent->counters_before[3] = mvCpuCntrsRead(3); + pEvent->counters_before[0] = mvCpuCntrsRead(0); + pEvent->counters_before[2] = mvCpuCntrsRead(2); +#endif +} + +static INLINE void mvCpuCntrsReadAfter(MV_CPU_CNTRS_EVENT* pEvent) +{ + int i; + +#if 0 + /* order is important - we want to measure the cycle count first here! */ + for(i=0; icounters_after[i] = mvCpuCntrsRead(i); +#else + pEvent->counters_after[2] = mvCpuCntrsRead(2); + pEvent->counters_after[0] = mvCpuCntrsRead(0); + pEvent->counters_after[3] = mvCpuCntrsRead(3); + pEvent->counters_after[1] = mvCpuCntrsRead(1); +#endif + + for(i=0; icounters_sum[i] += (pEvent->counters_after[i] - pEvent->counters_before[i]); + } + pEvent->num_of_measurements++; +} + + +#ifdef CONFIG_MV_CPU_PERF_CNTRS + +#define MV_CPU_CNTRS_READ(counter) mvCpuCntrsRead(counter) + +#define MV_CPU_CNTRS_START(event) mvCpuCntrsReadBefore(event) + +#define MV_CPU_CNTRS_STOP(event) mvCpuCntrsReadAfter(event) + +#define MV_CPU_CNTRS_SHOW(event) mvCpuCntrsShow(event) + +#else + +#define MV_CPU_CNTRS_READ(counter) +#define MV_CPU_CNTRS_START(event) +#define MV_CPU_CNTRS_STOP(event) +#define MV_CPU_CNTRS_SHOW(event) + +#endif /* CONFIG_MV_CPU_PERF_CNTRS */ + + +#endif /* __mvCpuCntrs_h__ */ + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuL2Cntrs.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuL2Cntrs.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..033386224f --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/cpu/mvCpuL2Cntrs.c @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/* + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + */ + +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "mvCpuL2Cntrs.h" + + + +MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_ENTRY mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_NUM]; + +MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_EVENT* mvCpuL2CntrsEventTbl[128]; + +void mvCpuL2CntrsReset(void) +{ + MV_U32 reg = 0; + + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 6, %0, c15, c13, 0" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 6, %0, c15, c13, 1" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 6, %0, c15, c13, 2" : : "r" (reg)); + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 6, %0, c15, c13, 3" : : "r" (reg)); +} + +static void mvCpuL2CntrConfig(int counter, int op) +{ + MV_U32 reg = (1 << op) | 0x1; /*enable*/ + + switch(counter) + { + case 0: + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 6, %0, c15, c12, 0" : : "r" (reg)); + return; + + case 1: + MV_ASM ("mcr p15, 6, %0, c15, c12, 1" : : "r" (reg)); + return; + + default: + mvOsPrintf("mvCpuL2CntrConfig: bad counter number (%d)\n", counter); + } + return; +} + +void mvCpuL2CntrsEventClear(MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_EVENT* pEvent) +{ + int i; + + for(i=0; icounters_sum[i] = 0; + } + pEvent->num_of_measurements = 0; +} + + +MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_EVENT* mvCpuL2CntrsEventCreate(char* name, MV_U32 print_threshold) +{ + int i; + MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_EVENT* event = mvOsMalloc(sizeof(MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_EVENT)); + + if(event) + { + strncpy(event->name, name, sizeof(event->name)); + event->num_of_measurements = 0; + event->avg_sample_count = print_threshold; + for(i=0; icounters_before[i] = 0; + event->counters_after[i] = 0; + event->counters_sum[i] = 0; + } + } + return event; +} + +void mvCpuL2CntrsEventDelete(MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_EVENT* event) +{ + if(event != NULL) + mvOsFree(event); +} + + +MV_STATUS mvCpuL2CntrsProgram(int counter, MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_OPS op, + char* name, MV_U32 overhead) +{ + strncpy(mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[counter].name, name, sizeof(mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[counter].name)); + mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[counter].operation = op; + mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[counter].opIdx = op; + mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[counter].overhead = overhead; + mvCpuL2CntrConfig(counter, op); + mvOsPrintf("CPU L2 Counter %d: operation=%d, overhead=%d\n", + counter, op, overhead); + return MV_OK; +} + +void mvCpuL2CntrsShow(MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_EVENT* pEvent) +{ + int i; + MV_U64 counters_avg; + + if(pEvent->num_of_measurements < pEvent->avg_sample_count) + return; + + mvOsPrintf("%16s: ", pEvent->name); + for(i=0; icounters_sum[i], + pEvent->num_of_measurements, NULL); + + if(counters_avg >= mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[i].overhead) + counters_avg -= mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[i].overhead; + else + counters_avg = 0; + + mvOsPrintf("%s=%5llu, ", mvCpuL2CntrsTbl[i].name, counters_avg); + } + mvOsPrintf("\n"); + mvCpuL2CntrsEventClear(pEvent); + mvCpuL2CntrsReset(); +} + +void mvCpuL2CntrsStatus(void) +{ + int i; + + for(i=0; icounters_before[i] = mvCpuL2CntrsRead(i); +} + +static INLINE void mvCpuL2CntrsReadAfter(MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_EVENT* pEvent) +{ + int i; + + for(i=0; icounters_after[i] = mvCpuL2CntrsRead(i); + pEvent->counters_sum[i] += (pEvent->counters_after[i] - pEvent->counters_before[i]); + } + pEvent->num_of_measurements++; +} + + +#ifdef CONFIG_MV_CPU_L2_PERF_CNTRS + +#define MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_READ(counter) mvCpuL2CntrsRead(counter) + +#define MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_START(event) mvCpuL2CntrsReadBefore(event) + +#define MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_STOP(event) mvCpuL2CntrsReadAfter(event) + +#define MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_SHOW(event) mvCpuL2CntrsShow(event) + +#else + +#define MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_READ(counter) +#define MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_START(event) +#define MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_STOP(event) +#define MV_CPU_L2_CNTRS_SHOW(event) + +#endif /* CONFIG_MV_CPU_L2_PERF_CNTRS */ + + +#endif /* __mvCpuL2Cntrs_h__ */ + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1b8a3d378 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.c @@ -0,0 +1,1479 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#include "ddr1_2/mvDram.h" +#include "boardEnv/mvBoardEnvLib.h" + +#undef MV_DEBUG +#ifdef MV_DEBUG +#define DB(x) x +#else +#define DB(x) +#endif + +static MV_VOID cpyDimm2BankInfo(MV_DIMM_INFO *pDimmInfo, + MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo); +static MV_U32 cas2ps(MV_U8 spd_byte); +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramBankGet - Get the DRAM bank paramters. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function retrieves DRAM bank parameters as described in +* DRAM_BANK_INFO struct to the controller DRAM unit. In case the board +* has its DRAM on DIMMs it will use its EEPROM to extract SPD data +* from it. Otherwise, if the DRAM is soldered on board, the function +* should insert its bank information into MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO struct. +* +* INPUT: +* bankNum - Board DRAM bank number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pBankInfo - DRAM bank information struct. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_FAIL - Bank parameters could not be read. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvDramBankInfoGet(MV_U32 bankNum, MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo) +{ + MV_DIMM_INFO dimmInfo; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramBankInfoGet bank %d\n", bankNum)); + /* zero pBankInfo structure */ + memset(pBankInfo, 0, sizeof(*pBankInfo)); + + if((NULL == pBankInfo) || (bankNum >= MV_DRAM_MAX_CS )) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramBankInfoGet bad params \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if( MV_OK != dimmSpdGet((MV_U32)(bankNum/2), &dimmInfo)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR dimmSpdGet failed to get dimm info \n")); + return MV_FAIL; + } + if((dimmInfo.numOfModuleBanks == 1) && ((bankNum % 2) == 1)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR dimmSpdGet. Can't find DIMM bank 2 \n")); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + /* convert Dimm info to Bank info */ + cpyDimm2BankInfo(&dimmInfo, pBankInfo); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* cpyDimm2BankInfo - Convert a Dimm info struct into a bank info struct. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Convert a Dimm info struct into a bank info struct. +* +* INPUT: +* pDimmInfo - DIMM information structure. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pBankInfo - DRAM bank information struct. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_VOID cpyDimm2BankInfo(MV_DIMM_INFO *pDimmInfo, + MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo) +{ + pBankInfo->memoryType = pDimmInfo->memoryType; + + /* DIMM dimensions */ + pBankInfo->numOfRowAddr = pDimmInfo->numOfRowAddr; + pBankInfo->numOfColAddr = pDimmInfo->numOfColAddr; + pBankInfo->dataWidth = pDimmInfo->dataWidth; + pBankInfo->errorCheckType = pDimmInfo->errorCheckType; + pBankInfo->sdramWidth = pDimmInfo->sdramWidth; + pBankInfo->errorCheckDataWidth = pDimmInfo->errorCheckDataWidth; + pBankInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice = pDimmInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice; + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = pDimmInfo->suportedCasLatencies; + pBankInfo->refreshInterval = pDimmInfo->refreshInterval; + + /* DIMM timing parameters */ + pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs = pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs; + pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps = + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps; + pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps = + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps; + + pBankInfo->minRowPrechargeTime = pDimmInfo->minRowPrechargeTime; + pBankInfo->minRowActiveToRowActive = pDimmInfo->minRowActiveToRowActive; + pBankInfo->minRasToCasDelay = pDimmInfo->minRasToCasDelay; + pBankInfo->minRasPulseWidth = pDimmInfo->minRasPulseWidth; + pBankInfo->minWriteRecoveryTime = pDimmInfo->minWriteRecoveryTime; + pBankInfo->minWriteToReadCmdDelay = pDimmInfo->minWriteToReadCmdDelay; + pBankInfo->minReadToPrechCmdDelay = pDimmInfo->minReadToPrechCmdDelay; + pBankInfo->minRefreshToActiveCmd = pDimmInfo->minRefreshToActiveCmd; + + /* Parameters calculated from the extracted DIMM information */ + pBankInfo->size = pDimmInfo->size/pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks; + pBankInfo->deviceDensity = pDimmInfo->deviceDensity; + pBankInfo->numberOfDevices = pDimmInfo->numberOfDevices / + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks; + + /* DIMM attributes (MV_TRUE for yes) */ + + if ((pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) || + (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) ) + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmAttributes & BIT1) + pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs = MV_TRUE; + else + pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs = MV_FALSE; + } + else /* pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2 */ + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmTypeInfo & (BIT0 | BIT4)) + pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs = MV_TRUE; + else + pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs = MV_FALSE; + } + + return; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* dimmSpdCpy - Cpy SPD parameters from dimm 0 to dimm 1. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Read the DIMM SPD parameters from dimm 0 into dimm 1 SPD. +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE if function could read DIMM parameters, MV_FALSE otherwise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS dimmSpdCpy(MV_VOID) +{ + MV_U32 i; + MV_U32 spdChecksum; + + MV_TWSI_SLAVE twsiSlave; + MV_U8 data[SPD_SIZE]; + + /* zero dimmInfo structure */ + memset(data, 0, SPD_SIZE); + + /* read the dimm eeprom */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Read Dimm eeprom\n")); + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.address = MV_BOARD_DIMM0_I2C_ADDR; + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.type = ADDR7_BIT; + twsiSlave.validOffset = MV_TRUE; + twsiSlave.offset = 0; + twsiSlave.moreThen256 = MV_FALSE; + + if( MV_OK != mvTwsiRead (MV_BOARD_DIMM_I2C_CHANNEL, + &twsiSlave, data, SPD_SIZE) ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: ERR. no DIMM in dimmNum 0\n")); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(puts("DRAM: Reading dimm info succeded.\n")); + + /* calculate SPD checksum */ + spdChecksum = 0; + + for(i = 0 ; i <= 62 ; i++) + { + spdChecksum += data[i]; + } + + if ((spdChecksum & 0xff) != data[63]) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Warning. Wrong SPD Checksum %2x, expValue=%2x\n", + (MV_U32)(spdChecksum & 0xff), data[63])); + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: SPD Checksum ok!\n")); + } + + /* copy the SPD content 1:1 into the DIMM 1 SPD */ + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.address = MV_BOARD_DIMM1_I2C_ADDR; + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.type = ADDR7_BIT; + twsiSlave.validOffset = MV_TRUE; + twsiSlave.offset = 0; + twsiSlave.moreThen256 = MV_FALSE; + + for(i = 0 ; i < SPD_SIZE ; i++) + { + twsiSlave.offset = i; + if( MV_OK != mvTwsiWrite (MV_BOARD_DIMM_I2C_CHANNEL, + &twsiSlave, &data[i], 1) ) + { + mvOsPrintf("DRAM: ERR. no DIMM in dimmNum 1 byte %d \n",i); + return MV_FAIL; + } + mvOsDelay(5); + } + + DB(puts("DRAM: Reading dimm info succeded.\n")); + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* dimmSpdGet - Get the SPD parameters. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Read the DIMM SPD parameters into given struct parameter. +* +* INPUT: +* dimmNum - DIMM number. See MV_BOARD_DIMM_NUM enumerator. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pDimmInfo - DIMM information structure. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE if function could read DIMM parameters, MV_FALSE otherwise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS dimmSpdGet(MV_U32 dimmNum, MV_DIMM_INFO *pDimmInfo) +{ + MV_U32 i; + MV_U32 density = 1; + MV_U32 spdChecksum; + + MV_TWSI_SLAVE twsiSlave; + MV_U8 data[SPD_SIZE]; + + if((NULL == pDimmInfo)|| (dimmNum >= MAX_DIMM_NUM)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramBankInfoGet bad params \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* zero dimmInfo structure */ + memset(data, 0, SPD_SIZE); + + /* read the dimm eeprom */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Read Dimm eeprom\n")); + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.address = (dimmNum == 0) ? + MV_BOARD_DIMM0_I2C_ADDR : MV_BOARD_DIMM1_I2C_ADDR; + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.type = ADDR7_BIT; + twsiSlave.validOffset = MV_TRUE; + twsiSlave.offset = 0; + twsiSlave.moreThen256 = MV_FALSE; + + if( MV_OK != mvTwsiRead (MV_BOARD_DIMM_I2C_CHANNEL, + &twsiSlave, data, SPD_SIZE) ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: ERR. no DIMM in dimmNum %d \n", dimmNum)); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(puts("DRAM: Reading dimm info succeded.\n")); + + /* calculate SPD checksum */ + spdChecksum = 0; + + for(i = 0 ; i <= 62 ; i++) + { + spdChecksum += data[i]; + } + + if ((spdChecksum & 0xff) != data[63]) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Warning. Wrong SPD Checksum %2x, expValue=%2x\n", + (MV_U32)(spdChecksum & 0xff), data[63])); + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: SPD Checksum ok!\n")); + } + + /* copy the SPD content 1:1 into the dimmInfo structure*/ + for(i = 0 ; i < SPD_SIZE ; i++) + { + pDimmInfo->spdRawData[i] = data[i]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("SPD-EEPROM Byte %3d = %3x (%3d)\n",i, data[i], data[i])); + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM SPD Information:\n")); + + /* Memory type (DDR / SDRAM) */ + switch (data[DIMM_MEM_TYPE]) + { + case (DIMM_MEM_TYPE_SDRAM): + pDimmInfo->memoryType = MEM_TYPE_SDRAM; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Memeory type SDRAM\n")); + break; + case (DIMM_MEM_TYPE_DDR1): + pDimmInfo->memoryType = MEM_TYPE_DDR1; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Memeory type DDR1\n")); + break; + case (DIMM_MEM_TYPE_DDR2): + pDimmInfo->memoryType = MEM_TYPE_DDR2; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Memeory type DDR2\n")); + break; + default: + mvOsPrintf("ERROR: Undefined memory type!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + + /* Number Of Row Addresses */ + pDimmInfo->numOfRowAddr = data[DIMM_ROW_NUM]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numOfRowAddr[3] %d\n",pDimmInfo->numOfRowAddr)); + + /* Number Of Column Addresses */ + pDimmInfo->numOfColAddr = data[DIMM_COL_NUM]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numOfColAddr[4] %d\n",pDimmInfo->numOfColAddr)); + + /* Number Of Module Banks */ + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks = data[DIMM_MODULE_BANK_NUM]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numOfModuleBanks[5] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks)); + + /* Number of module banks encoded differently for DDR2 */ + if (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks = (pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks & 0x7)+1; + + /* Data Width */ + pDimmInfo->dataWidth = data[DIMM_DATA_WIDTH]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM dataWidth[6] 0x%x\n", pDimmInfo->dataWidth)); + + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Max CasLatancy */ + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs = cas2ps(data[DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS]); + + /* Error Check Type */ + pDimmInfo->errorCheckType = data[DIMM_ERR_CHECK_TYPE]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM errorCheckType[11] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->errorCheckType)); + + /* Refresh Interval */ + pDimmInfo->refreshInterval = data[DIMM_REFRESH_INTERVAL]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM refreshInterval[12] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->refreshInterval)); + + /* Sdram Width */ + pDimmInfo->sdramWidth = data[DIMM_SDRAM_WIDTH]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM sdramWidth[13] 0x%x\n",pDimmInfo->sdramWidth)); + + /* Error Check Data Width */ + pDimmInfo->errorCheckDataWidth = data[DIMM_ERR_CHECK_DATA_WIDTH]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM errorCheckDataWidth[14] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->errorCheckDataWidth)); + + /* Burst Length Supported */ + /* SDRAM/DDR1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + burst length = * Page | TBD | TBD | TBD | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + /* DDR2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + burst length = * Page | TBD | TBD | TBD | 8 | 4 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + + pDimmInfo->burstLengthSupported = data[DIMM_BURST_LEN_SUP]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM burstLengthSupported[16] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->burstLengthSupported)); + + /* Number Of Banks On Each Device */ + pDimmInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice = data[DIMM_DEV_BANK_NUM]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numOfBanksOnEachDevice[17] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice)); + + /* Suported Cas Latencies */ + + /* SDRAM: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 * + ********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 4 | 3.5 | 3 | 2.5 | 2 | 1.5 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | TBD | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + + pDimmInfo->suportedCasLatencies = data[DIMM_SUP_CAL]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM suportedCasLatencies[18] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->suportedCasLatencies)); + + /* For DDR2 only, get the DIMM type information */ + if (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + { + pDimmInfo->dimmTypeInfo = data[DIMM_DDR2_TYPE_INFORMATION]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM dimmTypeInfo[20] (DDR2) 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->dimmTypeInfo)); + } + + /* SDRAM Modules Attributes */ + pDimmInfo->dimmAttributes = data[DIMM_BUF_ADDR_CONT_IN]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM dimmAttributes[21] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->dimmAttributes)); + + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Max CasLatancy Minus 1*/ + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps = + cas2ps(data[DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS_MINUS1]); + + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Max CasLatancy Minus 2*/ + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps = + cas2ps(data[DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS_MINUS2]); + + pDimmInfo->minRowPrechargeTime = data[DIMM_MIN_ROW_PRECHARGE_TIME]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRowPrechargeTime[27] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRowPrechargeTime)); + pDimmInfo->minRowActiveToRowActive = data[DIMM_MIN_ROW_ACTIVE_TO_ROW_ACTIVE]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRowActiveToRowActive[28] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRowActiveToRowActive)); + pDimmInfo->minRasToCasDelay = data[DIMM_MIN_RAS_TO_CAS_DELAY]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRasToCasDelay[29] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRasToCasDelay)); + pDimmInfo->minRasPulseWidth = data[DIMM_MIN_RAS_PULSE_WIDTH]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRasPulseWidth[30] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRasPulseWidth)); + + /* DIMM Bank Density */ + pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity = data[DIMM_BANK_DENSITY]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM dimmBankDensity[31] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity)); + + /* Only DDR2 includes Write Recovery Time field. Other SDRAM ignore */ + pDimmInfo->minWriteRecoveryTime = data[DIMM_MIN_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minWriteRecoveryTime[36] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minWriteRecoveryTime)); + + /* Only DDR2 includes Internal Write To Read Command Delay field. */ + pDimmInfo->minWriteToReadCmdDelay = data[DIMM_MIN_WRITE_TO_READ_CMD_DELAY]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minWriteToReadCmdDelay[37] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minWriteToReadCmdDelay)); + + /* Only DDR2 includes Internal Read To Precharge Command Delay field. */ + pDimmInfo->minReadToPrechCmdDelay = data[DIMM_MIN_READ_TO_PRECH_CMD_DELAY]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minReadToPrechCmdDelay[38] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minReadToPrechCmdDelay)); + + /* Only DDR2 includes Minimum Refresh to Activate/Refresh Command field */ + pDimmInfo->minRefreshToActiveCmd = data[DIMM_MIN_REFRESH_TO_ACTIVATE_CMD]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRefreshToActiveCmd[42] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRefreshToActiveCmd)); + + /* calculating the sdram density. Representing device density from */ + /* bit 20 to allow representation of 4GB and above. */ + /* For example, if density is 512Mbit 0x20000000, will be represent in */ + /* deviceDensity by 0x20000000 >> 16 --> 0x00000200. Another example */ + /* is density 8GB 0x200000000 >> 16 --> 0x00002000. */ + density = (1 << ((pDimmInfo->numOfRowAddr + pDimmInfo->numOfColAddr) - 20)); + pDimmInfo->deviceDensity = density * + pDimmInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice * + pDimmInfo->sdramWidth; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM deviceDensity %d\n",pDimmInfo->deviceDensity)); + + /* Number of devices includeing Error correction */ + pDimmInfo->numberOfDevices = (pDimmInfo->dataWidth/pDimmInfo->sdramWidth) * + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numberOfDevices %d\n", + pDimmInfo->numberOfDevices)); + + pDimmInfo->size = 0; + + /* Note that pDimmInfo->size is in MB units */ + if (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + pDimmInfo->size += 1024; /* Equal to 1GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + pDimmInfo->size += 8; /* Equal to 8MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + pDimmInfo->size += 16; /* Equal to 16MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + pDimmInfo->size += 32; /* Equal to 32MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + pDimmInfo->size += 64; /* Equal to 64MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + pDimmInfo->size += 128; /* Equal to 128MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + pDimmInfo->size += 256; /* Equal to 256MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + pDimmInfo->size += 512; /* Equal to 512MB */ + } + else if (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + pDimmInfo->size += 1024; /* Equal to 1GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + pDimmInfo->size += 2048; /* Equal to 2GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + pDimmInfo->size += 16; /* Equal to 16MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + pDimmInfo->size += 32; /* Equal to 32MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + pDimmInfo->size += 64; /* Equal to 64MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + pDimmInfo->size += 128; /* Equal to 128MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + pDimmInfo->size += 256; /* Equal to 256MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + pDimmInfo->size += 512; /* Equal to 512MB */ + } + else /* if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) */ + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + pDimmInfo->size += 1024; /* Equal to 1GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + pDimmInfo->size += 2048; /* Equal to 2GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + pDimmInfo->size += 4096; /* Equal to 4GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + pDimmInfo->size += 8192; /* Equal to 8GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + pDimmInfo->size += 16384; /* Equal to 16GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + pDimmInfo->size += 128; /* Equal to 128MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + pDimmInfo->size += 256; /* Equal to 256MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + pDimmInfo->size += 512; /* Equal to 512MB */ + } + + pDimmInfo->size *= pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: dimm size %dMB \n",pDimmInfo->size)); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* dimmSpdPrint - Print the SPD parameters. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Print the Dimm SPD parameters. +* +* INPUT: +* pDimmInfo - DIMM information structure. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_VOID dimmSpdPrint(MV_U32 dimmNum) +{ + MV_DIMM_INFO dimmInfo; + MV_U32 i, temp = 0; + MV_U32 k, maskLeftOfPoint = 0, maskRightOfPoint = 0; + MV_U32 rightOfPoint = 0,leftOfPoint = 0, div, time_tmp, shift; + MV_U32 busClkPs; + MV_U8 trp_clocks=0, trcd_clocks, tras_clocks, trrd_clocks, + temp_buf[40], *spdRawData; + + busClkPs = 1000000000 / (mvBoardSysClkGet() / 100); /* in 10 ps units */ + + spdRawData = dimmInfo.spdRawData; + + if(MV_OK != dimmSpdGet(dimmNum, &dimmInfo)) + { + mvOsOutput("ERROR: Could not read SPD information!\n"); + return; + } + + /* find Manufactura of Dimm Module */ + mvOsOutput("\nManufacturer's JEDEC ID Code: "); + for(i = 0 ; i < DIMM_MODULE_MANU_SIZE ; i++) + { + mvOsOutput("%x",spdRawData[DIMM_MODULE_MANU_OFFS + i]); + } + mvOsOutput("\n"); + + /* Manufacturer's Specific Data */ + for(i = 0 ; i < DIMM_MODULE_ID_SIZE ; i++) + { + temp_buf[i] = spdRawData[DIMM_MODULE_ID_OFFS + i]; + } + mvOsOutput("Manufacturer's Specific Data: %s\n", temp_buf); + + /* Module Part Number */ + for(i = 0 ; i < DIMM_MODULE_VEN_SIZE ; i++) + { + temp_buf[i] = spdRawData[DIMM_MODULE_VEN_OFFS + i]; + } + mvOsOutput("Module Part Number: %s\n", temp_buf); + + /* Module Serial Number */ + for(i = 0; i < sizeof(MV_U32); i++) + { + temp |= spdRawData[95+i] << 8*i; + } + mvOsOutput("DIMM Serial No. %ld (%lx)\n", (long)temp, + (long)temp); + + /* find Manufac-Data of Dimm Module */ + mvOsOutput("Manufactoring Date: Year 20%d%d/ ww %d%d\n", + ((spdRawData[93] & 0xf0) >> 4), (spdRawData[93] & 0xf), + ((spdRawData[94] & 0xf0) >> 4), (spdRawData[94] & 0xf)); + /* find modul_revision of Dimm Module */ + mvOsOutput("Module Revision: %d.%d\n", + spdRawData[91], spdRawData[92]); + + /* find manufac_place of Dimm Module */ + mvOsOutput("manufac_place: %d\n", spdRawData[72]); + + /* go over the first 35 I2C data bytes */ + for(i = 2 ; i <= 35 ; i++) + switch(i) + { + case 2: /* Memory type (DDR1/2 / SDRAM) */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + mvOsOutput("Dram Type is: SDRAM\n"); + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + mvOsOutput("Dram Type is: SDRAM DDR1\n"); + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + mvOsOutput("Dram Type is: SDRAM DDR2\n"); + else + mvOsOutput("Dram Type unknown\n"); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 3: /* Number Of Row Addresses */ + mvOsOutput("Module Number of row addresses: %d\n", + dimmInfo.numOfRowAddr); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 4: /* Number Of Column Addresses */ + mvOsOutput("Module Number of col addresses: %d\n", + dimmInfo.numOfColAddr); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 5: /* Number Of Module Banks */ + mvOsOutput("Number of Banks on Mod.: %d\n", + dimmInfo.numOfModuleBanks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 6: /* Data Width */ + mvOsOutput("Module Data Width: %d bit\n", + dimmInfo.dataWidth); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 8: /* Voltage Interface */ + switch(spdRawData[i]) + { + case 0x0: + mvOsOutput("Module is TTL_5V_TOLERANT\n"); + break; + case 0x1: + mvOsOutput("Module is LVTTL\n"); + break; + case 0x2: + mvOsOutput("Module is HSTL_1_5V\n"); + break; + case 0x3: + mvOsOutput("Module is SSTL_3_3V\n"); + break; + case 0x4: + mvOsOutput("Module is SSTL_2_5V\n"); + break; + case 0x5: + if (dimmInfo.memoryType != MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + mvOsOutput("Module is SSTL_1_8V\n"); + break; + } + default: + mvOsOutput("Module is VOLTAGE_UNKNOWN\n"); + break; + } + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 9: /* Minimum Cycle Time At Max CasLatancy */ + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) * 10; + + /* DDR2 addition of right of point */ + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xA) + { + rightOfPoint = 25; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xB) + { + rightOfPoint = 33; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xC) + { + rightOfPoint = 66; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xD) + { + rightOfPoint = 75; + } + mvOsOutput("Minimum Cycle Time At Max CL: %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 10: /* Clock To Data Out */ + div = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM)? 10:100; + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / div; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % div; + mvOsOutput("Clock To Data Out: %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 11: /* Error Check Type */ + mvOsOutput("Error Check Type (0=NONE): %d\n", + dimmInfo.errorCheckType); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 12: /* Refresh Interval */ + mvOsOutput("Refresh Rate: %x\n", + dimmInfo.refreshInterval); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 13: /* Sdram Width */ + mvOsOutput("Sdram Width: %d bits\n", + dimmInfo.sdramWidth); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 14: /* Error Check Data Width */ + mvOsOutput("Error Check Data Width: %d bits\n", + dimmInfo.errorCheckDataWidth); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 15: /* Minimum Clock Delay is unsupported */ + if ((dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) || + (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1)) + { + mvOsOutput("Minimum Clk Delay back to back: %d\n", + spdRawData[i]); + } + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 16: /* Burst Length Supported */ + /* SDRAM/DDR1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + burst length = * Page | TBD | TBD | TBD | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + /* DDR2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + burst length = * Page | TBD | TBD | TBD | 8 | 4 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + mvOsOutput("Burst Length Supported: "); + if ((dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) || + (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1)) + { + if (dimmInfo.burstLengthSupported & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1, "); + if (dimmInfo.burstLengthSupported & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("2, "); + } + if (dimmInfo.burstLengthSupported & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("4, "); + if (dimmInfo.burstLengthSupported & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("8, "); + + mvOsOutput(" Bit \n"); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 17: /* Number Of Banks On Each Device */ + mvOsOutput("Number Of Banks On Each Chip: %d\n", + dimmInfo.numOfBanksOnEachDevice); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 18: /* Suported Cas Latencies */ + + /* SDRAM: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 * + ********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 4 | 3.5 | 3 | 2.5 | 2 | 1.5 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | TBD | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + + mvOsOutput("Suported Cas Latencies: (CL) "); + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + for (k = 0; k <=7; k++) + { + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & (1 << k)) + mvOsOutput("%d, ", k+1); + } + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("1.5, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("2, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("2.5, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("3, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("3.5, "); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + { + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("2, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("3, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("4, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("5, "); + } + else + mvOsOutput("?.?, "); + mvOsOutput("\n"); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 20: /* DDR2 DIMM type info */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmTypeInfo & (BIT0 | BIT4)) + mvOsOutput("Registered DIMM (RDIMM)\n"); + else if (dimmInfo.dimmTypeInfo & (BIT1 | BIT5)) + mvOsOutput("Unbuffered DIMM (UDIMM)\n"); + else + mvOsOutput("Unknown DIMM type.\n"); + } + + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 21: /* SDRAM Modules Attributes */ + mvOsOutput("\nModule Attributes (SPD Byte 21): \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT0) + mvOsOutput(" Buffered Addr/Control Input: Yes\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Buffered Addr/Control Input: No\n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT1) + mvOsOutput(" Registered Addr/Control Input: Yes\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Registered Addr/Control Input: No\n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT2) + mvOsOutput(" On-Card PLL (clock): Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" On-Card PLL (clock): No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT3) + mvOsOutput(" Bufferd DQMB Input: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Bufferd DQMB Inputs: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT4) + mvOsOutput(" Registered DQMB Inputs: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Registered DQMB Inputs: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT5) + mvOsOutput(" Differential Clock Input: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Differential Clock Input: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT6) + mvOsOutput(" redundant Row Addressing: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" redundant Row Addressing: No \n"); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT0) + mvOsOutput(" Buffered Addr/Control Input: Yes\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Buffered Addr/Control Input: No\n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT1) + mvOsOutput(" Registered Addr/Control Input: Yes\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Registered Addr/Control Input: No\n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT2) + mvOsOutput(" On-Card PLL (clock): Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" On-Card PLL (clock): No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT3) + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch On-Card Enabled: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch On-Card Enabled: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT4) + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch External Enabled: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch External Enabled: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT5) + mvOsOutput(" Differential Clock Input: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Differential Clock Input: No \n"); + } + else /* if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) */ + { + mvOsOutput(" Number of Active Registers on the DIMM: %d\n", + (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & 0x3) + 1); + + mvOsOutput(" Number of PLLs on the DIMM: %d\n", + ((dimmInfo.dimmAttributes) >> 2) & 0x3); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT4) + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch External Enabled: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch External Enabled: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT6) + mvOsOutput(" Analysis probe installed: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Analysis probe installed: No \n"); + } + + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 22: /* Suported AutoPreCharge */ + mvOsOutput("\nModul Attributes (SPD Byte 22): \n"); + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT0 ) + mvOsOutput(" Early Ras Precharge: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Early Ras Precharge: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT1 ) + mvOsOutput(" AutoPreCharge: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" AutoPreCharge: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT2 ) + mvOsOutput(" Precharge All: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Precharge All: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT3 ) + mvOsOutput(" Write 1/ReadBurst: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Write 1/ReadBurst: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT4 ) + mvOsOutput(" lower VCC tolerance: 5%%\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" lower VCC tolerance: 10%%\n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT5 ) + mvOsOutput(" upper VCC tolerance: 5%%\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" upper VCC tolerance: 10%%\n"); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT0 ) + mvOsOutput(" Supports Weak Driver: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Supports Weak Driver: No \n"); + + if ( !(spdRawData[i] & BIT4) ) + mvOsOutput(" lower VCC tolerance: 0.2V\n"); + + if ( !(spdRawData[i] & BIT5) ) + mvOsOutput(" upper VCC tolerance: 0.2V\n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT6 ) + mvOsOutput(" Concurrent Auto Preharge: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Concurrent Auto Preharge: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT7 ) + mvOsOutput(" Supports Fast AP: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Supports Fast AP: No \n"); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + { + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT0 ) + mvOsOutput(" Supports Weak Driver: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Supports Weak Driver: No \n"); + } + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 23: + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Maximum Cas Latancy Minus 1 (2nd highest CL) */ + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) * 10; + + /* DDR2 addition of right of point */ + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xA) + { + rightOfPoint = 25; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xB) + { + rightOfPoint = 33; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xC) + { + rightOfPoint = 66; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xD) + { + rightOfPoint = 75; + } + + mvOsOutput("Minimum Cycle Time At 2nd highest CasLatancy" + "(0 = Not supported): %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint ); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 24: /* Clock To Data Out 2nd highest Cas Latency Value*/ + div = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? 10:100; + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / div; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % div; + mvOsOutput("Clock To Data Out (2nd CL value): %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 25: + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Maximum Cas Latancy Minus 2 (3rd highest CL) */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xfc) >> 2; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x3) * 25; + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) * 10; + + /* DDR2 addition of right of point */ + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xA) + { + rightOfPoint = 25; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xB) + { + rightOfPoint = 33; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xC) + { + rightOfPoint = 66; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xD) + { + rightOfPoint = 75; + } + } + mvOsOutput("Minimum Cycle Time At 3rd highest CasLatancy" + "(0 = Not supported): %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint ); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 26: /* Clock To Data Out 3rd highest Cas Latency Value*/ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xfc) >> 2; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x3) * 25; + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = 0; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp; + } + mvOsOutput("Clock To Data Out (3rd CL value): %d.%2d[ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint ); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 27: /* Minimum Row Precharge Time */ + shift = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM)? 0:2; + maskLeftOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0xff : 0xfc; + maskRightOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0x00 : 0x03; + leftOfPoint = ((spdRawData[i] & maskLeftOfPoint) >> shift); + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & maskRightOfPoint)*25; + temp = ((leftOfPoint*100) + rightOfPoint);/* in 10ps Intervals*/ + trp_clocks = (temp + (busClkPs-1)) / busClkPs; + mvOsOutput("Minimum Row Precharge Time [ns]: %d.%d = " + "in Clk cycles %d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint, trp_clocks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 28: /* Minimum Row Active to Row Active Time */ + shift = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM)? 0:2; + maskLeftOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0xff : 0xfc; + maskRightOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0x00 : 0x03; + leftOfPoint = ((spdRawData[i] & maskLeftOfPoint) >> shift); + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & maskRightOfPoint)*25; + temp = ((leftOfPoint*100) + rightOfPoint);/* in 100ns Interval*/ + trrd_clocks = (temp + (busClkPs-1)) / busClkPs; + mvOsOutput("Minimum Row Active -To- Row Active Delay [ns]: " + "%d.%d = in Clk cycles %d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint, trp_clocks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 29: /* Minimum Ras-To-Cas Delay */ + shift = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM)? 0:2; + maskLeftOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0xff : 0xfc; + maskRightOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0x00 : 0x03; + leftOfPoint = ((spdRawData[i] & maskLeftOfPoint) >> shift); + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & maskRightOfPoint)*25; + temp = ((leftOfPoint*100) + rightOfPoint);/* in 100ns Interval*/ + trcd_clocks = (temp + (busClkPs-1) )/ busClkPs; + mvOsOutput("Minimum Ras-To-Cas Delay [ns]: %d.%d = " + "in Clk cycles %d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint, trp_clocks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 30: /* Minimum Ras Pulse Width */ + tras_clocks = (cas2ps(spdRawData[i])+(busClkPs-1)) / busClkPs; + mvOsOutput("Minimum Ras Pulse Width [ns]: %d = " + "in Clk cycles %d\n", spdRawData[i], tras_clocks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 31: /* Module Bank Density */ + mvOsOutput("Module Bank Density (more than 1= Multisize-Module):"); + + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("8MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("16MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("32MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("64MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("128MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + mvOsOutput("256MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + mvOsOutput("512MB, "); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("2GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("16MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("32MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("64MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("128MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + mvOsOutput("256MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + mvOsOutput("512MB, "); + } + else /* if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) */ + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("2GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("4GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("8GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("16GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("128MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + mvOsOutput("256MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + mvOsOutput("512MB, "); + } + mvOsOutput("\n"); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 32: /* Address And Command Setup Time (measured in ns/1000) */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f); + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + if(leftOfPoint > 7) + { + leftOfPoint *= -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / 100; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % 100; + } + mvOsOutput("Address And Command Setup Time [ns]: %d.%d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 33: /* Address And Command Hold Time */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f); + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + if(leftOfPoint > 7) + { + leftOfPoint *= -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / 100; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % 100; + } + mvOsOutput("Address And Command Hold Time [ns]: %d.%d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 34: /* Data Input Setup Time */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f); + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + if(leftOfPoint > 7) + { + leftOfPoint *= -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / 100; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % 100; + } + mvOsOutput("Data Input Setup Time [ns]: %d.%d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 35: /* Data Input Hold Time */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f); + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + if(leftOfPoint > 7) + { + leftOfPoint *= -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / 100; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % 100; + } + mvOsOutput("Data Input Hold Time [ns]: %d.%d\n\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 36: /* Relevant for DDR2 only: Write Recovery Time */ + leftOfPoint = ((spdRawData[i] & maskLeftOfPoint) >> 2); + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & maskRightOfPoint) * 25; + mvOsOutput("Write Recovery Time [ns]: %d.%d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + } + +} + + +/* + * translate ns.ns/10 coding of SPD timing values + * into ps unit values + */ +/******************************************************************************* +* cas2ps - Translate x.y ns parameter to pico-seconds values +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function translates x.y nano seconds to its value in pico seconds. +* For example 3.75ns will return 3750. +* +* INPUT: +* spd_byte - DIMM SPD byte. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* value in pico seconds. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 cas2ps(MV_U8 spd_byte) +{ + MV_U32 ns, ns10; + + /* isolate upper nibble */ + ns = (spd_byte >> 4) & 0x0F; + /* isolate lower nibble */ + ns10 = (spd_byte & 0x0F); + + if( ns10 < 10 ) { + ns10 *= 10; + } + else if( ns10 == 10 ) + ns10 = 25; + else if( ns10 == 11 ) + ns10 = 33; + else if( ns10 == 12 ) + ns10 = 66; + else if( ns10 == 13 ) + ns10 = 75; + else + { + mvOsOutput("cas2ps Err. unsupported cycle time.\n"); + } + + return (ns*1000 + ns10*10); +} + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..678e22456d --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDram.h @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvDram +#define __INCmvDram + +#include "ddr1_2/mvDramIf.h" +#include "twsi/mvTwsi.h" + +#define MAX_DIMM_NUM 2 +#define SPD_SIZE 128 + +/* Dimm spd offsets */ +#define DIMM_MEM_TYPE 2 +#define DIMM_ROW_NUM 3 +#define DIMM_COL_NUM 4 +#define DIMM_MODULE_BANK_NUM 5 +#define DIMM_DATA_WIDTH 6 +#define DIMM_VOLT_IF 8 +#define DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS 9 +#define DIMM_ERR_CHECK_TYPE 11 +#define DIMM_REFRESH_INTERVAL 12 +#define DIMM_SDRAM_WIDTH 13 +#define DIMM_ERR_CHECK_DATA_WIDTH 14 +#define DIMM_MIN_CLK_DEL 15 +#define DIMM_BURST_LEN_SUP 16 +#define DIMM_DEV_BANK_NUM 17 +#define DIMM_SUP_CAL 18 +#define DIMM_DDR2_TYPE_INFORMATION 20 /* DDR2 only */ +#define DIMM_BUF_ADDR_CONT_IN 21 +#define DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS_MINUS1 23 +#define DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS_MINUS2 25 +#define DIMM_MIN_ROW_PRECHARGE_TIME 27 +#define DIMM_MIN_ROW_ACTIVE_TO_ROW_ACTIVE 28 +#define DIMM_MIN_RAS_TO_CAS_DELAY 29 +#define DIMM_MIN_RAS_PULSE_WIDTH 30 +#define DIMM_BANK_DENSITY 31 +#define DIMM_MIN_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME 36 +#define DIMM_MIN_WRITE_TO_READ_CMD_DELAY 37 +#define DIMM_MIN_READ_TO_PRECH_CMD_DELAY 38 +#define DIMM_MIN_REFRESH_TO_ACTIVATE_CMD 42 + +/* Dimm Memory Type values */ +#define DIMM_MEM_TYPE_SDRAM 0x4 +#define DIMM_MEM_TYPE_DDR1 0x7 +#define DIMM_MEM_TYPE_DDR2 0x8 + +#define DIMM_MODULE_MANU_OFFS 64 +#define DIMM_MODULE_MANU_SIZE 8 +#define DIMM_MODULE_VEN_OFFS 73 +#define DIMM_MODULE_VEN_SIZE 25 +#define DIMM_MODULE_ID_OFFS 99 +#define DIMM_MODULE_ID_SIZE 18 + +/* enumeration for voltage levels. */ +typedef enum _mvDimmVoltageIf +{ + TTL_5V_TOLERANT, + LVTTL, + HSTL_1_5V, + SSTL_3_3V, + SSTL_2_5V, + VOLTAGE_UNKNOWN, +} MV_DIMM_VOLTAGE_IF; + + +/* enumaration for SDRAM CAS Latencies. */ +typedef enum _mvDimmSdramCas +{ + SD_CL_1 =1, + SD_CL_2, + SD_CL_3, + SD_CL_4, + SD_CL_5, + SD_CL_6, + SD_CL_7, + SD_FAULT +}MV_DIMM_SDRAM_CAS; + + +/* DIMM information structure */ +typedef struct _mvDimmInfo +{ + MV_MEMORY_TYPE memoryType; /* DDR or SDRAM */ + + MV_U8 spdRawData[SPD_SIZE]; /* Content of SPD-EEPROM copied 1:1 */ + + /* DIMM dimensions */ + MV_U32 numOfRowAddr; + MV_U32 numOfColAddr; + MV_U32 numOfModuleBanks; + MV_U32 dataWidth; + MV_U32 errorCheckType; /* ECC , PARITY..*/ + MV_U32 sdramWidth; /* 4,8,16 or 32 */ + MV_U32 errorCheckDataWidth; /* 0 - no, 1 - Yes */ + MV_U32 burstLengthSupported; + MV_U32 numOfBanksOnEachDevice; + MV_U32 suportedCasLatencies; + MV_U32 refreshInterval; + MV_U32 dimmBankDensity; + MV_U32 dimmTypeInfo; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 dimmAttributes; + + /* DIMM timing parameters */ + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs; + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps; + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps; + MV_U32 minRowPrechargeTime; + MV_U32 minRowActiveToRowActive; + MV_U32 minRasToCasDelay; + MV_U32 minRasPulseWidth; + MV_U32 minWriteRecoveryTime; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minWriteToReadCmdDelay; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minReadToPrechCmdDelay; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minRefreshToActiveCmd; /* DDR2 only */ + + /* Parameters calculated from the extracted DIMM information */ + MV_U32 size; /* 16,64,128,256 or 512 MByte in MB units */ + MV_U32 deviceDensity; /* 16,64,128,256 or 512 Mbit in MB units */ + MV_U32 numberOfDevices; + +} MV_DIMM_INFO; + + +MV_STATUS mvDramBankInfoGet(MV_U32 bankNum, MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo); +MV_STATUS dimmSpdGet(MV_U32 dimmNum, MV_DIMM_INFO *pDimmInfo); +MV_VOID dimmSpdPrint(MV_U32 dimmNum); +MV_STATUS dimmSpdCpy(MV_VOID); + +#endif /* __INCmvDram */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..12fb26ad0e --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.c @@ -0,0 +1,1599 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + + +/* includes */ +#include "ddr1_2/mvDramIf.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/sys/mvCpuIf.h" + + + +#ifdef MV_DEBUG +#define DB(x) x +#else +#define DB(x) +#endif + +/* DRAM bank presence encoding */ +#define BANK_PRESENT_CS0 0x1 +#define BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1 0x3 +#define BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2 0x5 +#define BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1_CS2 0x7 +#define BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3 0xd +#define BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3_CS4 0xf + +/* locals */ +static MV_BOOL sdramIfWinOverlap(MV_TARGET target, MV_ADDR_WIN *pAddrWin); +#if defined(MV_INC_BOARD_DDIM) +static void sdramDDr2OdtConfig(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo); +static MV_U32 dunitCtrlLowRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 minCas); +static MV_U32 sdramModeRegCalc(MV_U32 minCas); +static MV_U32 sdramExtModeRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo); +static MV_U32 sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo); +static MV_U32 sdramConfigRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 busClk); +static MV_U32 minCasCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 busClk, + MV_U32 forcedCl); +static MV_U32 sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, + MV_U32 minCas, MV_U32 busClk); +static MV_U32 sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, + MV_U32 busClk); + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfDetect - Prepare DRAM interface configuration values. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function implements the full DRAM detection and timing +* configuration for best system performance. +* Since this routine runs from a ROM device (Boot Flash), its stack +* resides on RAM, that might be the system DRAM. Changing DRAM +* configuration values while keeping vital data in DRAM is risky. That +* is why the function does not preform the configuration setting but +* prepare those in predefined 32bit registers (in this case IDMA +* registers are used) for other routine to perform the settings. +* The function will call for board DRAM SPD information for each DRAM +* chip select. The function will then analyze those SPD parameters of +* all DRAM banks in order to decide on DRAM configuration compatible +* for all DRAM banks. +* The function will set the CPU DRAM address decode registers. +* Note: This routine prepares values that will overide configuration of +* mvDramBasicAsmInit(). +* +* INPUT: +* forcedCl - Forced CAL Latency. If equal to zero, do not force. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvDramIfDetect(MV_U32 forcedCl) +{ + MV_U32 retVal = MV_OK; /* return value */ + MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO bankInfo[MV_DRAM_MAX_CS]; + MV_U32 busClk, size, base = 0, i, temp, deviceW, dimmW; + MV_U8 minCas; + MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN dramDecWin; + + dramDecWin.addrWin.baseHigh = 0; + + busClk = mvBoardSysClkGet(); + + if (0 == busClk) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. Can't detect system clock! \n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Close DRAM banks except bank 0 (in case code is excecuting from it...) */ +#if defined(MV_INCLUDE_SDRAM_CS1) + for(i= SDRAM_CS1; i < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; i++) + mvCpuIfTargetWinEnable(i, MV_FALSE); +#endif + + /* we will use bank 0 as the representative of the all the DRAM banks, */ + /* since bank 0 must exist. */ + for(i = 0; i < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; i++) + { + /* if Bank exist */ + if(MV_OK == mvDramBankInfoGet(i, &bankInfo[i])) + { + /* check it isn't SDRAM */ + if(bankInfo[i].memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. SDRAM type not supported !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + /* All banks must support registry in order to activate it */ + if(bankInfo[i].registeredAddrAndControlInputs != + bankInfo[0].registeredAddrAndControlInputs) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. different Registered settings !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Init the CPU window decode */ + /* Note that the size in Bank info is in MB units */ + /* Note that the Dimm width might be different then the device DRAM width */ + temp = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG); + + deviceW = ((temp & SDRAM_DWIDTH_MASK) == SDRAM_DWIDTH_16BIT )? 16 : 32; + dimmW = bankInfo[0].dataWidth - (bankInfo[0].dataWidth % 16); + size = ((bankInfo[i].size << 20) / (dimmW/deviceW)); + + /* We can not change DRAM window settings while excecuting */ + /* code from it. That is why we skip the DRAM CS[0], saving */ + /* it to the ROM configuration routine */ + if(i == SDRAM_CS0) + { + MV_U32 sizeToReg; + + /* Translate the given window size to register format */ + sizeToReg = ctrlSizeToReg(size, SCSR_SIZE_ALIGNMENT); + + /* Size parameter validity check. */ + if (-1 == sizeToReg) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvCtrlAddrDecToReg: ERR. Win %d size invalid.\n" + ,i); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Size is located at upper 16 bits */ + sizeToReg <<= SCSR_SIZE_OFFS; + + /* enable it */ + sizeToReg |= SCSR_WIN_EN; + + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG0, sizeToReg); + } + else + { + dramDecWin.addrWin.baseLow = base; + dramDecWin.addrWin.size = size; + dramDecWin.enable = MV_TRUE; + + if (MV_OK != mvDramIfWinSet(SDRAM_CS0 + i, &dramDecWin)) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. Fail to set bank %d!!!\n", + SDRAM_CS0 + i); + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + base += size; + + /* update the suportedCasLatencies mask */ + bankInfo[0].suportedCasLatencies &= bankInfo[i].suportedCasLatencies; + + } + else + { + if( i == 0 ) /* bank 0 doesn't exist */ + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. Fail to detect bank 0 !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Could not find bank %d\n", i)); + bankInfo[i].size = 0; /* Mark this bank as non exist */ + } + } + } + + /* calculate minimum CAS */ + minCas = minCasCalc(&bankInfo[0], busClk, forcedCl); + if (0 == minCas) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: Warn: Could not find CAS compatible to SysClk %dMhz\n", + (busClk / 1000000)); + + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + minCas = DDR2_CL_4; /* Continue with this CAS */ + mvOsPrintf("Set default CAS latency 4\n"); + } + else + { + minCas = DDR1_CL_3; /* Continue with this CAS */ + mvOsPrintf("Set default CAS latency 3\n"); + } + } + + /* calc SDRAM_CONFIG_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramConfigRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], busClk); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. sdramConfigRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG1, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_MODE_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramModeRegCalc(minCas); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. sdramModeRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG2, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_EXTENDED_MODE_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramExtModeRegCalc(&bankInfo[0]); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. sdramModeRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG10, temp); + + /* calc D_UNIT_CONTROL_LOW and save it to temp register */ + temp = dunitCtrlLowRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], minCas); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. dunitCtrlLowRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG3, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_ADDR_CTRL_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc(&bankInfo[0]); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG4, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_LOW_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], minCas, busClk); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG5, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_HIGH_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], busClk); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG6, temp); + + /* Config DDR2 On Die Termination (ODT) registers */ + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + sdramDDr2OdtConfig(bankInfo); + } + + /* Note that DDR SDRAM Address/Control and Data pad calibration */ + /* settings is done in mvSdramIfConfig.s */ + + return retVal; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* minCasCalc - Calculate the Minimum CAS latency which can be used. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Calculate the minimum CAS latency that can be used, base on the DRAM +* parameters and the SDRAM bus Clock freq. +* +* INPUT: +* busClk - the DRAM bus Clock. +* pBankInfo - bank info parameters. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* The minimum CAS Latency. The function returns 0 if max CAS latency +* supported by banks is incompatible with system bus clock frequancy. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 minCasCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 busClk, + MV_U32 forcedCl) +{ + MV_U32 count = 1, j; + MV_U32 busClkPs = 1000000000 / (busClk / 1000); /* in ps units */ + MV_U32 startBit, stopBit; + + /* DDR 1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 4 | 3.5 | 3 | 2.5 | 2 | 1.5 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | TBD | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + + + /* If we are asked to use the forced CAL */ + if (forcedCl) + { + mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Using forced CL %d.%d\n", (forcedCl / 10), + (forcedCl % 10)); + + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + if (forcedCl == 30) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x08; + else if (forcedCl == 40) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x10; + else + { + mvOsPrintf("Forced CL %d.%d not supported. Set default CL 4\n", + (forcedCl / 10), (forcedCl % 10)); + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x10; + } + } + else + { + if (forcedCl == 15) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x02; + else if (forcedCl == 20) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x04; + else if (forcedCl == 25) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x08; + else if (forcedCl == 30) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x10; + else if (forcedCl == 40) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x40; + else + { + mvOsPrintf("Forced CL %d.%d not supported. Set default CL 3\n", + (forcedCl / 10), (forcedCl % 10)); + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x10; + } + } + + return pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies; + } + + /* go over the supported cas mask from Max Cas down and check if the */ + /* SysClk stands in its time requirments. */ + + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: minCasCalc supported mask = %x busClkPs = %x \n", + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies,busClkPs )); + for(j = 7; j > 0; j--) + { + if((pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies >> j) & BIT0 ) + { + /* Reset the bits for CL incompatible for the sysClk */ + switch (count) + { + case 1: + if (pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs > busClkPs) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + case 2: + if (pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps > busClkPs) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + case 3: + if (pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps > busClkPs) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + default: + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + break; + } + } + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: minCasCalc support = %x (after SysCC calc)\n", + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies )); + + /* SDRAM DDR1 controller supports CL 1.5 to 3.5 */ + /* SDRAM DDR2 controller supports CL 3 to 5 */ + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + startBit = 3; /* DDR2 support CL start with CL3 (bit 3) */ + stopBit = 5; /* DDR2 support CL stops with CL5 (bit 5) */ + } + else + { + startBit = 1; /* DDR1 support CL start with CL1.5 (bit 3) */ + stopBit = 4; /* DDR1 support CL stops with CL3 (bit 4) */ + } + + for(j = startBit; j <= stopBit ; j++) + { + if((pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies >> j) & BIT0 ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: minCasCalc choose CAS %x \n",(BIT0 << j))); + return (BIT0 << j); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramConfigRegCalc - Calculate sdram config register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram config register optimized value based +* on the bank info parameters. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram config reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramConfigRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 busClk) +{ + MV_U32 sdramConfig = 0; + MV_U32 refreshPeriod; + + busClk /= 1000000; /* we work with busClk in MHz */ + + sdramConfig = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG); + + /* figure out the memory refresh internal */ + switch (pBankInfo->refreshInterval & 0xf) + { + case 0x0: /* refresh period is 15.625 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 15625; + break; + case 0x1: /* refresh period is 3.9 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 3900; + break; + case 0x2: /* refresh period is 7.8 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 7800; + break; + case 0x3: /* refresh period is 31.3 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 31300; + break; + case 0x4: /* refresh period is 62.5 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 62500; + break; + case 0x5: /* refresh period is 125 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 125000; + break; + default: /* refresh period undefined */ + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. DRAM refresh period is unknown!\n"); + return -1; + } + + /* Now the refreshPeriod is in register format value */ + refreshPeriod = (busClk * refreshPeriod) / 1000; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc calculated refresh interval %0x\n", + refreshPeriod)); + + /* make sure the refresh value is only 14 bits */ + if(refreshPeriod > SDRAM_REFRESH_MAX) + { + refreshPeriod = SDRAM_REFRESH_MAX; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc adjusted refresh interval %0x\n", + refreshPeriod)); + } + + /* Clear the refresh field */ + sdramConfig &= ~SDRAM_REFRESH_MASK; + + /* Set new value to refresh field */ + sdramConfig |= (refreshPeriod & SDRAM_REFRESH_MASK); + + /* registered DRAM ? */ + if ( pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs ) + { + /* it's registered DRAM, so set the reg. DRAM bit */ + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_REGISTERED; + mvOsPrintf("DRAM Attribute: Registered address and control inputs.\n"); + } + + /* set DDR SDRAM devices configuration */ + sdramConfig &= ~SDRAM_DCFG_MASK; /* Clear Dcfg field */ + + switch (pBankInfo->sdramWidth) + { + case 8: /* memory is x8 */ + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_DCFG_X8_DEV; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc SDRAM device width x8\n")); + break; + case 16: + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_DCFG_X16_DEV; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc SDRAM device width x16\n")); + break; + default: /* memory width unsupported */ + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. DRAM chip width is unknown!\n"); + return -1; + } + + /* Set static default settings */ + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_CONFIG_DV; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc set sdramConfig to 0x%x\n", + sdramConfig)); + + return sdramConfig; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramModeRegCalc - Calculate sdram mode register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram mode register optimized value based +* on the bank info parameters and the minCas. +* +* INPUT: +* minCas - minimum CAS supported. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram mode reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramModeRegCalc(MV_U32 minCas) +{ + MV_U32 sdramMode; + + sdramMode = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_MODE_REG); + + /* Clear CAS Latency field */ + sdramMode &= ~SDRAM_CL_MASK; + + mvOsPrintf("DRAM CAS Latency "); + + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + switch (minCas) + { + case DDR2_CL_3: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR2_CL_3; + mvOsPrintf("3.\n"); + break; + case DDR2_CL_4: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR2_CL_4; + mvOsPrintf("4.\n"); + break; + case DDR2_CL_5: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR2_CL_5; + mvOsPrintf("5.\n"); + break; + default: + mvOsPrintf("\nsdramModeRegCalc ERROR: Max. CL out of range\n"); + return -1; + } + sdramMode |= DDR2_MODE_REG_DV; + } + else /* DDR1 */ + { + switch (minCas) + { + case DDR1_CL_1_5: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR1_CL_1_5; + mvOsPrintf("1.5\n"); + break; + case DDR1_CL_2: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR1_CL_2; + mvOsPrintf("2\n"); + break; + case DDR1_CL_2_5: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR1_CL_2_5; + mvOsPrintf("2.5\n"); + break; + case DDR1_CL_3: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR1_CL_3; + mvOsPrintf("3\n"); + break; + case DDR1_CL_4: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR1_CL_4; + mvOsPrintf("4\n"); + break; + default: + mvOsPrintf("\nsdramModeRegCalc ERROR: Max. CL out of range\n"); + return -1; + } + sdramMode |= DDR1_MODE_REG_DV; + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("nsdramModeRegCalc register 0x%x\n", sdramMode )); + + return sdramMode; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramExtModeRegCalc - Calculate sdram Extended mode register +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Return sdram Extended mode register value based +* on the bank info parameters and bank presence. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram Extended mode reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramExtModeRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo) +{ + MV_U32 populateBanks = 0; + int bankNum; + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + /* Represent the populate banks in binary form */ + for(bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + if (0 != pBankInfo[bankNum].size) + { + populateBanks |= (1 << bankNum); + } + } + + switch(populateBanks) + { + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0): + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_DV; + + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1): + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_DV; + + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2): + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS2_DV; + + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1_CS2): + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS2_DV; + + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3): + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS2_DV; + + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3_CS4): + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS2_DV; + + default: + mvOsPrintf("sdramExtModeRegCalc: Invalid DRAM bank presence\n"); + return -1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* dunitCtrlLowRegCalc - Calculate sdram dunit control low register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram dunit control low register optimized value based +* on the bank info parameters and the minCas. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* minCas - minimum CAS supported. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram dunit control low reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 dunitCtrlLowRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 minCas) +{ + MV_U32 dunitCtrlLow; + + dunitCtrlLow = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_DUNIT_CTRL_REG); + + /* Clear StBurstDel field */ + dunitCtrlLow &= ~SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_MASK; + +#ifdef MV_88W8660 + /* Clear address/control output timing field */ + dunitCtrlLow &= ~SDRAM_CTRL_POS_RISE; +#endif /* MV_88W8660 */ + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: dunitCtrlLowRegCalc\n")); + + /* For proper sample of read data set the Dunit Control register's */ + /* stBurstDel bits [27:24] */ + /********-********-********-********-********-********* + * CL=1.5 | CL=2 | CL=2.5 | CL=3 | CL=4 | CL=5 * + *********-********-********-********-********-********* +Not Reg. * 0011 | 0011 | 0100 | 0100 | 0101 | TBD * + *********-********-********-********-********-********* +Registered * 0100 | 0100 | 0101 | 0101 | 0110 | TBD * + *********-********-********-********-********-*********/ + + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + switch (minCas) + { + case DDR2_CL_3: + /* registerd DDR SDRAM? */ + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x5 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + else + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x4 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + break; + case DDR2_CL_4: + /* registerd DDR SDRAM? */ + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x6 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + else + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x5 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + break; + default: + mvOsPrintf("Dram: dunitCtrlLowRegCalc Max. CL out of range %d\n", + minCas); + return -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 */ + { + switch (minCas) + { + case DDR1_CL_1_5: + /* registerd DDR SDRAM? */ + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x4 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + else + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x3 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + break; + case DDR1_CL_2: + /* registerd DDR SDRAM? */ + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x4 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + else + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x3 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + break; + case DDR1_CL_2_5: + /* registerd DDR SDRAM? */ + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x5 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + else + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x4 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + break; + case DDR1_CL_3: + /* registerd DDR SDRAM? */ + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x5 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + else + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x4 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + break; + case DDR1_CL_4: + /* registerd DDR SDRAM? */ + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x6 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + else + dunitCtrlLow |= 0x5 << SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS; + break; + default: + mvOsPrintf("Dram: dunitCtrlLowRegCalc Max. CL out of range %d\n", + minCas); + return -1; + } + + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Reg dunit control low = %x\n", dunitCtrlLow )); + + return dunitCtrlLow; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc - Calculate sdram address control register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram address control register optimized value based +* on the bank info parameters and the minCas. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram address control reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo) +{ + MV_U32 addrCtrl = 0; + + /* Set Address Control register static configuration bits */ + addrCtrl = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_ADDR_CTRL_REG); + + /* Set address control default value */ + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_ADDR_CTRL_DV; + + /* Clear DSize field */ + addrCtrl &= ~SDRAM_DSIZE_MASK; + + /* Note that density is in MB units */ + switch (pBankInfo->deviceDensity) + { + case 128: /* 128 Mbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Device Density 128Mbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_128Mb; + break; + case 256: /* 256 Mbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Device Density 256Mbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_256Mb; + break; + case 512: /* 512 Mbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Device Density 512Mbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_512Mb; + break; + default: + mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramAddrCtrl unsupported RAM-Device size %d\n", + pBankInfo->deviceDensity); + return -1; + } + + /* SDRAM address control */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: setting sdram address control with: %x \n", addrCtrl)); + + return addrCtrl; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc - Calculate sdram timing control low register +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function calculates sdram timing control low register +* optimized value based on the bank info parameters and the minCas. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* busClk - Bus clock +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram timinf control low reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, + MV_U32 minCas, MV_U32 busClk) +{ + MV_U32 tRp = 0; + MV_U32 tRrd = 0; + MV_U32 tRcd = 0; + MV_U32 tRas = 0; + MV_U32 tWr = 0; + MV_U32 tWtr = 0; + MV_U32 tRtp = 0; + + MV_U32 bankNum; + + busClk = busClk / 1000000; /* In MHz */ + + /* Scan all DRAM banks to find maximum timing values */ + for (bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + tRp = MV_MAX(tRp, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRowPrechargeTime); + tRrd = MV_MAX(tRrd, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRowActiveToRowActive); + tRcd = MV_MAX(tRcd, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRasToCasDelay); + tRas = MV_MAX(tRas, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRasPulseWidth); + } + + /* Extract timing (in ns) from SPD value. We ignore the tenth ns part. */ + /* by shifting the data two bits right. */ + tRp = tRp >> 2; /* For example 0x50 -> 20ns */ + tRrd = tRrd >> 2; + tRcd = tRcd >> 2; + + /* Extract clock cycles from time parameter. We need to round up */ + tRp = ((busClk * tRp) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRp) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + /* Micron work around for 133MHz */ + if (busClk == 133) + tRp += 1; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram Timing Low: tRp = %d ", tRp)); + tRrd = ((busClk * tRrd) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRrd) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + /* JEDEC min reqeirments tRrd = 2 */ + if (tRrd < 2) + tRrd = 2; + DB(mvOsPrintf("tRrd = %d ", tRrd)); + tRcd = ((busClk * tRcd) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRcd) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + DB(mvOsPrintf("tRcd = %d ", tRcd)); + tRas = ((busClk * tRas) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRas) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + DB(mvOsPrintf("tRas = %d ", tRas)); + + /* tWr and tWtr is different for DDR1 and DDR2. tRtp is only for DDR2 */ + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + /* Scan all DRAM banks to find maximum timing values */ + for (bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + tWr = MV_MAX(tWr, pBankInfo[bankNum].minWriteRecoveryTime); + tWtr = MV_MAX(tWtr, pBankInfo[bankNum].minWriteToReadCmdDelay); + tRtp = MV_MAX(tRtp, pBankInfo[bankNum].minReadToPrechCmdDelay); + } + + /* Extract timing (in ns) from SPD value. We ignore the tenth ns */ + /* part by shifting the data two bits right. */ + tWr = tWr >> 2; /* For example 0x50 -> 20ns */ + tWtr = tWtr >> 2; + tRtp = tRtp >> 2; + + /* Extract clock cycles from time parameter. We need to round up */ + tWr = ((busClk * tWr) / 1000) + (((busClk * tWr) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + DB(mvOsPrintf("tWr = %d ", tWr)); + tWtr = ((busClk * tWtr) / 1000) + (((busClk * tWtr) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + /* JEDEC min reqeirments tWtr = 2 */ + if (tWtr < 2) + tWtr = 2; + DB(mvOsPrintf("tWtr = %d ", tWtr)); + tRtp = ((busClk * tRtp) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRtp) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + /* JEDEC min reqeirments tRtp = 2 */ + if (tRtp < 2) + tRtp = 2; + DB(mvOsPrintf("tRtp = %d ", tRtp)); + } + else + { + tWr = ((busClk*SDRAM_TWR) / 1000) + (((busClk*SDRAM_TWR) % 1000)?1:0); + + if ((200 == busClk) || ((100 == busClk) && (DDR1_CL_1_5 == minCas))) + { + tWtr = 2; + } + else + { + tWtr = 1; + } + + tRtp = 2; /* Must be set to 0x1 (two cycles) when using DDR1 */ + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("tWtr = %d\n", tWtr)); + + /* Note: value of 0 in register means one cycle, 1 means two and so on */ + return (((tRp - 1) << SDRAM_TRP_OFFS) | + ((tRrd - 1) << SDRAM_TRRD_OFFS) | + ((tRcd - 1) << SDRAM_TRCD_OFFS) | + ((tRas - 1) << SDRAM_TRAS_OFFS) | + ((tWr - 1) << SDRAM_TWR_OFFS) | + ((tWtr - 1) << SDRAM_TWTR_OFFS) | + ((tRtp - 1) << SDRAM_TRTP_OFFS)); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc - Calculate sdram timing control high register +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function calculates sdram timing control high register +* optimized value based on the bank info parameters and the bus clock. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* busClk - Bus clock +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram timinf control high reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, + MV_U32 busClk) +{ + MV_U32 tRfc; + MV_U32 timeNs = 0; + int bankNum; + MV_U32 sdramTw2wCyc = 0; + + busClk = busClk / 1000000; /* In MHz */ + + /* tRfc is different for DDR1 and DDR2. */ + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2) + { + MV_U32 bankNum; + + /* Scan all DRAM banks to find maximum timing values */ + for (bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + timeNs = MV_MAX(timeNs, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRefreshToActiveCmd); + } + else + { + if (pBankInfo[0].deviceDensity == _1G) + { + timeNs = SDRAM_TRFC_1G; + } + else + { + if (200 == busClk) + { + timeNs = SDRAM_TRFC_64_512M_AT_200MHZ; + } + else + { + timeNs = SDRAM_TRFC_64_512M; + } + } + } + + tRfc = ((busClk * timeNs) / 1000) + (((busClk * timeNs) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram Timing High: tRfc = %d\n", tRfc)); + + + /* Represent the populate banks in binary form */ + for(bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + if (0 != pBankInfo[bankNum].size) + sdramTw2wCyc++; + } + + /* If we have more the 1 bank then we need the TW2W in 1 for ODT switch */ + if (sdramTw2wCyc > 1) + sdramTw2wCyc = 1; + else + sdramTw2wCyc = 0; + + /* Note: value of 0 in register means one cycle, 1 means two and so on */ + return ((((tRfc - 1) & SDRAM_TRFC_MASK) << SDRAM_TRFC_OFFS) | + ((SDRAM_TR2R_CYC - 1) << SDRAM_TR2R_OFFS) | + ((SDRAM_TR2WW2R_CYC - 1) << SDRAM_TR2W_W2R_OFFS) | + (((tRfc - 1) >> 4) << SDRAM_TRFC_EXT_OFFS) | + (sdramTw2wCyc << SDRAM_TW2W_OFFS)); + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramDDr2OdtConfig - Set DRAM DDR2 On Die Termination registers. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function config DDR2 On Die Termination (ODT) registers. +* ODT configuration is done according to DIMM presence: +* +* Presence Ctrl Low Ctrl High Dunit Ctrl Ext Mode +* CS0 0x84210000 0x00000000 0x0000780F 0x00000440 +* CS0+CS1 0x84210000 0x00000000 0x0000780F 0x00000440 +* CS0+CS2 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 +* CS0+CS1+CS2 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 +* CS0+CS2+CS3 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 +* CS0+CS1+CS2+CS3 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - bank info parameters. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* None +*******************************************************************************/ +static void sdramDDr2OdtConfig(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo) +{ + MV_U32 populateBanks = 0; + MV_U32 odtCtrlLow, odtCtrlHigh, dunitOdtCtrl; + int bankNum; + + /* Represent the populate banks in binary form */ + for(bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + if (0 != pBankInfo[bankNum].size) + { + populateBanks |= (1 << bankNum); + } + } + + switch(populateBanks) + { + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0): + odtCtrlLow = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_DV; + odtCtrlHigh = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_DV; + dunitOdtCtrl = DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_DV; + break; + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1): + odtCtrlLow = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_DV; + odtCtrlHigh = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_DV; + dunitOdtCtrl = DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_DV; + break; + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2): + odtCtrlLow = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS2_DV; + odtCtrlHigh = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS2_DV; + dunitOdtCtrl = DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS2_DV; + break; + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1_CS2): + odtCtrlLow = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS2_DV; + odtCtrlHigh = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS2_DV; + dunitOdtCtrl = DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS2_DV; + break; + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3): + odtCtrlLow = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS2_DV; + odtCtrlHigh = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS2_DV; + dunitOdtCtrl = DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS2_DV; + break; + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3_CS4): + odtCtrlLow = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS2_DV; + odtCtrlHigh = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS2_DV; + dunitOdtCtrl = DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS2_DV; + break; + default: + mvOsPrintf("sdramDDr2OdtConfig: Invalid DRAM bank presence\n"); + return; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG7, odtCtrlLow); + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG8, odtCtrlHigh); + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG9, dunitOdtCtrl); + return; +} +#endif /* defined(MV_INC_BOARD_DDIM) */ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfWinSet - Set DRAM interface address decode window +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function sets DRAM interface address decode window. +* +* INPUT: +* target - System target. Use only SDRAM targets. +* pAddrDecWin - SDRAM address window structure. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM if parameters are invalid or window is invalid, MV_OK +* otherwise. +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvDramIfWinSet(MV_TARGET target, MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN *pAddrDecWin) +{ + MV_U32 baseReg=0,sizeReg=0; + MV_U32 baseToReg=0 , sizeToReg=0; + + /* Check parameters */ + if (!MV_TARGET_IS_DRAM(target)) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfWinSet: target %d is not SDRAM\n", target); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Check if the requested window overlaps with current enabled windows */ + if (MV_TRUE == sdramIfWinOverlap(target, &pAddrDecWin->addrWin)) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfWinSet: ERR. Target %d overlaps\n", target); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* check if address is aligned to the size */ + if(MV_IS_NOT_ALIGN(pAddrDecWin->addrWin.baseLow, pAddrDecWin->addrWin.size)) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfWinSet:Error setting DRAM interface window %d."\ + "\nAddress 0x%08x is unaligned to size 0x%x.\n", + target, + pAddrDecWin->addrWin.baseLow, + pAddrDecWin->addrWin.size); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* read base register*/ + baseReg = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_BASE_ADDR_REG(target)); + + /* read size register */ + sizeReg = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_SIZE_REG(target)); + + /* BaseLow[31:16] => base register [31:16] */ + baseToReg = pAddrDecWin->addrWin.baseLow & SCBAR_BASE_MASK; + + /* Write to address decode Base Address Register */ + baseReg &= ~SCBAR_BASE_MASK; + baseReg |= baseToReg; + + /* Translate the given window size to register format */ + sizeToReg = ctrlSizeToReg(pAddrDecWin->addrWin.size, SCSR_SIZE_ALIGNMENT); + + /* Size parameter validity check. */ + if (-1 == sizeToReg) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvCtrlAddrDecToReg: ERR. Win %d size invalid.\n",target); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* set size */ + sizeReg &= ~SCSR_SIZE_MASK; + /* Size is located at upper 16 bits */ + sizeReg |= (sizeToReg << SCSR_SIZE_OFFS); + + /* enable/Disable */ + if (MV_TRUE == pAddrDecWin->enable) + { + sizeReg |= SCSR_WIN_EN; + } + else + { + sizeReg &= ~SCSR_WIN_EN; + } + + /* 3) Write to address decode Base Address Register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(SDRAM_BASE_ADDR_REG(target), baseReg); + + /* Write to address decode Size Register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(SDRAM_SIZE_REG(target), sizeReg); + + return MV_OK; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfWinGet - Get DRAM interface address decode window +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function gets DRAM interface address decode window. +* +* INPUT: +* target - System target. Use only SDRAM targets. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pAddrDecWin - SDRAM address window structure. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM if parameters are invalid or window is invalid, MV_OK +* otherwise. +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvDramIfWinGet(MV_TARGET target, MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN *pAddrDecWin) +{ + MV_U32 baseReg,sizeReg; + MV_U32 sizeRegVal; + + /* Check parameters */ + if (!MV_TARGET_IS_DRAM(target)) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfWinGet: target %d is Illigal\n", target); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Read base and size registers */ + sizeReg = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_SIZE_REG(target)); + baseReg = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_BASE_ADDR_REG(target)); + + sizeRegVal = (sizeReg & SCSR_SIZE_MASK) >> SCSR_SIZE_OFFS; + + pAddrDecWin->addrWin.size = ctrlRegToSize(sizeRegVal, + SCSR_SIZE_ALIGNMENT); + + /* Check if ctrlRegToSize returned OK */ + if (-1 == pAddrDecWin->addrWin.size) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfWinGet: size of target %d is Illigal\n", target); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Extract base address */ + /* Base register [31:16] ==> baseLow[31:16] */ + pAddrDecWin->addrWin.baseLow = baseReg & SCBAR_BASE_MASK; + + pAddrDecWin->addrWin.baseHigh = 0; + + + if (sizeReg & SCSR_WIN_EN) + { + pAddrDecWin->enable = MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pAddrDecWin->enable = MV_FALSE; + } + + return MV_OK; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfWinEnable - Enable/Disable SDRAM address decode window +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function enable/Disable SDRAM address decode window. +* +* INPUT: +* target - System target. Use only SDRAM targets. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_ERROR in case function parameter are invalid, MV_OK otherewise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvDramIfWinEnable(MV_TARGET target,MV_BOOL enable) +{ + MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN addrDecWin; + + /* Check parameters */ + if (!MV_TARGET_IS_DRAM(target)) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfWinEnable: target %d is Illigal\n", target); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + if (enable == MV_TRUE) + { /* First check for overlap with other enabled windows */ + if (MV_OK != mvDramIfWinGet(target, &addrDecWin)) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfWinEnable:ERR. Getting target %d failed.\n", + target); + return MV_ERROR; + } + /* Check for overlapping */ + if (MV_FALSE == sdramIfWinOverlap(target, &(addrDecWin.addrWin))) + { + /* No Overlap. Enable address decode winNum window */ + MV_REG_BIT_SET(SDRAM_SIZE_REG(target), SCSR_WIN_EN); + } + else + { /* Overlap detected */ + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfWinEnable: ERR. Target %d overlap detect\n", + target); + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + else + { /* Disable address decode winNum window */ + MV_REG_BIT_RESET(SDRAM_SIZE_REG(target), SCSR_WIN_EN); + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramIfWinOverlap - Check if an address window overlap an SDRAM address window +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function scan each SDRAM address decode window to test if it +* overlapps the given address windoow +* +* INPUT: +* target - SDRAM target where the function skips checking. +* pAddrDecWin - The tested address window for overlapping with +* SDRAM windows. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE if the given address window overlaps any enabled address +* decode map, MV_FALSE otherwise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_BOOL sdramIfWinOverlap(MV_TARGET target, MV_ADDR_WIN *pAddrWin) +{ + MV_TARGET targetNum; + MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN addrDecWin; + + for(targetNum = SDRAM_CS0; targetNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS ; targetNum++) + { + /* don't check our winNum or illegal targets */ + if (targetNum == target) + { + continue; + } + + /* Get window parameters */ + if (MV_OK != mvDramIfWinGet(targetNum, &addrDecWin)) + { + mvOsPrintf("sdramIfWinOverlap: ERR. TargetWinGet failed\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Do not check disabled windows */ + if (MV_FALSE == addrDecWin.enable) + { + continue; + } + + if(MV_TRUE == ctrlWinOverlapTest(pAddrWin, &addrDecWin.addrWin)) + { + mvOsPrintf( + "sdramIfWinOverlap: Required target %d overlap winNum %d\n", + target, targetNum); + return MV_TRUE; + } + } + + return MV_FALSE; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfBankSizeGet - Get DRAM interface bank size. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function returns the size of a given DRAM bank. +* +* INPUT: +* bankNum - Bank number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* DRAM bank size. If bank is disabled the function return '0'. In case +* or paramter is invalid, the function returns -1. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_32 mvDramIfBankSizeGet(MV_U32 bankNum) +{ + MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN addrDecWin; + + /* Check parameters */ + if (!MV_TARGET_IS_DRAM(bankNum)) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfBankBaseGet: bankNum %d is invalid\n", bankNum); + return -1; + } + /* Get window parameters */ + if (MV_OK != mvDramIfWinGet(bankNum, &addrDecWin)) + { + mvOsPrintf("sdramIfWinOverlap: ERR. TargetWinGet failed\n"); + return -1; + } + + if (MV_TRUE == addrDecWin.enable) + { + return addrDecWin.addrWin.size; + } + else + { + return 0; + } +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfSizeGet - Get DRAM interface total size. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function get the DRAM total size. +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* DRAM total size. In case or paramter is invalid, the function +* returns -1. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_32 mvDramIfSizeGet(MV_VOID) +{ + MV_U32 totalSize = 0, bankSize = 0, bankNum; + + for(bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + bankSize = mvDramIfBankSizeGet(bankNum); + + if (-1 == bankSize) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramIfSizeGet error with bank %d \n",bankNum); + return -1; + } + else + { + totalSize += bankSize; + } + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Total DRAM size is 0x%x \n",totalSize)); + + return totalSize; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfBankBaseGet - Get DRAM interface bank base. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function returns the 32 bit base address of a given DRAM bank. +* +* INPUT: +* bankNum - Bank number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* DRAM bank size. If bank is disabled or paramter is invalid, the +* function returns -1. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_32 mvDramIfBankBaseGet(MV_U32 bankNum) +{ + MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN addrDecWin; + + /* Check parameters */ + if (!MV_TARGET_IS_DRAM(bankNum)) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvDramIfBankBaseGet: bankNum %d is invalid\n", bankNum); + return -1; + } + /* Get window parameters */ + if (MV_OK != mvDramIfWinGet(bankNum, &addrDecWin)) + { + mvOsPrintf("sdramIfWinOverlap: ERR. TargetWinGet failed\n"); + return -1; + } + + if (MV_TRUE == addrDecWin.enable) + { + return addrDecWin.addrWin.baseLow; + } + else + { + return -1; + } +} + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8bfa3e8838 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIf.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __INCmvDramIfh +#define __INCmvDramIfh + +/* includes */ +#include "ddr1_2/mvDramIfRegs.h" +#include "ddr1_2/mvDramIfConfig.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" + +/* defines */ +/* DRAM Timing parameters */ +#define SDRAM_TWR 15 /* ns tWr */ +#define SDRAM_TRFC_64_512M_AT_200MHZ 70 /* ns tRfc for dens 64-512 @ 200MHz */ +#define SDRAM_TRFC_64_512M 75 /* ns tRfc for dens 64-512 */ +#define SDRAM_TRFC_1G 120 /* ns tRfc for dens 1GB */ +#define SDRAM_TR2R_CYC 1 /* cycle for tR2r */ +#define SDRAM_TR2WW2R_CYC 1 /* cycle for tR2wW2r */ + +/* typedefs */ + +/* enumeration for memory types */ +typedef enum _mvMemoryType +{ + MEM_TYPE_SDRAM, + MEM_TYPE_DDR1, + MEM_TYPE_DDR2 +}MV_MEMORY_TYPE; + +/* enumeration for DDR1 supported CAS Latencies */ +typedef enum _mvDimmDdr1Cas +{ + DDR1_CL_1_5 = 0x02, + DDR1_CL_2 = 0x04, + DDR1_CL_2_5 = 0x08, + DDR1_CL_3 = 0x10, + DDR1_CL_4 = 0x40, + DDR1_CL_FAULT +} MV_DIMM_DDR1_CAS; + +/* enumeration for DDR2 supported CAS Latencies */ +typedef enum _mvDimmDdr2Cas +{ + DDR2_CL_3 = 0x08, + DDR2_CL_4 = 0x10, + DDR2_CL_5 = 0x20, + DDR2_CL_FAULT +} MV_DIMM_DDR2_CAS; + + +typedef struct _mvDramBankInfo +{ + MV_MEMORY_TYPE memoryType; /* DDR1, DDR2 or SDRAM */ + + /* DIMM dimensions */ + MV_U32 numOfRowAddr; + MV_U32 numOfColAddr; + MV_U32 dataWidth; + MV_U32 errorCheckType; /* ECC , PARITY..*/ + MV_U32 sdramWidth; /* 4,8,16 or 32 */ + MV_U32 errorCheckDataWidth; /* 0 - no, 1 - Yes */ + MV_U32 burstLengthSupported; + MV_U32 numOfBanksOnEachDevice; + MV_U32 suportedCasLatencies; + MV_U32 refreshInterval; + + /* DIMM timing parameters */ + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs; + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps; + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps; + MV_U32 minRowPrechargeTime; + MV_U32 minRowActiveToRowActive; + MV_U32 minRasToCasDelay; + MV_U32 minRasPulseWidth; + MV_U32 minWriteRecoveryTime; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minWriteToReadCmdDelay; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minReadToPrechCmdDelay; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minRefreshToActiveCmd; /* DDR2 only */ + + /* Parameters calculated from the extracted DIMM information */ + MV_U32 size; + MV_U32 deviceDensity; /* 16,64,128,256 or 512 Mbit */ + MV_U32 numberOfDevices; + + /* DIMM attributes (MV_TRUE for yes) */ + MV_BOOL registeredAddrAndControlInputs; + +}MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO; + +/* This structure describes CPU interface address decode window */ +typedef struct _mvDramIfDecWin +{ + MV_ADDR_WIN addrWin; /* An address window*/ + MV_BOOL enable; /* Address decode window is enabled/disabled */ +}MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN; + +#include "ddr1_2/mvDram.h" + +/* mvDramIf.h API list */ +MV_VOID mvDramIfBasicAsmInit(MV_VOID); +MV_STATUS mvDramIfDetect(MV_U32 forcedCl); +MV_VOID _mvDramIfConfig(MV_VOID); + +MV_STATUS mvDramIfWinSet(MV_TARGET target, MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN *pAddrDecWin); +MV_STATUS mvDramIfWinGet(MV_TARGET target, MV_DRAM_DEC_WIN *pAddrDecWin); +MV_STATUS mvDramIfWinEnable(MV_TARGET target,MV_BOOL enable); +MV_32 mvDramIfBankSizeGet(MV_U32 bankNum); +MV_32 mvDramIfBankBaseGet(MV_U32 bankNum); +MV_32 mvDramIfSizeGet(MV_VOID); + +#if 0 +MV_STATUS mvDramIfMbusCtrlSet(MV_XBAR_TARGET *pPizzaArbArray); +MV_STATUS mvDramIfMbusToutSet(MV_U32 timeout, MV_BOOL enable); +#endif + +#endif /* __INCmvDramIfh */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfConfig.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7c66444ac --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __INCmvDramIfConfigh +#define __INCmvDramIfConfigh + +/* includes */ + +/* defines */ + +/* registers defaults values */ + +#define SDRAM_CONFIG_DV \ + (SDRAM_PERR_WRITE | \ + SDRAM_SRMODE | \ + SDRAM_SRCLK_GATED) + +#define SDRAM_DUNIT_CTRL_LOW_DV \ + (SDRAM_CTRL_POS_RISE | \ + SDRAM_CLK1DRV_NORMAL | \ + SDRAM_LOCKEN_ENABLE) + +#define SDRAM_ADDR_CTRL_DV 0 + +#define SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_LOW_REG_DV \ + ((0x2 << SDRAM_TRCD_OFFS) | \ + (0x2 << SDRAM_TRP_OFFS) | \ + (0x1 << SDRAM_TWR_OFFS) | \ + (0x0 << SDRAM_TWTR_OFFS) | \ + (0x5 << SDRAM_TRAS_OFFS) | \ + (0x1 << SDRAM_TRRD_OFFS)) +/* TRFC 0x27, TW2W 0x1 */ +#define SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_HIGH_REG_DV (( 0x7 << SDRAM_TRFC_OFFS ) |\ + ( 0x2 << SDRAM_TRFC_EXT_OFFS) |\ + ( 0x1 << SDRAM_TW2W_OFFS)) + +#define SDRAM_OPEN_PAGES_CTRL_REG_DV SDRAM_OPEN_PAGE_EN + +/* DDR2 ODT default register values */ + +/* Presence Ctrl Low Ctrl High Dunit Ctrl Ext Mode */ +/* CS0 0x84210000 0x00000000 0x0000780F 0x00000440 */ +/* CS0+CS1 0x84210000 0x00000000 0x0000780F 0x00000440 */ +/* CS0+CS2 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 */ +/* CS0+CS1+CS2 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 */ +/* CS0+CS2+CS3 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 */ +/* CS0+CS1+CS2+CS3 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 */ + +#define DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_DV 0x84210000 +#define DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_DV 0x00000000 +#define DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_DV 0x0000780F +#define DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_DV 0x00000440 + +#define DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS2_DV 0x030C030C +#define DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS2_DV 0x00000000 +#define DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS2_DV 0x0000740F +#define DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS2_DV 0x00000404 + + +/* DDR SDRAM Adderss/Control and Data Pads Calibration default values */ +#define DDR1_ADDR_CTRL_PAD_STRENGTH_TYPICAL_DV \ + (1 << SDRAM_PRE_DRIVER_STRENGTH_OFFS) +#define DDR2_ADDR_CTRL_PAD_STRENGTH_TYPICAL_DV \ + (3 << SDRAM_PRE_DRIVER_STRENGTH_OFFS) + + +#define DDR1_DATA_PAD_STRENGTH_TYPICAL_DV \ + (1 << SDRAM_PRE_DRIVER_STRENGTH_OFFS) +#define DDR2_DATA_PAD_STRENGTH_TYPICAL_DV \ + (3 << SDRAM_PRE_DRIVER_STRENGTH_OFFS) + +/* DDR SDRAM Mode Register default value */ +#define DDR1_MODE_REG_DV 0x00000000 +#define DDR2_MODE_REG_DV 0x00000400 + +/* DDR SDRAM Timing parameter default values */ +#define DDR1_TIMING_LOW_DV 0x11602220 +#define DDR1_TIMING_HIGH_DV 0x0000000d + +#define DDR2_TIMING_LOW_DV 0x11812220 +#define DDR2_TIMING_HIGH_DV 0x0000030f + +/* For Guideline (GL# MEM-4) DQS Reference Delay Tuning */ +#define FTDLL_DDR1_166MHZ ((0x1 << 0) | \ + (0x7F<< 12) | \ + (0x1 << 22)) + +#define FTDLL_DDR1_133MHZ FTDLL_DDR1_166MHZ + +#define FTDLL_DDR1_200MHZ ((0x1 << 0) | \ + (0x1 << 12) | \ + (0x3 << 14) | \ + (0x1 << 18) | \ + (0x1 << 22)) + + +#define FTDLL_DDR2_166MHZ ((0x1 << 0) | \ + (0x1 << 12) | \ + (0x1 << 14) | \ + (0x1 << 16) | \ + (0x1 << 19) | \ + (0xF << 20)) + +#define FTDLL_DDR2_133MHZ FTDLL_DDR2_166MHZ + +#define FTDLL_DDR2_200MHZ ((0x1 << 0) | \ + (0x1 << 12) | \ + (0x1 << 14) | \ + (0x1 << 16) | \ + (0x1 << 19) | \ + (0xF << 20)) + +#define FTDLL_DDR2_250MHZ 0x445001 + +/* Orion 1 B1 and above */ +#define FTDLL_DDR1_166MHZ_5181_B1 0x45D001 + +/* Orion nas */ +#define FTDLL_DDR2_166MHZ_5182 0x597001 + +/* Orion 2 D0 and above */ +#define FTDLL_DDR1_166MHZ_5281_D0 0x8D0001 +#define FTDLL_DDR1_200MHZ_5281_D0 0x8D0001 +#define FTDLL_DDR2_166MHZ_5281_D0 0x485001 +#define FTDLL_DDR2_200MHZ_5281_D0 0x485001 +#define FTDLL_DDR2_250MHZ_5281_D0 0x445001 +#define FTDLL_DDR2_200MHZ_5281_D1 0x995001 +#define FTDLL_DDR2_250MHZ_5281_D1 0x984801 + +#endif /* __INCmvDramIfh */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfRegs.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfRegs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9cd7c4e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr1_2/mvDramIfRegs.h @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvDramIfRegsh +#define __INCmvDramIfRegsh + + +/* DDR SDRAM Controller Address Decode Registers */ +/* SDRAM CSn Base Address Register (SCBAR) */ +#define SDRAM_BASE_ADDR_REG(csNum) (0x1500 + (csNum * 8)) +#define SCBAR_BASE_OFFS 16 +#define SCBAR_BASE_MASK (0xffff << SCBAR_BASE_OFFS) +#define SCBAR_BASE_ALIGNMENT 0x10000 + +/* SDRAM CSn Size Register (SCSR) */ +#define SDRAM_SIZE_REG(csNum) (0x1504 + (csNum * 8)) +#define SCSR_WIN_EN BIT0 +#define SCSR_SIZE_OFFS 16 +#define SCSR_SIZE_MASK (0xffff << SCSR_SIZE_OFFS) +#define SCSR_SIZE_ALIGNMENT 0x10000 + +/* configuration register */ +#define SDRAM_CONFIG_REG 0x1400 +#define SDRAM_REFRESH_OFFS 0 +#define SDRAM_REFRESH_MAX 0x3000 +#define SDRAM_REFRESH_MASK (SDRAM_REFRESH_MAX << SDRAM_REFRESH_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DWIDTH_OFFS 14 +#define SDRAM_DWIDTH_MASK (3 << SDRAM_DWIDTH_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DWIDTH_16BIT (1 << SDRAM_DWIDTH_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DWIDTH_32BIT (2 << SDRAM_DWIDTH_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DTYPE_OFFS 16 +#define SDRAM_DTYPE_MASK (1 << SDRAM_DTYPE_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR1 (0 << SDRAM_DTYPE_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DTYPE_DDR2 (1 << SDRAM_DTYPE_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_REGISTERED (1 << 17) +#define SDRAM_PERR_OFFS 18 +#define SDRAM_PERR_MASK (1 << SDRAM_PERR_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_PERR_NO_WRITE (0 << SDRAM_PERR_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_PERR_WRITE (1 << SDRAM_PERR_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DCFG_OFFS 20 +#define SDRAM_DCFG_MASK (0x3 << SDRAM_DCFG_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DCFG_X16_DEV (1 << SDRAM_DCFG_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DCFG_X8_DEV (2 << SDRAM_DCFG_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SRMODE (1 << 24) +#define SDRAM_SRCLK_OFFS 25 +#define SDRAM_SRCLK_MASK (1 << SDRAM_SRCLK_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SRCLK_KEPT (0 << SDRAM_SRCLK_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SRCLK_GATED (1 << SDRAM_SRCLK_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CATTH_OFFS 26 +#define SDRAM_CATTHR_EN (1 << SDRAM_CATTH_OFFS) + + +/* dunit control register */ +#define SDRAM_DUNIT_CTRL_REG 0x1404 +#define SDRAM_CTRL_POS_OFFS 6 +#define SDRAM_CTRL_POS_FALL (0 << SDRAM_CTRL_POS_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CTRL_POS_RISE (1 << SDRAM_CTRL_POS_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK1DRV_OFFS 12 +#define SDRAM_CLK1DRV_MASK (1 << SDRAM_CLK1DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK1DRV_HIGH_Z (0 << SDRAM_CLK1DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK1DRV_NORMAL (1 << SDRAM_CLK1DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_LOCKEN_OFFS 18 +#define SDRAM_LOCKEN_MASK (1 << SDRAM_LOCKEN_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_LOCKEN_DISABLE (0 << SDRAM_LOCKEN_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_LOCKEN_ENABLE (1 << SDRAM_LOCKEN_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_OFFS 24 +#define SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_MAX 0xf +#define SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_MASK (SDRAM_ST_BURST_DEL_MAX< busClkPs) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. Bank %d doesn't support memory clock!!!\n", i); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* All banks must support registry in order to activate it */ + if(bankInfo[i].registeredAddrAndControlInputs != + bankInfo[0].registeredAddrAndControlInputs) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. different Registered settings !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* All banks must support same ECC mode */ + if(bankInfo[i].errorCheckType != + bankInfo[0].errorCheckType) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. different ECC settings !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + } + else + { + if( i == 0 ) /* bank 0 doesn't exist */ + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. Fail to detect bank 0 !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Could not find bank %d\n", i)); + bankInfo[i].size = 0; /* Mark this bank as non exist */ + } + } + } + +#ifdef MV_INCLUDE_SDRAM_CS2 + if (bankInfo[SDRAM_CS0].size < bankInfo[SDRAM_CS2].size) + { + MV_DRAM_CS_order[0] = SDRAM_CS2; + MV_DRAM_CS_order[1] = SDRAM_CS3; + MV_DRAM_CS_order[2] = SDRAM_CS0; + MV_DRAM_CS_order[3] = SDRAM_CS1; + DRAM_CS_Order[0] = SDRAM_CS2; + DRAM_CS_Order[1] = SDRAM_CS3; + DRAM_CS_Order[2] = SDRAM_CS0; + DRAM_CS_Order[3] = SDRAM_CS1; + + } + else +#endif + { + MV_DRAM_CS_order[0] = SDRAM_CS0; + MV_DRAM_CS_order[1] = SDRAM_CS1; + DRAM_CS_Order[0] = SDRAM_CS0; + DRAM_CS_Order[1] = SDRAM_CS1; +#ifdef MV_INCLUDE_SDRAM_CS2 + MV_DRAM_CS_order[2] = SDRAM_CS2; + MV_DRAM_CS_order[3] = SDRAM_CS3; + DRAM_CS_Order[2] = SDRAM_CS2; + DRAM_CS_Order[3] = SDRAM_CS3; +#endif + } + + for(j = 0; j < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; j++) + { + i = MV_DRAM_CS_order[j]; + + if (0 == bankInfo[i].size) + continue; + + /* Init the CPU window decode */ + /* Note that the Dimm width might be different then the device DRAM width */ +#ifdef MV78XX0 + temp = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG); + deviceW = ((temp & SDRAM_DWIDTH_MASK) == SDRAM_DWIDTH_32BIT )? 32 : 64; +#else + deviceW = 16 /* KW family */; +#endif + dimmW = bankInfo[0].dataWidth - (bankInfo[0].dataWidth % 16); + size = ((bankInfo[i].size << 20) / (dimmW/deviceW)); + + /* We can not change DRAM window settings while excecuting */ + /* code from it. That is why we skip the DRAM CS[0], saving */ + /* it to the ROM configuration routine */ + + numOfAllDevices += bankInfo[i].numberOfDevices; + if (i == MV_DRAM_CS_order[0]) + { + MV_U32 sizeToReg; + /* Translate the given window size to register format */ + sizeToReg = ctrlSizeToReg(size, SCSR_SIZE_ALIGNMENT); + /* Size parameter validity check. */ + if (-1 == sizeToReg) + { + mvOsOutput("DRAM: mvCtrlAddrDecToReg: ERR. Win %d size invalid.\n" + ,i); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Bank 0 Size - %x\n",sizeToReg);) + sizeToReg = (sizeToReg << SCSR_SIZE_OFFS); + sizeToReg |= SCSR_WIN_EN; + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG0, sizeToReg); + } + else + { + dramDecWin.addrWin.baseLow = base; + dramDecWin.addrWin.size = size; + dramDecWin.enable = MV_TRUE; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Enable window %d base 0x%x, size=0x%x\n",i, base, size)); + + /* Check if the DRAM size is more then 3GByte */ + if (base < 0xC0000000) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Enable window %d base 0x%x, size=0x%x\n",i, base, size)); + if (MV_OK != mvCpuIfTargetWinSet(i, &dramDecWin)) + { + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. Fail to set bank %d!!!\n", SDRAM_CS0 + i); + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + } + + base += size; + + /* update the suportedCasLatencies mask */ + bankInfo[0].suportedCasLatencies &= bankInfo[i].suportedCasLatencies; + } + + /* calculate minimum CAS */ + minCas = minCasCalc(&bankInfo[0], &bankInfo[2], busClk, forcedCl); + if (0 == minCas) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: Warn: Could not find CAS compatible to SysClk %dMhz\n", + (busClk / 1000000)); + + minCas = DDR2_CL_4; /* Continue with this CAS */ + mvOsOutput("Set default CAS latency 4\n"); + } + + /* calc SDRAM_CONFIG_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramConfigRegCalc(&bankInfo[0],&bankInfo[2], busClk); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. sdramConfigRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* check if ECC is enabled by the user */ + if(eccDisable) + { + /* turn off ECC*/ + temp &= ~BIT18; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG1, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_MODE_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramModeRegCalc(minCas); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. sdramModeRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramModeRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG2, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_EXTENDED_MODE_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramExtModeRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], busClk); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. sdramExtModeRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramExtModeRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG10, temp); + + /* calc D_UNIT_CONTROL_LOW and save it to temp register */ + TTMode = MV_FALSE; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: numOfAllDevices = %x\n",numOfAllDevices);) + if( (numOfAllDevices > 9) && (bankInfo[0].registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_FALSE) ) + { + if ( ( (numOfAllDevices > 9) && (busClk > MV_BOARD_SYSCLK_200MHZ) ) || + (numOfAllDevices > 18) ) + { + mvOsOutput("Enable 2T "); + TTMode = MV_TRUE; + } + } + + temp = dunitCtrlLowRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], minCas, busClk, TTMode ); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. dunitCtrlLowRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: dunitCtrlLowRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG3, temp); + + /* calc D_UNIT_CONTROL_HIGH and save it to temp register */ + temp = dunitCtrlHighRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], busClk); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. dunitCtrlHighRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: dunitCtrlHighRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + /* check if ECC is enabled by the user */ + if(eccDisable) + { + /* turn off sample stage if no ecc */ + temp &= ~SDRAM__D2P_EN;; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG13, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_ADDR_CTRL_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc(&bankInfo[0],&bankInfo[2]); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG4, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_LOW_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], minCas, busClk); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG5, temp); + + /* calc SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_HIGH_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc(&bankInfo[0], busClk); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG6, temp); + + sdramDDr2OdtConfig(bankInfo); + + /* calc DDR2_SDRAM_TIMING_LOW_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramDdr2TimeLoRegCalc(minCas); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. sdramDdr2TimeLoRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramDdr2TimeLoRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG11, temp); + + /* calc DDR2_SDRAM_TIMING_HIGH_REG and save it to temp register */ + temp = sdramDdr2TimeHiRegCalc(minCas); + if(-1 == temp) + { + mvOsOutput("Dram: ERR. sdramDdr2TimeHiRegCalc failed !!!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramDdr2TimeHiRegCalc - %x\n",temp);) + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG12, temp); +#endif + + /* Note that DDR SDRAM Address/Control and Data pad calibration */ + /* settings is done in mvSdramIfConfig.s */ + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfBankBaseGet - Get DRAM interface bank base. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function returns the 32 bit base address of a given DRAM bank. +* +* INPUT: +* bankNum - Bank number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* DRAM bank size. If bank is disabled or paramter is invalid, the +* function returns -1. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvDramIfBankBaseGet(MV_U32 bankNum) +{ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramIfBankBaseGet Bank %d base addr is %x \n", + bankNum, mvCpuIfTargetWinBaseLowGet(SDRAM_CS0 + bankNum))); + return mvCpuIfTargetWinBaseLowGet(SDRAM_CS0 + bankNum); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfBankSizeGet - Get DRAM interface bank size. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function returns the size of a given DRAM bank. +* +* INPUT: +* bankNum - Bank number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* DRAM bank size. If bank is disabled the function return '0'. In case +* or paramter is invalid, the function returns -1. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvDramIfBankSizeGet(MV_U32 bankNum) +{ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramIfBankSizeGet Bank %d size is %x \n", + bankNum, mvCpuIfTargetWinSizeGet(SDRAM_CS0 + bankNum))); + return mvCpuIfTargetWinSizeGet(SDRAM_CS0 + bankNum); +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfSizeGet - Get DRAM interface total size. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function get the DRAM total size. +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* DRAM total size. In case or paramter is invalid, the function +* returns -1. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvDramIfSizeGet(MV_VOID) +{ + MV_U32 size = 0, i; + + for(i = 0; i < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; i++) + size += mvDramIfBankSizeGet(i); + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramIfSizeGet size is %x \n",size)); + return size; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfSingleBitErrThresholdSet - Set single bit ECC threshold. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* The ECC single bit error threshold is the number of single bit +* errors to happen before the Dunit generates an interrupt. +* This function set single bit ECC threshold. +* +* INPUT: +* threshold - threshold. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM if threshold is to big, MV_OK otherwise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvDramIfSingleBitErrThresholdSet(MV_U32 threshold) +{ + MV_U32 regVal; + + if (threshold > SECR_THRECC_MAX) + { + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + regVal = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_ECC_CONTROL_REG); + regVal &= ~SECR_THRECC_MASK; + regVal |= ((SECR_THRECC(threshold) & SECR_THRECC_MASK)); + MV_REG_WRITE(SDRAM_ECC_CONTROL_REG, regVal); + + return MV_OK; +} + +#ifndef MV_STATIC_DRAM_ON_BOARD +/******************************************************************************* +* minCasCalc - Calculate the Minimum CAS latency which can be used. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Calculate the minimum CAS latency that can be used, base on the DRAM +* parameters and the SDRAM bus Clock freq. +* +* INPUT: +* busClk - the DRAM bus Clock. +* pBankInfo - bank info parameters. +* forcedCl - Forced CAS Latency multiplied by 10. If equal to zero, do not force. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* The minimum CAS Latency. The function returns 0 if max CAS latency +* supported by banks is incompatible with system bus clock frequancy. +* +*******************************************************************************/ + +static MV_U32 minCasCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo,MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo2, MV_U32 busClk, MV_U32 forcedCl) +{ + MV_U32 count = 1, j; + MV_U32 busClkPs = 1000000000 / (busClk / 1000); /* in ps units */ + MV_U32 startBit, stopBit; + MV_U32 minCas0 = 0, minCas2 = 0; + + + /* DDR 2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | TBD | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | TBD | TBD * + Disco VI= * TBD | TBD | 5 | 4 | 3 | TBD | TBD | TBD * + Disco Duo= * TBD | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | TBD | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + + + /* If we are asked to use the forced CAL we change the suported CAL to be forcedCl only */ + if (forcedCl) + { + mvOsOutput("DRAM: Using forced CL %d.%d\n", (forcedCl / 10), (forcedCl % 10)); + + if (forcedCl == 30) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x08; + else if (forcedCl == 40) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x10; + else if (forcedCl == 50) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x20; + else if (forcedCl == 60) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x40; + else + { + mvOsPrintf("Forced CL %d.%d not supported. Set default CL 4\n", + (forcedCl / 10), (forcedCl % 10)); + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = 0x10; + } + + return pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies; + } + + /* go over the supported cas mask from Max Cas down and check if the */ + /* SysClk stands in its time requirments. */ + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: minCasCalc supported mask = %x busClkPs = %x \n", + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies,busClkPs )); + count = 1; + for(j = 7; j > 0; j--) + { + if((pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies >> j) & BIT0 ) + { + /* Reset the bits for CL incompatible for the sysClk */ + switch (count) + { + case 1: + if (pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs > busClkPs) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + case 2: + if (pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps > busClkPs) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + case 3: + if (pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps > busClkPs) + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + default: + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + break; + } + } + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: minCasCalc support = %x (after SysCC calc)\n", + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies )); + + count = 1; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram2: minCasCalc supported mask = %x busClkPs = %x \n", + pBankInfo2->suportedCasLatencies,busClkPs )); + for(j = 7; j > 0; j--) + { + if((pBankInfo2->suportedCasLatencies >> j) & BIT0 ) + { + /* Reset the bits for CL incompatible for the sysClk */ + switch (count) + { + case 1: + if (pBankInfo2->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs > busClkPs) + pBankInfo2->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + case 2: + if (pBankInfo2->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps > busClkPs) + pBankInfo2->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + case 3: + if (pBankInfo2->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps > busClkPs) + pBankInfo2->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + count++; + break; + default: + pBankInfo2->suportedCasLatencies &= ~(BIT0 << j); + break; + } + } + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram2: minCasCalc support = %x (after SysCC calc)\n", + pBankInfo2->suportedCasLatencies )); + + startBit = 3; /* DDR2 support CL start with CL3 (bit 3) */ + stopBit = 6; /* DDR2 support CL stops with CL6 (bit 6) */ + + for(j = startBit; j <= stopBit ; j++) + { + if((pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies >> j) & BIT0 ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: minCasCalc choose CAS %x \n",(BIT0 << j))); + minCas0 = (BIT0 << j); + break; + } + } + + for(j = startBit; j <= stopBit ; j++) + { + if((pBankInfo2->suportedCasLatencies >> j) & BIT0 ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: minCasCalc choose CAS %x \n",(BIT0 << j))); + minCas2 = (BIT0 << j); + break; + } + } + + if (minCas2 > minCas0) + return minCas2; + else + return minCas0; + + return 0; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramConfigRegCalc - Calculate sdram config register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram config register optimized value based +* on the bank info parameters. +* +* INPUT: +* busClk - the DRAM bus Clock. +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram config reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramConfigRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo,MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo2, MV_U32 busClk) +{ + MV_U32 sdramConfig = 0; + MV_U32 refreshPeriod; + + busClk /= 1000000; /* we work with busClk in MHz */ + + sdramConfig = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG); + + /* figure out the memory refresh internal */ + switch (pBankInfo->refreshInterval & 0xf) + { + case 0x0: /* refresh period is 15.625 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 15625; + break; + case 0x1: /* refresh period is 3.9 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 3900; + break; + case 0x2: /* refresh period is 7.8 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 7800; + break; + case 0x3: /* refresh period is 31.3 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 31300; + break; + case 0x4: /* refresh period is 62.5 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 62500; + break; + case 0x5: /* refresh period is 125 usec */ + refreshPeriod = 125000; + break; + default: /* refresh period undefined */ + mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR. DRAM refresh period is unknown!\n"); + return -1; + } + + /* Now the refreshPeriod is in register format value */ + refreshPeriod = (busClk * refreshPeriod) / 1000; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc calculated refresh interval %0x\n", + refreshPeriod)); + + /* make sure the refresh value is only 14 bits */ + if(refreshPeriod > SDRAM_REFRESH_MAX) + { + refreshPeriod = SDRAM_REFRESH_MAX; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc adjusted refresh interval %0x\n", + refreshPeriod)); + } + + /* Clear the refresh field */ + sdramConfig &= ~SDRAM_REFRESH_MASK; + + /* Set new value to refresh field */ + sdramConfig |= (refreshPeriod & SDRAM_REFRESH_MASK); + + /* registered DRAM ? */ + if ( pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs ) + { + /* it's registered DRAM, so set the reg. DRAM bit */ + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_REGISTERED; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Attribute: Registered address and control inputs.\n");) + } + + /* ECC and IERR support */ + sdramConfig &= ~SDRAM_ECC_MASK; /* Clear ECC field */ + sdramConfig &= ~SDRAM_IERR_MASK; /* Clear IErr field */ + + if ( pBankInfo->errorCheckType ) + { + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_ECC_EN; + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_IERR_REPORTE; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramIfDetect Enabling ECC\n")); + } + else + { + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_ECC_DIS; + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_IERR_IGNORE; + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramIfDetect Disabling ECC!\n")); + } + /* Set static default settings */ + sdramConfig |= SDRAM_CONFIG_DV; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: sdramConfigRegCalc set sdramConfig to 0x%x\n", + sdramConfig)); + + return sdramConfig; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramModeRegCalc - Calculate sdram mode register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram mode register optimized value based +* on the bank info parameters and the minCas. +* +* INPUT: +* minCas - minimum CAS supported. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram mode reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramModeRegCalc(MV_U32 minCas) +{ + MV_U32 sdramMode; + + sdramMode = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_MODE_REG); + + /* Clear CAS Latency field */ + sdramMode &= ~SDRAM_CL_MASK; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM CAS Latency ");) + + switch (minCas) + { + case DDR2_CL_3: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR2_CL_3; + DB(mvOsPrintf("3.\n");) + break; + case DDR2_CL_4: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR2_CL_4; + DB(mvOsPrintf("4.\n");) + break; + case DDR2_CL_5: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR2_CL_5; + DB(mvOsPrintf("5.\n");) + break; + case DDR2_CL_6: + sdramMode |= SDRAM_DDR2_CL_6; + DB(mvOsPrintf("6.\n");) + break; + default: + mvOsOutput("\nsdramModeRegCalc ERROR: Max. CL out of range\n"); + return -1; + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("\nsdramModeRegCalc register 0x%x\n", sdramMode )); + + return sdramMode; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramExtModeRegCalc - Calculate sdram Extended mode register +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Return sdram Extended mode register value based +* on the bank info parameters and bank presence. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* busClk - DRAM frequency +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram Extended mode reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramExtModeRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 busClk) +{ + MV_U32 populateBanks = 0; + int bankNum; + + /* Represent the populate banks in binary form */ + for(bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + if (0 != pBankInfo[bankNum].size) + { + populateBanks |= (1 << bankNum); + } + } + + switch(populateBanks) + { + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0): + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1): + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS1_DV; + + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2): + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1_CS2): + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3): + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3_CS4): + if (busClk >= MV_BOARD_SYSCLK_267MHZ) + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_FAST_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV; + else + return DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV; + + default: + mvOsOutput("sdramExtModeRegCalc: Invalid DRAM bank presence\n"); + return -1; + } + return 0; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* dunitCtrlLowRegCalc - Calculate sdram dunit control low register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram dunit control low register optimized value based +* on the bank info parameters and the minCas. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* minCas - minimum CAS supported. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram dunit control low reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 dunitCtrlLowRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 minCas, MV_U32 busClk, MV_STATUS TTMode) +{ + MV_U32 dunitCtrlLow, cl; + MV_U32 sbOutR[4]={3,5,7,9} ; + MV_U32 sbOutU[4]={1,3,5,7} ; + + dunitCtrlLow = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_DUNIT_CTRL_REG); + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: dunitCtrlLowRegCalc\n")); + + /* Clear StBurstOutDel field */ + dunitCtrlLow &= ~SDRAM_SB_OUT_MASK; + + /* Clear StBurstInDel field */ + dunitCtrlLow &= ~SDRAM_SB_IN_MASK; + + /* Clear CtrlPos field */ + dunitCtrlLow &= ~SDRAM_CTRL_POS_MASK; + + /* Clear 2T field */ + dunitCtrlLow &= ~SDRAM_2T_MASK; + if (TTMode == MV_TRUE) + { + dunitCtrlLow |= SDRAM_2T_MODE; + } + + /* For proper sample of read data set the Dunit Control register's */ + /* stBurstInDel bits [27:24] */ + /* 200MHz - 267MHz None reg = CL + 1 */ + /* 200MHz - 267MHz reg = CL + 2 */ + /* > 267MHz None reg = CL + 2 */ + /* > 267MHz reg = CL + 3 */ + + /* For proper sample of read data set the Dunit Control register's */ + /* stBurstOutDel bits [23:20] */ + /********-********-********-********- + * CL=3 | CL=4 | CL=5 | CL=6 | + *********-********-********-********- + Not Reg. * 0001 | 0011 | 0101 | 0111 | + *********-********-********-********- + Registered * 0011 | 0101 | 0111 | 1001 | + *********-********-********-********/ + + /* Set Dunit Control low default value */ + dunitCtrlLow |= SDRAM_DUNIT_CTRL_LOW_DDR2_DV; + + switch (minCas) + { + case DDR2_CL_3: cl = 3; break; + case DDR2_CL_4: cl = 4; break; + case DDR2_CL_5: cl = 5; break; + case DDR2_CL_6: cl = 6; break; + default: + mvOsOutput("Dram: dunitCtrlLowRegCalc Max. CL out of range %d\n", minCas); + return -1; + } + + /* registerd DDR SDRAM? */ + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + { + dunitCtrlLow |= (sbOutR[cl-3]) << SDRAM_SB_OUT_DEL_OFFS; + } + else + { + dunitCtrlLow |= (sbOutU[cl-3]) << SDRAM_SB_OUT_DEL_OFFS; + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("\n\ndunitCtrlLowRegCalc: CL = %d, frequencies=%d\n", cl, busClk)); + + if (busClk <= MV_BOARD_SYSCLK_267MHZ) + { + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + cl = cl + 2; + else + cl = cl + 1; + } + else + { + if (pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs == MV_TRUE) + cl = cl + 3; + else + cl = cl + 2; + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("dunitCtrlLowRegCalc: SDRAM_SB_IN_DEL_OFFS = %d \n", cl)); + dunitCtrlLow |= cl << SDRAM_SB_IN_DEL_OFFS; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Reg dunit control low = %x\n", dunitCtrlLow )); + + return dunitCtrlLow; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* dunitCtrlHighRegCalc - Calculate sdram dunit control high register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram dunit control high register optimized value based +* on the bus clock. +* +* INPUT: +* busClk - DRAM frequency. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram dunit control high reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 dunitCtrlHighRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 busClk) +{ + MV_U32 dunitCtrlHigh; + dunitCtrlHigh = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_DUNIT_CTRL_HI_REG); + if(busClk > MV_BOARD_SYSCLK_300MHZ) + dunitCtrlHigh |= SDRAM__P2D_EN; + else + dunitCtrlHigh &= ~SDRAM__P2D_EN; + + if(busClk > MV_BOARD_SYSCLK_267MHZ) + dunitCtrlHigh |= (SDRAM__WR_MESH_DELAY_EN | SDRAM__PUP_ZERO_SKEW_EN | SDRAM__ADD_HALF_FCC_EN); + + /* If ECC support we turn on D2P sample */ + dunitCtrlHigh &= ~SDRAM__D2P_EN; /* Clear D2P bit */ + if (( pBankInfo->errorCheckType ) && (busClk > MV_BOARD_SYSCLK_267MHZ)) + dunitCtrlHigh |= SDRAM__D2P_EN; + + return dunitCtrlHigh; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc - Calculate sdram address control register +* +* DESCRIPTION: Calculate sdram address control register optimized value based +* on the bank info parameters and the minCas. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram address control reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfoDIMM1) +{ + MV_U32 addrCtrl = 0; + + if (pBankInfoDIMM1->size) + { + switch (pBankInfoDIMM1->sdramWidth) + { + case 4: /* memory is x4 */ + mvOsOutput("sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc: Error - x4 not supported!\n"); + return -1; + break; + case 8: /* memory is x8 */ + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_ADDRSEL_X8(2) | SDRAM_ADDRSEL_X8(3); + DB(mvOsPrintf("sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc: sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc SDRAM device DIMM2 width x8\n")); + break; + case 16: + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_ADDRSEL_X16(2) | SDRAM_ADDRSEL_X16(3); + DB(mvOsPrintf("sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc: sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc SDRAM device DIMM2 width x16\n")); + break; + default: /* memory width unsupported */ + mvOsOutput("sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc: ERR. DRAM chip width is unknown!\n"); + return -1; + } + } + + switch (pBankInfo->sdramWidth) + { + case 4: /* memory is x4 */ + mvOsOutput("sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc: Error - x4 not supported!\n"); + return -1; + break; + case 8: /* memory is x8 */ + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_ADDRSEL_X8(0) | SDRAM_ADDRSEL_X8(1); + DB(mvOsPrintf("sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc: sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc SDRAM device width x8\n")); + break; + case 16: + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_ADDRSEL_X16(0) | SDRAM_ADDRSEL_X16(1); + DB(mvOsPrintf("sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc: sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc SDRAM device width x16\n")); + break; + default: /* memory width unsupported */ + mvOsOutput("sdramAddrCtrlRegCalc: ERR. DRAM chip width is unknown!\n"); + return -1; + } + + /* Note that density is in MB units */ + switch (pBankInfo->deviceDensity) + { + case 256: /* 256 Mbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Device Density 256Mbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_256Mb(0) | SDRAM_DSIZE_256Mb(1); + break; + case 512: /* 512 Mbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Device Density 512Mbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_512Mb(0) | SDRAM_DSIZE_512Mb(1); + break; + case 1024: /* 1 Gbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Device Density 1Gbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_1Gb(0) | SDRAM_DSIZE_1Gb(1); + break; + case 2048: /* 2 Gbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Device Density 2Gbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_2Gb(0) | SDRAM_DSIZE_2Gb(1); + break; + default: + mvOsOutput("Dram: sdramAddrCtrl unsupported RAM-Device size %d\n", + pBankInfo->deviceDensity); + return -1; + } + + if (pBankInfoDIMM1->size) + { + switch (pBankInfoDIMM1->deviceDensity) + { + case 256: /* 256 Mbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DIMM2: DRAM Device Density 256Mbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_256Mb(2) | SDRAM_DSIZE_256Mb(3); + break; + case 512: /* 512 Mbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DIMM2: DRAM Device Density 512Mbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_512Mb(2) | SDRAM_DSIZE_512Mb(3); + break; + case 1024: /* 1 Gbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DIMM2: DRAM Device Density 1Gbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_1Gb(2) | SDRAM_DSIZE_1Gb(3); + break; + case 2048: /* 2 Gbit */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DIMM2: DRAM Device Density 2Gbit\n")); + addrCtrl |= SDRAM_DSIZE_2Gb(2) | SDRAM_DSIZE_2Gb(3); + break; + default: + mvOsOutput("DIMM2: Dram: sdramAddrCtrl unsupported RAM-Device size %d\n", + pBankInfoDIMM1->deviceDensity); + return -1; + } + } + /* SDRAM address control */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: setting sdram address control with: %x \n", addrCtrl)); + + return addrCtrl; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc - Calculate sdram timing control low register +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function calculates sdram timing control low register +* optimized value based on the bank info parameters and the minCas. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* minCas - minimum CAS supported. +* busClk - Bus clock +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram timing control low reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramTimeCtrlLowRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 minCas, MV_U32 busClk) +{ + MV_U32 tRp = 0; + MV_U32 tRrd = 0; + MV_U32 tRcd = 0; + MV_U32 tRas = 0; + MV_U32 tWr = 0; + MV_U32 tWtr = 0; + MV_U32 tRtp = 0; + MV_U32 timeCtrlLow = 0; + + MV_U32 bankNum; + + busClk = busClk / 1000000; /* In MHz */ + + /* Scan all DRAM banks to find maximum timing values */ + for (bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + tRp = MV_MAX(tRp, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRowPrechargeTime); + tRrd = MV_MAX(tRrd, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRowActiveToRowActive); + tRcd = MV_MAX(tRcd, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRasToCasDelay); + tRas = MV_MAX(tRas, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRasPulseWidth); + } + + /* Extract timing (in ns) from SPD value. We ignore the tenth ns part. */ + /* by shifting the data two bits right. */ + tRp = tRp >> 2; /* For example 0x50 -> 20ns */ + tRrd = tRrd >> 2; + tRcd = tRcd >> 2; + + /* Extract clock cycles from time parameter. We need to round up */ + tRp = ((busClk * tRp) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRp) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram Timing Low: tRp = %d ", tRp)); + tRrd = ((busClk * tRrd) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRrd) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + /* JEDEC min reqeirments tRrd = 2 */ + if (tRrd < 2) + tRrd = 2; + DB(mvOsPrintf("tRrd = %d ", tRrd)); + tRcd = ((busClk * tRcd) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRcd) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + DB(mvOsPrintf("tRcd = %d ", tRcd)); + tRas = ((busClk * tRas) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRas) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + DB(mvOsPrintf("tRas = %d ", tRas)); + + /* tWr and tWtr is different for DDR1 and DDR2. tRtp is only for DDR2 */ + /* Scan all DRAM banks to find maximum timing values */ + for (bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + tWr = MV_MAX(tWr, pBankInfo[bankNum].minWriteRecoveryTime); + tWtr = MV_MAX(tWtr, pBankInfo[bankNum].minWriteToReadCmdDelay); + tRtp = MV_MAX(tRtp, pBankInfo[bankNum].minReadToPrechCmdDelay); + } + + /* Extract timing (in ns) from SPD value. We ignore the tenth ns */ + /* part by shifting the data two bits right. */ + tWr = tWr >> 2; /* For example 0x50 -> 20ns */ + tWtr = tWtr >> 2; + tRtp = tRtp >> 2; + /* Extract clock cycles from time parameter. We need to round up */ + tWr = ((busClk * tWr) / 1000) + (((busClk * tWr) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + DB(mvOsPrintf("tWr = %d ", tWr)); + tWtr = ((busClk * tWtr) / 1000) + (((busClk * tWtr) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + /* JEDEC min reqeirments tWtr = 2 */ + if (tWtr < 2) + tWtr = 2; + DB(mvOsPrintf("tWtr = %d ", tWtr)); + tRtp = ((busClk * tRtp) / 1000) + (((busClk * tRtp) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + /* JEDEC min reqeirments tRtp = 2 */ + if (tRtp < 2) + tRtp = 2; + DB(mvOsPrintf("tRtp = %d ", tRtp)); + + /* Note: value of 0 in register means one cycle, 1 means two and so on */ + timeCtrlLow = (((tRp - 1) << SDRAM_TRP_OFFS) | + ((tRrd - 1) << SDRAM_TRRD_OFFS) | + ((tRcd - 1) << SDRAM_TRCD_OFFS) | + (((tRas - 1) << SDRAM_TRAS_OFFS) & SDRAM_TRAS_MASK)| + ((tWr - 1) << SDRAM_TWR_OFFS) | + ((tWtr - 1) << SDRAM_TWTR_OFFS) | + ((tRtp - 1) << SDRAM_TRTP_OFFS)); + + /* Check extended tRas bit */ + if ((tRas - 1) & BIT4) + timeCtrlLow |= (1 << SDRAM_EXT_TRAS_OFFS); + + return timeCtrlLow; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc - Calculate sdram timing control high register +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function calculates sdram timing control high register +* optimized value based on the bank info parameters and the bus clock. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - sdram bank parameters +* busClk - Bus clock +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* sdram timing control high reg value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramTimeCtrlHighRegCalc(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo, MV_U32 busClk) +{ + MV_U32 tRfc; + MV_U32 timingHigh; + MV_U32 timeNs = 0; + MV_U32 bankNum; + + busClk = busClk / 1000000; /* In MHz */ + + /* Set DDR timing high register static configuration bits */ + timingHigh = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_HIGH_REG); + + /* Set DDR timing high register default value */ + timingHigh |= SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_HIGH_REG_DV; + + /* Clear tRfc field */ + timingHigh &= ~SDRAM_TRFC_MASK; + + /* Scan all DRAM banks to find maximum timing values */ + for (bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + timeNs = MV_MAX(timeNs, pBankInfo[bankNum].minRefreshToActiveCmd); + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Timing High: minRefreshToActiveCmd = %d\n", + pBankInfo[bankNum].minRefreshToActiveCmd)); + } + if(busClk >= 333 && mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_78XX0_A1_REV) + { + timingHigh |= 0x1 << SDRAM_TR2W_W2R_OFFS; + } + + tRfc = ((busClk * timeNs) / 1000) + (((busClk * timeNs) % 1000) ? 1 : 0); + /* Note: value of 0 in register means one cycle, 1 means two and so on */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Timing High: tRfc = %d\n", tRfc)); + timingHigh |= (((tRfc - 1) & SDRAM_TRFC_MASK) << SDRAM_TRFC_OFFS); + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: Timing High: tRfc = %d\n", tRfc)); + + /* SDRAM timing high */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: setting timing high with: %x \n", timingHigh)); + + return timingHigh; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramDDr2OdtConfig - Set DRAM DDR2 On Die Termination registers. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function config DDR2 On Die Termination (ODT) registers. +* +* INPUT: +* pBankInfo - bank info parameters. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* None +*******************************************************************************/ +static void sdramDDr2OdtConfig(MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo) +{ + MV_U32 populateBanks = 0; + MV_U32 odtCtrlLow, odtCtrlHigh, dunitOdtCtrl; + int bankNum; + + /* Represent the populate banks in binary form */ + for(bankNum = 0; bankNum < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; bankNum++) + { + if (0 != pBankInfo[bankNum].size) + { + populateBanks |= (1 << bankNum); + } + } + + switch(populateBanks) + { + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0): + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1): + odtCtrlLow = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS1_DV; + odtCtrlHigh = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS1_DV; + dunitOdtCtrl = DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS1_DV; + break; + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2): + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS1_CS2): + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3): + case(BANK_PRESENT_CS0_CS2_CS3_CS4): + odtCtrlLow = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV; + odtCtrlHigh = DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV; + dunitOdtCtrl = DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV; + break; + default: + DB(mvOsPrintf("sdramDDr2OdtConfig: Invalid DRAM bank presence\n")); + return; + } + /* DDR2 SDRAM ODT ctrl low */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: DDR2 setting ODT ctrl low with: %x \n", odtCtrlLow)); + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG7, odtCtrlLow); + + /* DDR2 SDRAM ODT ctrl high */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: DDR2 setting ODT ctrl high with: %x \n", odtCtrlHigh)); + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG8, odtCtrlHigh); + + /* DDR2 DUNIT ODT ctrl */ + if ( ((mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_78XX0_DEV_ID) && (mvCtrlRevGet() == MV_78XX0_Y0_REV)) || + (mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_76100_DEV_ID) || + (mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_78100_DEV_ID) || + (mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_78200_DEV_ID) ) + dunitOdtCtrl &= ~(BIT9|BIT8); /* Clear ODT always on */ + + DB(mvOsPrintf("DUNIT: DDR2 setting ODT ctrl with: %x \n", dunitOdtCtrl)); + MV_REG_WRITE(DRAM_BUF_REG9, dunitOdtCtrl); + return; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramDdr2TimeLoRegCalc - Set DDR2 DRAM Timing Low registers. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function config DDR2 DRAM Timing low registers. +* +* INPUT: +* minCas - minimum CAS supported. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* DDR2 sdram timing low reg value. +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramDdr2TimeLoRegCalc(MV_U32 minCas) +{ + MV_U8 cl = -1; + MV_U32 ddr2TimeLoReg; + + /* read and clear the feilds we are going to set */ + ddr2TimeLoReg = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_DDR2_TIMING_LO_REG); + ddr2TimeLoReg &= ~(SD2TLR_TODT_ON_RD_MASK | + SD2TLR_TODT_OFF_RD_MASK | + SD2TLR_TODT_ON_CTRL_RD_MASK | + SD2TLR_TODT_OFF_CTRL_RD_MASK); + + if( minCas == DDR2_CL_3 ) + { + cl = 3; + } + else if( minCas == DDR2_CL_4 ) + { + cl = 4; + } + else if( minCas == DDR2_CL_5 ) + { + cl = 5; + } + else if( minCas == DDR2_CL_6 ) + { + cl = 6; + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("sdramDdr2TimeLoRegCalc: CAS latency %d unsupported. using CAS latency 4\n", + minCas)); + cl = 4; + } + + ddr2TimeLoReg |= ((cl-3) << SD2TLR_TODT_ON_RD_OFFS); + ddr2TimeLoReg |= ( cl << SD2TLR_TODT_OFF_RD_OFFS); + ddr2TimeLoReg |= ( cl << SD2TLR_TODT_ON_CTRL_RD_OFFS); + ddr2TimeLoReg |= ((cl+3) << SD2TLR_TODT_OFF_CTRL_RD_OFFS); + + /* DDR2 SDRAM timing low */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: DDR2 setting timing low with: %x \n", ddr2TimeLoReg)); + + return ddr2TimeLoReg; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* sdramDdr2TimeHiRegCalc - Set DDR2 DRAM Timing High registers. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function config DDR2 DRAM Timing high registers. +* +* INPUT: +* minCas - minimum CAS supported. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* DDR2 sdram timing high reg value. +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 sdramDdr2TimeHiRegCalc(MV_U32 minCas) +{ + MV_U8 cl = -1; + MV_U32 ddr2TimeHiReg; + + /* read and clear the feilds we are going to set */ + ddr2TimeHiReg = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_DDR2_TIMING_HI_REG); + ddr2TimeHiReg &= ~(SD2THR_TODT_ON_WR_MASK | + SD2THR_TODT_OFF_WR_MASK | + SD2THR_TODT_ON_CTRL_WR_MASK | + SD2THR_TODT_OFF_CTRL_WR_MASK); + + if( minCas == DDR2_CL_3 ) + { + cl = 3; + } + else if( minCas == DDR2_CL_4 ) + { + cl = 4; + } + else if( minCas == DDR2_CL_5 ) + { + cl = 5; + } + else if( minCas == DDR2_CL_6 ) + { + cl = 6; + } + else + { + mvOsOutput("sdramDdr2TimeHiRegCalc: CAS latency %d unsupported. using CAS latency 4\n", + minCas); + cl = 4; + } + + ddr2TimeHiReg |= ((cl-3) << SD2THR_TODT_ON_WR_OFFS); + ddr2TimeHiReg |= ( cl << SD2THR_TODT_OFF_WR_OFFS); + ddr2TimeHiReg |= ( cl << SD2THR_TODT_ON_CTRL_WR_OFFS); + ddr2TimeHiReg |= ((cl+3) << SD2THR_TODT_OFF_CTRL_WR_OFFS); + + /* DDR2 SDRAM timin high */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: DDR2 setting timing high with: %x \n", ddr2TimeHiReg)); + + return ddr2TimeHiReg; +} +#endif + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfCalGet - Get CAS Latency +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function get the CAS Latency. +* +* INPUT: +* None +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* CAS latency times 10 (to avoid using floating point). +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvDramIfCalGet(void) +{ + MV_U32 sdramCasLat, casLatMask; + + casLatMask = (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_MODE_REG) & SDRAM_CL_MASK); + + switch (casLatMask) + { + case SDRAM_DDR2_CL_3: + sdramCasLat = 30; + break; + case SDRAM_DDR2_CL_4: + sdramCasLat = 40; + break; + case SDRAM_DDR2_CL_5: + sdramCasLat = 50; + break; + case SDRAM_DDR2_CL_6: + sdramCasLat = 60; + break; + default: + mvOsOutput("mvDramIfCalGet: Err, unknown DDR2 CAL\n"); + return -1; + } + + return sdramCasLat; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfSelfRefreshSet - Put the dram in self refresh mode - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* add support in power management. +* +* +* INPUT: +* None +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* None +* +*******************************************************************************/ + +MV_VOID mvDramIfSelfRefreshSet() +{ + MV_U32 operReg; + + operReg = MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_OPERATION_REG); + MV_REG_WRITE(SDRAM_OPERATION_REG ,operReg |SDRAM_CMD_SLF_RFRSH); + /* Read until register is reset to 0 */ + while(MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_OPERATION_REG)); +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfDimGetSPDversion - return DIMM SPD version. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function prints the DRAM controller information. +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static void mvDramIfDimGetSPDversion(MV_U32 *pMajor, MV_U32 *pMinor, MV_U32 bankNum) +{ + MV_DIMM_INFO dimmInfo; + if (bankNum >= MV_DRAM_MAX_CS ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramIfDimGetSPDversion bad params \n")); + return ; + } + memset(&dimmInfo,0,sizeof(dimmInfo)); + if ( MV_OK != dimmSpdGet((MV_U32)(bankNum/2), &dimmInfo)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR dimmSpdGet failed to get dimm info \n")); + return ; + } + *pMajor = dimmInfo.spdRawData[DIMM_SPD_VERSION]/10; + *pMinor = dimmInfo.spdRawData[DIMM_SPD_VERSION]%10; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfShow - Show DRAM controller information. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function prints the DRAM controller information. +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +void mvDramIfShow(void) +{ + int i, sdramCasLat, sdramCsSize; + MV_U32 Major=0, Minor=0; + + mvOsOutput("DRAM Controller info:\n"); + + mvOsOutput("Total DRAM "); + mvSizePrint(mvDramIfSizeGet()); + mvOsOutput("\n"); + + for(i = 0; i < MV_DRAM_MAX_CS; i++) + { + sdramCsSize = mvDramIfBankSizeGet(i); + if (sdramCsSize) + { + if (0 == (i & 1)) + { + mvDramIfDimGetSPDversion(&Major, &Minor,i); + mvOsOutput("DIMM %d version %d.%d\n", i/2, Major, Minor); + } + mvOsOutput("\tDRAM CS[%d] ", i); + mvSizePrint(sdramCsSize); + mvOsOutput("\n"); + } + } + sdramCasLat = mvDramIfCalGet(); + + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_ECC_EN) + { + mvOsOutput("ECC enabled, "); + } + else + { + mvOsOutput("ECC Disabled, "); + } + + if (MV_REG_READ(SDRAM_CONFIG_REG) & SDRAM_REGISTERED) + { + mvOsOutput("Registered DIMM\n"); + } + else + { + mvOsOutput("Non registered DIMM\n"); + } + + mvOsOutput("Configured CAS Latency %d.%d\n", sdramCasLat/10, sdramCasLat%10); +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfGetFirstCS - find the DRAM bank on the lower address +* +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function return the fisrt CS on address 0 +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* SDRAM_CS0 or SDRAM_CS2 +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvDramIfGetFirstCS(void) +{ + MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO bankInfo[MV_DRAM_MAX_CS]; + + if (DRAM_CS_Order[0] == N_A) + { + mvDramBankInfoGet(SDRAM_CS0, &bankInfo[SDRAM_CS0]); +#ifdef MV_INCLUDE_SDRAM_CS2 + mvDramBankInfoGet(SDRAM_CS2, &bankInfo[SDRAM_CS2]); +#endif + +#ifdef MV_INCLUDE_SDRAM_CS2 + if (bankInfo[SDRAM_CS0].size < bankInfo[SDRAM_CS2].size) + { + DRAM_CS_Order[0] = SDRAM_CS2; + DRAM_CS_Order[1] = SDRAM_CS3; + DRAM_CS_Order[2] = SDRAM_CS0; + DRAM_CS_Order[3] = SDRAM_CS1; + + return SDRAM_CS2; + } +#endif + DRAM_CS_Order[0] = SDRAM_CS0; + DRAM_CS_Order[1] = SDRAM_CS1; +#ifdef MV_INCLUDE_SDRAM_CS2 + DRAM_CS_Order[2] = SDRAM_CS2; + DRAM_CS_Order[3] = SDRAM_CS3; +#endif + return SDRAM_CS0; + } + return DRAM_CS_Order[0]; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvDramIfGetCSorder - +* +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function return the fisrt CS on address 0 +* +* INPUT: +* CS number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* CS order. +* +* RETURN: +* SDRAM_CS0 or SDRAM_CS2 +* +* NOTE: mvDramIfGetFirstCS must be caled before this subroutine +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvDramIfGetCSorder(MV_U32 csOrder ) +{ + return DRAM_CS_Order[csOrder]; +} + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIf.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23f2e540c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIf.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __INCmvDramIfh +#define __INCmvDramIfh + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* includes */ +#include "ddr2/mvDramIfRegs.h" +#include "ddr2/mvDramIfConfig.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" + +/* defines */ +/* DRAM Timing parameters */ +#define SDRAM_TWR 15 /* ns tWr */ +#define SDRAM_TRFC_64_512M_AT_200MHZ 70 /* ns tRfc for dens 64-512 @ 200MHz */ +#define SDRAM_TRFC_64_512M 75 /* ns tRfc for dens 64-512 */ +#define SDRAM_TRFC_1G 120 /* ns tRfc for dens 1GB */ +#define SDRAM_TR2R_CYC 1 /* cycle for tR2r */ + +#define CAL_AUTO_DETECT 0 /* Do not force CAS latancy (mvDramIfDetect) */ +#define ECC_DISABLE 1 /* Force ECC to Disable */ +#define ECC_ENABLE 0 /* Force ECC to ENABLE */ +/* typedefs */ + +/* enumeration for memory types */ +typedef enum _mvMemoryType +{ + MEM_TYPE_SDRAM, + MEM_TYPE_DDR1, + MEM_TYPE_DDR2 +}MV_MEMORY_TYPE; + +/* enumeration for DDR2 supported CAS Latencies */ +typedef enum _mvDimmDdr2Cas +{ + DDR2_CL_3 = 0x08, + DDR2_CL_4 = 0x10, + DDR2_CL_5 = 0x20, + DDR2_CL_6 = 0x40, + DDR2_CL_FAULT +} MV_DIMM_DDR2_CAS; + + +typedef struct _mvDramBankInfo +{ + MV_MEMORY_TYPE memoryType; /* DDR1, DDR2 or SDRAM */ + + /* DIMM dimensions */ + MV_U32 numOfRowAddr; + MV_U32 numOfColAddr; + MV_U32 dataWidth; + MV_U32 errorCheckType; /* ECC , PARITY..*/ + MV_U32 sdramWidth; /* 4,8,16 or 32 */ + MV_U32 errorCheckDataWidth; /* 0 - no, 1 - Yes */ + MV_U32 burstLengthSupported; + MV_U32 numOfBanksOnEachDevice; + MV_U32 suportedCasLatencies; + MV_U32 refreshInterval; + + /* DIMM timing parameters */ + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs; + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps; + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps; + MV_U32 minRowPrechargeTime; + MV_U32 minRowActiveToRowActive; + MV_U32 minRasToCasDelay; + MV_U32 minRasPulseWidth; + MV_U32 minWriteRecoveryTime; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minWriteToReadCmdDelay; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minReadToPrechCmdDelay; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minRefreshToActiveCmd; /* DDR2 only */ + + /* Parameters calculated from the extracted DIMM information */ + MV_U32 size; + MV_U32 deviceDensity; /* 16,64,128,256 or 512 Mbit */ + MV_U32 numberOfDevices; + + /* DIMM attributes (MV_TRUE for yes) */ + MV_BOOL registeredAddrAndControlInputs; + MV_BOOL registeredDQMBinputs; + +}MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO; + +#include "ddr2/spd/mvSpd.h" + +/* mvDramIf.h API list */ +MV_VOID mvDramIfBasicAsmInit(MV_VOID); +MV_STATUS mvDramIfDetect(MV_U32 forcedCl, MV_BOOL eccDisable); +MV_VOID _mvDramIfConfig(int entryNum); + +MV_U32 mvDramIfBankSizeGet(MV_U32 bankNum); +MV_U32 mvDramIfBankBaseGet(MV_U32 bankNum); +MV_U32 mvDramIfSizeGet(MV_VOID); +MV_U32 mvDramIfCalGet(void); +MV_STATUS mvDramIfSingleBitErrThresholdSet(MV_U32 threshold); +MV_VOID mvDramIfSelfRefreshSet(void); +void mvDramIfShow(void); +MV_U32 mvDramIfGetFirstCS(void); +MV_U32 mvDramIfGetCSorder(MV_U32 csOrder ); +MV_U32 mvDramCsSizeGet(MV_U32 csNum); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __INCmvDramIfh */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfConfig.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6141c46a08 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __INCmvDramIfConfigh +#define __INCmvDramIfConfigh + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* includes */ + +/* defines */ + +/* registers defaults values */ + +#define SDRAM_CONFIG_DV (SDRAM_SRMODE_DRAM | BIT25 | BIT30) + +#define SDRAM_DUNIT_CTRL_LOW_DDR2_DV \ + (SDRAM_SRCLK_KEPT | \ + SDRAM_CLK1DRV_NORMAL | \ + (BIT28 | BIT29)) + +#define SDRAM_ADDR_CTRL_DV 2 + +#define SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_LOW_REG_DV \ + ((0x2 << SDRAM_TRCD_OFFS) | \ + (0x2 << SDRAM_TRP_OFFS) | \ + (0x1 << SDRAM_TWR_OFFS) | \ + (0x0 << SDRAM_TWTR_OFFS) | \ + (0x5 << SDRAM_TRAS_OFFS) | \ + (0x1 << SDRAM_TRRD_OFFS)) + +/* Note: value of 0 in register means one cycle, 1 means two and so on */ +#define SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_HIGH_REG_DV \ + ((0x0 << SDRAM_TR2R_OFFS) | \ + (0x0 << SDRAM_TR2W_W2R_OFFS) | \ + (0x1 << SDRAM_TW2W_OFFS)) + +#define SDRAM_OPEN_PAGES_CTRL_REG_DV SDRAM_OPEN_PAGE_EN + +/* Presence Ctrl Low Ctrl High Dunit Ctrl Ext Mode */ +/* CS0 0x84210000 0x00000000 0x0000780F 0x00000440 */ +/* CS0+CS1 0x84210000 0x00000000 0x0000780F 0x00000440 */ +/* CS0+CS2 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 */ +/* CS0+CS1+CS2 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 */ +/* CS0+CS2+CS3 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 */ +/* CS0+CS1+CS2+CS3 0x030C030C 0x00000000 0x0000740F 0x00000404 */ + +#define DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS1_DV 0x84210000 +#define DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS1_DV 0x00000000 +#define DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS1_DV 0x0000E80F +#ifdef MV78XX0 +#define DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS1_DV 0x00000040 +#else +#define DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS1_DV 0x00000440 +#endif + +#define DDR2_ODT_CTRL_LOW_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV 0x030C030C +#define DDR2_ODT_CTRL_HIGH_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV 0x00000000 +#define DDR2_DUNIT_ODT_CTRL_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV 0x0000F40F +#ifdef MV78XX0 +#define DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV 0x00000004 +#define DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_FAST_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV 0x00000044 +#else +#define DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV 0x00000404 +#define DDR_SDRAM_EXT_MODE_FAST_CS0_CS1_CS2_CS3_DV 0x00000444 +#endif + +/* DDR SDRAM Adderss/Control and Data Pads Calibration default values */ +#define DDR2_ADDR_CTRL_PAD_STRENGTH_TYPICAL_DV \ + (3 << SDRAM_PRE_DRIVER_STRENGTH_OFFS) + +#define DDR2_DATA_PAD_STRENGTH_TYPICAL_DV \ + (3 << SDRAM_PRE_DRIVER_STRENGTH_OFFS) + +/* DDR SDRAM Mode Register default value */ +#define DDR2_MODE_REG_DV (SDRAM_BURST_LEN_4 | SDRAM_WR_3_CYC) +/* DDR SDRAM Timing parameter default values */ +#define SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_LOW_REG_DEFAULT 0x33136552 +#define SDRAM_TRFC_DEFAULT_VALUE 0x34 +#define SDRAM_TRFC_DEFAULT SDRAM_TRFC_DEFAULT_VALUE +#define SDRAM_TW2W_DEFALT (0x1 << SDRAM_TW2W_OFFS) + +#define SDRAM_TIMING_CTRL_HIGH_REG_DEFAULT (SDRAM_TRFC_DEFAULT | SDRAM_TW2W_DEFALT) + +#define SDRAM_FTDLL_REG_DEFAULT_LEFT 0x88C800 +#define SDRAM_FTDLL_REG_DEFAULT_RIGHT 0x88C800 +#define SDRAM_FTDLL_REG_DEFAULT_UP 0x88C800 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __INCmvDramIfh */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfRegs.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfRegs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..369eda692b --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/mvDramIfRegs.h @@ -0,0 +1,423 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvDramIfRegsh +#define __INCmvDramIfRegsh + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* DDR SDRAM Controller Address Decode Registers */ + /* SDRAM CSn Base Address Register (SCBAR) */ +#define SDRAM_BASE_ADDR_REG(cpu,csNum) (0x1500 + ((csNum) * 8) + ((cpu) * 0x70)) +#define SCBAR_BASE_OFFS 16 +#define SCBAR_BASE_MASK (0xffff << SCBAR_BASE_OFFS) +#define SCBAR_BASE_ALIGNMENT 0x10000 + +/* SDRAM CSn Size Register (SCSR) */ +#define SDRAM_SIZE_REG(cpu,csNum) (0x1504 + ((csNum) * 8) + ((cpu) * 0x70)) +#define SCSR_SIZE_OFFS 24 +#define SCSR_SIZE_MASK (0xff << SCSR_SIZE_OFFS) +#define SCSR_SIZE_ALIGNMENT 0x1000000 +#define SCSR_WIN_EN BIT0 + +/* configuration register */ +#define SDRAM_CONFIG_REG (DRAM_BASE + 0x1400) +#define SDRAM_REFRESH_OFFS 0 +#define SDRAM_REFRESH_MAX 0x3FFF +#define SDRAM_REFRESH_MASK (SDRAM_REFRESH_MAX << SDRAM_REFRESH_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DWIDTH_OFFS 15 +#define SDRAM_DWIDTH_MASK (1 << SDRAM_DWIDTH_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DWIDTH_32BIT (0 << SDRAM_DWIDTH_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_DWIDTH_64BIT (1 << SDRAM_DWIDTH_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_REGISTERED (1 << 17) +#define SDRAM_ECC_OFFS 18 +#define SDRAM_ECC_MASK (1 << SDRAM_ECC_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_ECC_DIS (0 << SDRAM_ECC_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_ECC_EN (1 << SDRAM_ECC_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_IERR_OFFS 19 +#define SDRAM_IERR_MASK (1 << SDRAM_IERR_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_IERR_REPORTE (0 << SDRAM_IERR_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_IERR_IGNORE (1 << SDRAM_IERR_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SRMODE_OFFS 24 +#define SDRAM_SRMODE_MASK (1 << SDRAM_SRMODE_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SRMODE_POWER (0 << SDRAM_SRMODE_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SRMODE_DRAM (1 << SDRAM_SRMODE_OFFS) + +/* dunit control low register */ +#define SDRAM_DUNIT_CTRL_REG (DRAM_BASE + 0x1404) +#define SDRAM_2T_OFFS 4 +#define SDRAM_2T_MASK (1 << SDRAM_2T_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_2T_MODE (1 << SDRAM_2T_OFFS) + +#define SDRAM_SRCLK_OFFS 5 +#define SDRAM_SRCLK_MASK (1 << SDRAM_SRCLK_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SRCLK_KEPT (0 << SDRAM_SRCLK_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SRCLK_GATED (1 << SDRAM_SRCLK_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CTRL_POS_OFFS 6 +#define SDRAM_CTRL_POS_MASK (1 << SDRAM_CTRL_POS_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CTRL_POS_FALL (0 << SDRAM_CTRL_POS_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CTRL_POS_RISE (1 << SDRAM_CTRL_POS_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK1DRV_OFFS 12 +#define SDRAM_CLK1DRV_MASK (1 << SDRAM_CLK1DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK1DRV_HIGH_Z (0 << SDRAM_CLK1DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK1DRV_NORMAL (1 << SDRAM_CLK1DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK2DRV_OFFS 13 +#define SDRAM_CLK2DRV_MASK (1 << SDRAM_CLK2DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK2DRV_HIGH_Z (0 << SDRAM_CLK2DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_CLK2DRV_NORMAL (1 << SDRAM_CLK2DRV_OFFS) +#define SDRAM_SB_OUT_DEL_OFFS 20 +#define SDRAM_SB_OUT_DEL_MAX 0xf +#define SDRAM_SB_OUT_MASK (SDRAM_SB_OUT_DEL_MAX<= MV_DRAM_MAX_CS )) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramBankInfoGet bad params \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + memset(pBankInfo, 0, sizeof(*pBankInfo)); + + if ( MV_OK != dimmSpdGet((MV_U32)(bankNum/2), &dimmInfo)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR dimmSpdGet failed to get dimm info \n")); + return MV_FAIL; + } + if ((dimmInfo.numOfModuleBanks == 1) && ((bankNum % 2) == 1)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: ERR dimmSpdGet. Can't find DIMM bank 2 \n")); + return MV_FAIL; + } + /* convert Dimm info to Bank info */ + cpyDimm2BankInfo(&dimmInfo, pBankInfo); + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* cpyDimm2BankInfo - Convert a Dimm info struct into a bank info struct. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Convert a Dimm info struct into a bank info struct. +* +* INPUT: +* pDimmInfo - DIMM information structure. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pBankInfo - DRAM bank information struct. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_VOID cpyDimm2BankInfo(MV_DIMM_INFO *pDimmInfo, + MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo) +{ + pBankInfo->memoryType = pDimmInfo->memoryType; + + /* DIMM dimensions */ + pBankInfo->numOfRowAddr = pDimmInfo->numOfRowAddr; + pBankInfo->numOfColAddr = pDimmInfo->numOfColAddr; + pBankInfo->dataWidth = pDimmInfo->dataWidth; + pBankInfo->errorCheckType = pDimmInfo->errorCheckType; + pBankInfo->sdramWidth = pDimmInfo->sdramWidth; + pBankInfo->errorCheckDataWidth = pDimmInfo->errorCheckDataWidth; + pBankInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice = pDimmInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice; + pBankInfo->suportedCasLatencies = pDimmInfo->suportedCasLatencies; + pBankInfo->refreshInterval = pDimmInfo->refreshInterval; + + /* DIMM timing parameters */ + pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs = pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs; + pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps = + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps; + pBankInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps = + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps; + + pBankInfo->minRowPrechargeTime = pDimmInfo->minRowPrechargeTime; + pBankInfo->minRowActiveToRowActive = pDimmInfo->minRowActiveToRowActive; + pBankInfo->minRasToCasDelay = pDimmInfo->minRasToCasDelay; + pBankInfo->minRasPulseWidth = pDimmInfo->minRasPulseWidth; + pBankInfo->minWriteRecoveryTime = pDimmInfo->minWriteRecoveryTime; + pBankInfo->minWriteToReadCmdDelay = pDimmInfo->minWriteToReadCmdDelay; + pBankInfo->minReadToPrechCmdDelay = pDimmInfo->minReadToPrechCmdDelay; + pBankInfo->minRefreshToActiveCmd = pDimmInfo->minRefreshToActiveCmd; + + /* Parameters calculated from the extracted DIMM information */ + pBankInfo->size = pDimmInfo->size/pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks; + pBankInfo->deviceDensity = pDimmInfo->deviceDensity; + pBankInfo->numberOfDevices = pDimmInfo->numberOfDevices / + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks; + + /* DIMM attributes (MV_TRUE for yes) */ + + if ((pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) || + (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) ) + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmAttributes & BIT1) + pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs = MV_TRUE; + else + pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs = MV_FALSE; + } + else /* pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2 */ + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmTypeInfo & (BIT0 | BIT4)) + pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs = MV_TRUE; + else + pBankInfo->registeredAddrAndControlInputs = MV_FALSE; + } + + return; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* dimmSpdCpy - Cpy SPD parameters from dimm 0 to dimm 1. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Read the DIMM SPD parameters from dimm 0 into dimm 1 SPD. +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE if function could read DIMM parameters, MV_FALSE otherwise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS dimmSpdCpy(MV_VOID) +{ + MV_U32 i; + MV_U32 spdChecksum; + + MV_TWSI_SLAVE twsiSlave; + MV_U8 data[SPD_SIZE]; + + /* zero dimmInfo structure */ + memset(data, 0, SPD_SIZE); + + /* read the dimm eeprom */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Read Dimm eeprom\n")); + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.address = MV_BOARD_DIMM0_I2C_ADDR; + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.type = ADDR7_BIT; + twsiSlave.validOffset = MV_TRUE; + twsiSlave.offset = 0; + twsiSlave.moreThen256 = MV_FALSE; + + if( MV_OK != mvTwsiRead (MV_BOARD_DIMM_I2C_CHANNEL, &twsiSlave, data, SPD_SIZE) ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: ERR. no DIMM in dimmNum 0\n")); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(puts("DRAM: Reading dimm info succeded.\n")); + + /* calculate SPD checksum */ + spdChecksum = 0; + + for(i = 0 ; i <= 62 ; i++) + { + spdChecksum += data[i]; + } + + if ((spdChecksum & 0xff) != data[63]) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Warning. Wrong SPD Checksum %2x, expValue=%2x\n", + (MV_U32)(spdChecksum & 0xff), data[63])); + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: SPD Checksum ok!\n")); + } + + /* copy the SPD content 1:1 into the DIMM 1 SPD */ + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.address = MV_BOARD_DIMM1_I2C_ADDR; + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.type = ADDR7_BIT; + twsiSlave.validOffset = MV_TRUE; + twsiSlave.offset = 0; + twsiSlave.moreThen256 = MV_FALSE; + + for(i = 0 ; i < SPD_SIZE ; i++) + { + twsiSlave.offset = i; + if( MV_OK != mvTwsiWrite (MV_BOARD_DIMM_I2C_CHANNEL, &twsiSlave, &data[i], 1) ) + { + mvOsPrintf("DRAM: ERR. no DIMM in dimmNum 1 byte %d \n",i); + return MV_FAIL; + } + mvOsDelay(5); + } + + DB(puts("DRAM: Reading dimm info succeded.\n")); + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* dimmSpdGet - Get the SPD parameters. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Read the DIMM SPD parameters into given struct parameter. +* +* INPUT: +* dimmNum - DIMM number. See MV_BOARD_DIMM_NUM enumerator. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pDimmInfo - DIMM information structure. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE if function could read DIMM parameters, MV_FALSE otherwise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS dimmSpdGet(MV_U32 dimmNum, MV_DIMM_INFO *pDimmInfo) +{ + MV_U32 i; + MV_U32 density = 1; + MV_U32 spdChecksum; + + MV_TWSI_SLAVE twsiSlave; + MV_U8 data[SPD_SIZE]; + + if((NULL == pDimmInfo)|| (dimmNum >= MAX_DIMM_NUM)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: mvDramBankInfoGet bad params \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* zero dimmInfo structure */ + memset(data, 0, SPD_SIZE); + + /* read the dimm eeprom */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Read Dimm eeprom\n")); + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.address = (dimmNum == 0) ? + MV_BOARD_DIMM0_I2C_ADDR : MV_BOARD_DIMM1_I2C_ADDR; + twsiSlave.slaveAddr.type = ADDR7_BIT; + twsiSlave.validOffset = MV_TRUE; + twsiSlave.offset = 0; + twsiSlave.moreThen256 = MV_FALSE; + + if( MV_OK != mvTwsiRead (MV_BOARD_DIMM_I2C_CHANNEL, &twsiSlave, data, SPD_SIZE) ) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: ERR. no DIMM in dimmNum %d \n", dimmNum)); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(puts("DRAM: Reading dimm info succeded.\n")); + + /* calculate SPD checksum */ + spdChecksum = 0; + + for(i = 0 ; i <= 62 ; i++) + { + spdChecksum += data[i]; + } + + if ((spdChecksum & 0xff) != data[63]) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: Warning. Wrong SPD Checksum %2x, expValue=%2x\n", + (MV_U32)(spdChecksum & 0xff), data[63])); + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM: SPD Checksum ok!\n")); + } + + /* copy the SPD content 1:1 into the dimmInfo structure*/ + for(i = 0 ; i < SPD_SIZE ; i++) + { + pDimmInfo->spdRawData[i] = data[i]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("SPD-EEPROM Byte %3d = %3x (%3d)\n",i, data[i], data[i])); + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM SPD Information:\n")); + + /* Memory type (DDR / SDRAM) */ + switch (data[DIMM_MEM_TYPE]) + { + case (DIMM_MEM_TYPE_SDRAM): + pDimmInfo->memoryType = MEM_TYPE_SDRAM; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Memeory type SDRAM\n")); + break; + case (DIMM_MEM_TYPE_DDR1): + pDimmInfo->memoryType = MEM_TYPE_DDR1; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Memeory type DDR1\n")); + break; + case (DIMM_MEM_TYPE_DDR2): + pDimmInfo->memoryType = MEM_TYPE_DDR2; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM Memeory type DDR2\n")); + break; + default: + mvOsPrintf("ERROR: Undefined memory type!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + + /* Number Of Row Addresses */ + pDimmInfo->numOfRowAddr = data[DIMM_ROW_NUM]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numOfRowAddr[3] %d\n",pDimmInfo->numOfRowAddr)); + + /* Number Of Column Addresses */ + pDimmInfo->numOfColAddr = data[DIMM_COL_NUM]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numOfColAddr[4] %d\n",pDimmInfo->numOfColAddr)); + + /* Number Of Module Banks */ + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks = data[DIMM_MODULE_BANK_NUM]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numOfModuleBanks[5] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks)); + + /* Number of module banks encoded differently for DDR2 */ + if (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks = (pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks & 0x7)+1; + + /* Data Width */ + pDimmInfo->dataWidth = data[DIMM_DATA_WIDTH]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM dataWidth[6] 0x%x\n", pDimmInfo->dataWidth)); + + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Max CasLatancy */ + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs = cas2ps(data[DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS]); + + /* Error Check Type */ + pDimmInfo->errorCheckType = data[DIMM_ERR_CHECK_TYPE]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM errorCheckType[11] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->errorCheckType)); + + /* Refresh Interval */ + pDimmInfo->refreshInterval = data[DIMM_REFRESH_INTERVAL]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM refreshInterval[12] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->refreshInterval)); + + /* Sdram Width */ + pDimmInfo->sdramWidth = data[DIMM_SDRAM_WIDTH]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM sdramWidth[13] 0x%x\n",pDimmInfo->sdramWidth)); + + /* Error Check Data Width */ + pDimmInfo->errorCheckDataWidth = data[DIMM_ERR_CHECK_DATA_WIDTH]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM errorCheckDataWidth[14] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->errorCheckDataWidth)); + + /* Burst Length Supported */ + /* SDRAM/DDR1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + burst length = * Page | TBD | TBD | TBD | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + /* DDR2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + burst length = * Page | TBD | TBD | TBD | 8 | 4 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + + pDimmInfo->burstLengthSupported = data[DIMM_BURST_LEN_SUP]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM burstLengthSupported[16] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->burstLengthSupported)); + + /* Number Of Banks On Each Device */ + pDimmInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice = data[DIMM_DEV_BANK_NUM]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numOfBanksOnEachDevice[17] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice)); + + /* Suported Cas Latencies */ + + /* SDRAM: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 * + ********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 4 | 3.5 | 3 | 2.5 | 2 | 1.5 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | TBD | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + + pDimmInfo->suportedCasLatencies = data[DIMM_SUP_CAL]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM suportedCasLatencies[18] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->suportedCasLatencies)); + + /* For DDR2 only, get the DIMM type information */ + if (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + { + pDimmInfo->dimmTypeInfo = data[DIMM_DDR2_TYPE_INFORMATION]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM dimmTypeInfo[20] (DDR2) 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->dimmTypeInfo)); + } + + /* SDRAM Modules Attributes */ + pDimmInfo->dimmAttributes = data[DIMM_BUF_ADDR_CONT_IN]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM dimmAttributes[21] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->dimmAttributes)); + + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Max CasLatancy Minus 1*/ + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps = + cas2ps(data[DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS_MINUS1]); + + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Max CasLatancy Minus 2*/ + pDimmInfo->minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps = + cas2ps(data[DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS_MINUS2]); + + pDimmInfo->minRowPrechargeTime = data[DIMM_MIN_ROW_PRECHARGE_TIME]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRowPrechargeTime[27] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRowPrechargeTime)); + pDimmInfo->minRowActiveToRowActive = data[DIMM_MIN_ROW_ACTIVE_TO_ROW_ACTIVE]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRowActiveToRowActive[28] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRowActiveToRowActive)); + pDimmInfo->minRasToCasDelay = data[DIMM_MIN_RAS_TO_CAS_DELAY]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRasToCasDelay[29] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRasToCasDelay)); + pDimmInfo->minRasPulseWidth = data[DIMM_MIN_RAS_PULSE_WIDTH]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRasPulseWidth[30] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRasPulseWidth)); + + /* DIMM Bank Density */ + pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity = data[DIMM_BANK_DENSITY]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM dimmBankDensity[31] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity)); + + /* Only DDR2 includes Write Recovery Time field. Other SDRAM ignore */ + pDimmInfo->minWriteRecoveryTime = data[DIMM_MIN_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minWriteRecoveryTime[36] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minWriteRecoveryTime)); + + /* Only DDR2 includes Internal Write To Read Command Delay field. */ + pDimmInfo->minWriteToReadCmdDelay = data[DIMM_MIN_WRITE_TO_READ_CMD_DELAY]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minWriteToReadCmdDelay[37] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minWriteToReadCmdDelay)); + + /* Only DDR2 includes Internal Read To Precharge Command Delay field. */ + pDimmInfo->minReadToPrechCmdDelay = data[DIMM_MIN_READ_TO_PRECH_CMD_DELAY]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minReadToPrechCmdDelay[38] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minReadToPrechCmdDelay)); + + /* Only DDR2 includes Minimum Refresh to Activate/Refresh Command field */ + pDimmInfo->minRefreshToActiveCmd = data[DIMM_MIN_REFRESH_TO_ACTIVATE_CMD]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM minRefreshToActiveCmd[42] 0x%x\n", + pDimmInfo->minRefreshToActiveCmd)); + + /* calculating the sdram density. Representing device density from */ + /* bit 20 to allow representation of 4GB and above. */ + /* For example, if density is 512Mbit 0x20000000, will be represent in */ + /* deviceDensity by 0x20000000 >> 16 --> 0x00000200. Another example */ + /* is density 8GB 0x200000000 >> 16 --> 0x00002000. */ + density = (1 << ((pDimmInfo->numOfRowAddr + pDimmInfo->numOfColAddr) - 20)); + pDimmInfo->deviceDensity = density * + pDimmInfo->numOfBanksOnEachDevice * + pDimmInfo->sdramWidth; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM deviceDensity %d\n",pDimmInfo->deviceDensity)); + + /* Number of devices includeing Error correction */ + pDimmInfo->numberOfDevices = (pDimmInfo->dataWidth/pDimmInfo->sdramWidth) * + pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks; + DB(mvOsPrintf("DRAM numberOfDevices %d\n", + pDimmInfo->numberOfDevices)); + + pDimmInfo->size = 0; + + /* Note that pDimmInfo->size is in MB units */ + if (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + pDimmInfo->size += 1024; /* Equal to 1GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + pDimmInfo->size += 8; /* Equal to 8MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + pDimmInfo->size += 16; /* Equal to 16MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + pDimmInfo->size += 32; /* Equal to 32MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + pDimmInfo->size += 64; /* Equal to 64MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + pDimmInfo->size += 128; /* Equal to 128MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + pDimmInfo->size += 256; /* Equal to 256MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + pDimmInfo->size += 512; /* Equal to 512MB */ + } + else if (pDimmInfo->memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + pDimmInfo->size += 1024; /* Equal to 1GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + pDimmInfo->size += 2048; /* Equal to 2GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + pDimmInfo->size += 16; /* Equal to 16MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + pDimmInfo->size += 32; /* Equal to 32MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + pDimmInfo->size += 64; /* Equal to 64MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + pDimmInfo->size += 128; /* Equal to 128MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + pDimmInfo->size += 256; /* Equal to 256MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + pDimmInfo->size += 512; /* Equal to 512MB */ + } + else /* if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) */ + { + if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + pDimmInfo->size += 1024; /* Equal to 1GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + pDimmInfo->size += 2048; /* Equal to 2GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + pDimmInfo->size += 4096; /* Equal to 4GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + pDimmInfo->size += 8192; /* Equal to 8GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + pDimmInfo->size += 16384; /* Equal to 16GB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + pDimmInfo->size += 128; /* Equal to 128MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + pDimmInfo->size += 256; /* Equal to 256MB */ + else if (pDimmInfo->dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + pDimmInfo->size += 512; /* Equal to 512MB */ + } + + pDimmInfo->size *= pDimmInfo->numOfModuleBanks; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("Dram: dimm size %dMB \n",pDimmInfo->size)); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* dimmSpdPrint - Print the SPD parameters. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Print the Dimm SPD parameters. +* +* INPUT: +* pDimmInfo - DIMM information structure. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_VOID dimmSpdPrint(MV_U32 dimmNum) +{ + MV_DIMM_INFO dimmInfo; + MV_U32 i, temp = 0; + MV_U32 k, maskLeftOfPoint = 0, maskRightOfPoint = 0; + MV_U32 rightOfPoint = 0,leftOfPoint = 0, div, time_tmp, shift; + MV_U32 busClkPs; + MV_U8 trp_clocks=0, trcd_clocks, tras_clocks, trrd_clocks, + temp_buf[40], *spdRawData; + + busClkPs = 1000000000 / (mvBoardSysClkGet() / 100); /* in 10 ps units */ + + spdRawData = dimmInfo.spdRawData; + + if(MV_OK != dimmSpdGet(dimmNum, &dimmInfo)) + { + mvOsOutput("ERROR: Could not read SPD information!\n"); + return; + } + + /* find Manufactura of Dimm Module */ + mvOsOutput("\nManufacturer's JEDEC ID Code: "); + for(i = 0 ; i < DIMM_MODULE_MANU_SIZE ; i++) + { + mvOsOutput("%x",spdRawData[DIMM_MODULE_MANU_OFFS + i]); + } + mvOsOutput("\n"); + + /* Manufacturer's Specific Data */ + for(i = 0 ; i < DIMM_MODULE_ID_SIZE ; i++) + { + temp_buf[i] = spdRawData[DIMM_MODULE_ID_OFFS + i]; + } + mvOsOutput("Manufacturer's Specific Data: %s\n", temp_buf); + + /* Module Part Number */ + for(i = 0 ; i < DIMM_MODULE_VEN_SIZE ; i++) + { + temp_buf[i] = spdRawData[DIMM_MODULE_VEN_OFFS + i]; + } + mvOsOutput("Module Part Number: %s\n", temp_buf); + + /* Module Serial Number */ + for(i = 0; i < sizeof(MV_U32); i++) + { + temp |= spdRawData[95+i] << 8*i; + } + mvOsOutput("DIMM Serial No. %ld (%lx)\n", (long)temp, + (long)temp); + + /* find Manufac-Data of Dimm Module */ + mvOsOutput("Manufactoring Date: Year 20%d%d/ ww %d%d\n", + ((spdRawData[93] & 0xf0) >> 4), (spdRawData[93] & 0xf), + ((spdRawData[94] & 0xf0) >> 4), (spdRawData[94] & 0xf)); + /* find modul_revision of Dimm Module */ + mvOsOutput("Module Revision: %d.%d\n", + spdRawData[62]/10, spdRawData[62]%10); + + /* find manufac_place of Dimm Module */ + mvOsOutput("manufac_place: %d\n", spdRawData[72]); + + /* go over the first 35 I2C data bytes */ + for(i = 2 ; i <= 35 ; i++) + switch(i) + { + case 2: /* Memory type (DDR1/2 / SDRAM) */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + mvOsOutput("Dram Type is: SDRAM\n"); + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + mvOsOutput("Dram Type is: SDRAM DDR1\n"); + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + mvOsOutput("Dram Type is: SDRAM DDR2\n"); + else + mvOsOutput("Dram Type unknown\n"); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 3: /* Number Of Row Addresses */ + mvOsOutput("Module Number of row addresses: %d\n", + dimmInfo.numOfRowAddr); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 4: /* Number Of Column Addresses */ + mvOsOutput("Module Number of col addresses: %d\n", + dimmInfo.numOfColAddr); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 5: /* Number Of Module Banks */ + mvOsOutput("Number of Banks on Mod.: %d\n", + dimmInfo.numOfModuleBanks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 6: /* Data Width */ + mvOsOutput("Module Data Width: %d bit\n", + dimmInfo.dataWidth); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 8: /* Voltage Interface */ + switch(spdRawData[i]) + { + case 0x0: + mvOsOutput("Module is TTL_5V_TOLERANT\n"); + break; + case 0x1: + mvOsOutput("Module is LVTTL\n"); + break; + case 0x2: + mvOsOutput("Module is HSTL_1_5V\n"); + break; + case 0x3: + mvOsOutput("Module is SSTL_3_3V\n"); + break; + case 0x4: + mvOsOutput("Module is SSTL_2_5V\n"); + break; + case 0x5: + if (dimmInfo.memoryType != MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + mvOsOutput("Module is SSTL_1_8V\n"); + break; + } + default: + mvOsOutput("Module is VOLTAGE_UNKNOWN\n"); + break; + } + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 9: /* Minimum Cycle Time At Max CasLatancy */ + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) * 10; + + /* DDR2 addition of right of point */ + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xA) + { + rightOfPoint = 25; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xB) + { + rightOfPoint = 33; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xC) + { + rightOfPoint = 66; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xD) + { + rightOfPoint = 75; + } + mvOsOutput("Minimum Cycle Time At Max CL: %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 10: /* Clock To Data Out */ + div = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM)? 10:100; + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / div; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % div; + mvOsOutput("Clock To Data Out: %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 11: /* Error Check Type */ + mvOsOutput("Error Check Type (0=NONE): %d\n", + dimmInfo.errorCheckType); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 12: /* Refresh Interval */ + mvOsOutput("Refresh Rate: %x\n", + dimmInfo.refreshInterval); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 13: /* Sdram Width */ + mvOsOutput("Sdram Width: %d bits\n", + dimmInfo.sdramWidth); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 14: /* Error Check Data Width */ + mvOsOutput("Error Check Data Width: %d bits\n", + dimmInfo.errorCheckDataWidth); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 15: /* Minimum Clock Delay is unsupported */ + if ((dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) || + (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1)) + { + mvOsOutput("Minimum Clk Delay back to back: %d\n", + spdRawData[i]); + } + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 16: /* Burst Length Supported */ + /* SDRAM/DDR1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + burst length = * Page | TBD | TBD | TBD | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + /* DDR2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + burst length = * Page | TBD | TBD | TBD | 8 | 4 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + mvOsOutput("Burst Length Supported: "); + if ((dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) || + (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1)) + { + if (dimmInfo.burstLengthSupported & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1, "); + if (dimmInfo.burstLengthSupported & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("2, "); + } + if (dimmInfo.burstLengthSupported & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("4, "); + if (dimmInfo.burstLengthSupported & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("8, "); + + mvOsOutput(" Bit \n"); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 17: /* Number Of Banks On Each Device */ + mvOsOutput("Number Of Banks On Each Chip: %d\n", + dimmInfo.numOfBanksOnEachDevice); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 18: /* Suported Cas Latencies */ + + /* SDRAM: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 * + ********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 1: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | 4 | 3.5 | 3 | 2.5 | 2 | 1.5 | 1 * + *********************************************************/ + + /* DDR 2: + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + * bit7 | bit6 | bit5 | bit4 | bit3 | bit2 | bit1 | bit0 * + *******-******-******-******-******-******-******-******* + CAS = * TBD | TBD | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | TBD | TBD * + *********************************************************/ + + mvOsOutput("Suported Cas Latencies: (CL) "); + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + for (k = 0; k <=7; k++) + { + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & (1 << k)) + mvOsOutput("%d, ", k+1); + } + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("1.5, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("2, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("2.5, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("3, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("3.5, "); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + { + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("2, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("3, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("4, "); + if (dimmInfo.suportedCasLatencies & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("5, "); + } + else + mvOsOutput("?.?, "); + mvOsOutput("\n"); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 20: /* DDR2 DIMM type info */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmTypeInfo & (BIT0 | BIT4)) + mvOsOutput("Registered DIMM (RDIMM)\n"); + else if (dimmInfo.dimmTypeInfo & (BIT1 | BIT5)) + mvOsOutput("Unbuffered DIMM (UDIMM)\n"); + else + mvOsOutput("Unknown DIMM type.\n"); + } + + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 21: /* SDRAM Modules Attributes */ + mvOsOutput("\nModule Attributes (SPD Byte 21): \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT0) + mvOsOutput(" Buffered Addr/Control Input: Yes\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Buffered Addr/Control Input: No\n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT1) + mvOsOutput(" Registered Addr/Control Input: Yes\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Registered Addr/Control Input: No\n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT2) + mvOsOutput(" On-Card PLL (clock): Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" On-Card PLL (clock): No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT3) + mvOsOutput(" Bufferd DQMB Input: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Bufferd DQMB Inputs: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT4) + mvOsOutput(" Registered DQMB Inputs: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Registered DQMB Inputs: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT5) + mvOsOutput(" Differential Clock Input: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Differential Clock Input: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT6) + mvOsOutput(" redundant Row Addressing: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" redundant Row Addressing: No \n"); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT0) + mvOsOutput(" Buffered Addr/Control Input: Yes\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Buffered Addr/Control Input: No\n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT1) + mvOsOutput(" Registered Addr/Control Input: Yes\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Registered Addr/Control Input: No\n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT2) + mvOsOutput(" On-Card PLL (clock): Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" On-Card PLL (clock): No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT3) + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch On-Card Enabled: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch On-Card Enabled: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT4) + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch External Enabled: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch External Enabled: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT5) + mvOsOutput(" Differential Clock Input: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Differential Clock Input: No \n"); + } + else /* if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) */ + { + mvOsOutput(" Number of Active Registers on the DIMM: %d\n", + (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & 0x3) + 1); + + mvOsOutput(" Number of PLLs on the DIMM: %d\n", + ((dimmInfo.dimmAttributes) >> 2) & 0x3); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT4) + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch External Enabled: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" FET Switch External Enabled: No \n"); + + if (dimmInfo.dimmAttributes & BIT6) + mvOsOutput(" Analysis probe installed: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Analysis probe installed: No \n"); + } + + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 22: /* Suported AutoPreCharge */ + mvOsOutput("\nModul Attributes (SPD Byte 22): \n"); + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT0 ) + mvOsOutput(" Early Ras Precharge: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Early Ras Precharge: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT1 ) + mvOsOutput(" AutoPreCharge: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" AutoPreCharge: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT2 ) + mvOsOutput(" Precharge All: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Precharge All: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT3 ) + mvOsOutput(" Write 1/ReadBurst: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Write 1/ReadBurst: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT4 ) + mvOsOutput(" lower VCC tolerance: 5%%\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" lower VCC tolerance: 10%%\n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT5 ) + mvOsOutput(" upper VCC tolerance: 5%%\n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" upper VCC tolerance: 10%%\n"); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT0 ) + mvOsOutput(" Supports Weak Driver: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Supports Weak Driver: No \n"); + + if ( !(spdRawData[i] & BIT4) ) + mvOsOutput(" lower VCC tolerance: 0.2V\n"); + + if ( !(spdRawData[i] & BIT5) ) + mvOsOutput(" upper VCC tolerance: 0.2V\n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT6 ) + mvOsOutput(" Concurrent Auto Preharge: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Concurrent Auto Preharge: No \n"); + + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT7 ) + mvOsOutput(" Supports Fast AP: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Supports Fast AP: No \n"); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) + { + if ( spdRawData[i] & BIT0 ) + mvOsOutput(" Supports Weak Driver: Yes \n"); + else + mvOsOutput(" Supports Weak Driver: No \n"); + } + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 23: + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Maximum Cas Latancy Minus 1 (2nd highest CL) */ + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) * 10; + + /* DDR2 addition of right of point */ + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xA) + { + rightOfPoint = 25; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xB) + { + rightOfPoint = 33; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xC) + { + rightOfPoint = 66; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xD) + { + rightOfPoint = 75; + } + + mvOsOutput("Minimum Cycle Time At 2nd highest CasLatancy" + "(0 = Not supported): %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint ); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 24: /* Clock To Data Out 2nd highest Cas Latency Value*/ + div = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? 10:100; + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / div; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % div; + mvOsOutput("Clock To Data Out (2nd CL value): %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 25: + /* Minimum Cycle Time At Maximum Cas Latancy Minus 2 (3rd highest CL) */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xfc) >> 2; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x3) * 25; + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) * 10; + + /* DDR2 addition of right of point */ + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xA) + { + rightOfPoint = 25; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xB) + { + rightOfPoint = 33; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xC) + { + rightOfPoint = 66; + } + if ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f) == 0xD) + { + rightOfPoint = 75; + } + } + mvOsOutput("Minimum Cycle Time At 3rd highest CasLatancy" + "(0 = Not supported): %d.%d [ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint ); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 26: /* Clock To Data Out 3rd highest Cas Latency Value*/ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xfc) >> 2; + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x3) * 25; + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = 0; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp; + } + mvOsOutput("Clock To Data Out (3rd CL value): %d.%2d[ns]\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint ); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 27: /* Minimum Row Precharge Time */ + shift = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM)? 0:2; + maskLeftOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0xff : 0xfc; + maskRightOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0x00 : 0x03; + leftOfPoint = ((spdRawData[i] & maskLeftOfPoint) >> shift); + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & maskRightOfPoint)*25; + temp = ((leftOfPoint*100) + rightOfPoint);/* in 10ps Intervals*/ + trp_clocks = (temp + (busClkPs-1)) / busClkPs; + mvOsOutput("Minimum Row Precharge Time [ns]: %d.%d = " + "in Clk cycles %d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint, trp_clocks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 28: /* Minimum Row Active to Row Active Time */ + shift = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM)? 0:2; + maskLeftOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0xff : 0xfc; + maskRightOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0x00 : 0x03; + leftOfPoint = ((spdRawData[i] & maskLeftOfPoint) >> shift); + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & maskRightOfPoint)*25; + temp = ((leftOfPoint*100) + rightOfPoint);/* in 100ns Interval*/ + trrd_clocks = (temp + (busClkPs-1)) / busClkPs; + mvOsOutput("Minimum Row Active -To- Row Active Delay [ns]: " + "%d.%d = in Clk cycles %d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint, trp_clocks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 29: /* Minimum Ras-To-Cas Delay */ + shift = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM)? 0:2; + maskLeftOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0xff : 0xfc; + maskRightOfPoint = (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) ? + 0x00 : 0x03; + leftOfPoint = ((spdRawData[i] & maskLeftOfPoint) >> shift); + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & maskRightOfPoint)*25; + temp = ((leftOfPoint*100) + rightOfPoint);/* in 100ns Interval*/ + trcd_clocks = (temp + (busClkPs-1) )/ busClkPs; + mvOsOutput("Minimum Ras-To-Cas Delay [ns]: %d.%d = " + "in Clk cycles %d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint, trp_clocks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 30: /* Minimum Ras Pulse Width */ + tras_clocks = (cas2ps(spdRawData[i])+(busClkPs-1)) / busClkPs; + mvOsOutput("Minimum Ras Pulse Width [ns]: %d = " + "in Clk cycles %d\n", spdRawData[i], tras_clocks); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 31: /* Module Bank Density */ + mvOsOutput("Module Bank Density (more than 1= Multisize-Module):"); + + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("8MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("16MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("32MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("64MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("128MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + mvOsOutput("256MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + mvOsOutput("512MB, "); + } + else if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR1) + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("2GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("16MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("32MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("64MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("128MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + mvOsOutput("256MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + mvOsOutput("512MB, "); + } + else /* if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_DDR2) */ + { + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT0) + mvOsOutput("1GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT1) + mvOsOutput("2GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT2) + mvOsOutput("4GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT3) + mvOsOutput("8GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT4) + mvOsOutput("16GB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT5) + mvOsOutput("128MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT6) + mvOsOutput("256MB, "); + if (dimmInfo.dimmBankDensity & BIT7) + mvOsOutput("512MB, "); + } + mvOsOutput("\n"); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 32: /* Address And Command Setup Time (measured in ns/1000) */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f); + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + if(leftOfPoint > 7) + { + leftOfPoint *= -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / 100; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % 100; + } + mvOsOutput("Address And Command Setup Time [ns]: %d.%d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 33: /* Address And Command Hold Time */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f); + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + if(leftOfPoint > 7) + { + leftOfPoint *= -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / 100; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % 100; + } + mvOsOutput("Address And Command Hold Time [ns]: %d.%d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 34: /* Data Input Setup Time */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f); + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + if(leftOfPoint > 7) + { + leftOfPoint *= -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / 100; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % 100; + } + mvOsOutput("Data Input Setup Time [ns]: %d.%d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 35: /* Data Input Hold Time */ + if (dimmInfo.memoryType == MEM_TYPE_SDRAM) + { + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0x0f); + leftOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4; + if(leftOfPoint > 7) + { + leftOfPoint *= -1; + } + } + else /* DDR1 or DDR2 */ + { + time_tmp = (((spdRawData[i] & 0xf0) >> 4)*10) + + ((spdRawData[i] & 0x0f)); + leftOfPoint = time_tmp / 100; + rightOfPoint = time_tmp % 100; + } + mvOsOutput("Data Input Hold Time [ns]: %d.%d\n\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + case 36: /* Relevant for DDR2 only: Write Recovery Time */ + leftOfPoint = ((spdRawData[i] & maskLeftOfPoint) >> 2); + rightOfPoint = (spdRawData[i] & maskRightOfPoint) * 25; + mvOsOutput("Write Recovery Time [ns]: %d.%d\n", + leftOfPoint, rightOfPoint); + break; +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + } + +} + + +/* + * translate ns.ns/10 coding of SPD timing values + * into ps unit values + */ +/******************************************************************************* +* cas2ps - Translate x.y ns parameter to pico-seconds values +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function translates x.y nano seconds to its value in pico seconds. +* For example 3.75ns will return 3750. +* +* INPUT: +* spd_byte - DIMM SPD byte. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* value in pico seconds. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 cas2ps(MV_U8 spd_byte) +{ + MV_U32 ns, ns10; + + /* isolate upper nibble */ + ns = (spd_byte >> 4) & 0x0F; + /* isolate lower nibble */ + ns10 = (spd_byte & 0x0F); + + if( ns10 < 10 ) { + ns10 *= 10; + } + else if( ns10 == 10 ) + ns10 = 25; + else if( ns10 == 11 ) + ns10 = 33; + else if( ns10 == 12 ) + ns10 = 66; + else if( ns10 == 13 ) + ns10 = 75; + else + { + mvOsOutput("cas2ps Err. unsupported cycle time.\n"); + } + + return (ns*1000 + ns10*10); +} + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/spd/mvSpd.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/spd/mvSpd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f95546624c --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/ddr2/spd/mvSpd.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvDram +#define __INCmvDram + +#include "ddr2/mvDramIf.h" +#include "twsi/mvTwsi.h" + +#define MAX_DIMM_NUM 2 +#define SPD_SIZE 128 + +/* Dimm spd offsets */ +#define DIMM_MEM_TYPE 2 +#define DIMM_ROW_NUM 3 +#define DIMM_COL_NUM 4 +#define DIMM_MODULE_BANK_NUM 5 +#define DIMM_DATA_WIDTH 6 +#define DIMM_VOLT_IF 8 +#define DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS 9 +#define DIMM_ERR_CHECK_TYPE 11 +#define DIMM_REFRESH_INTERVAL 12 +#define DIMM_SDRAM_WIDTH 13 +#define DIMM_ERR_CHECK_DATA_WIDTH 14 +#define DIMM_MIN_CLK_DEL 15 +#define DIMM_BURST_LEN_SUP 16 +#define DIMM_DEV_BANK_NUM 17 +#define DIMM_SUP_CAL 18 +#define DIMM_DDR2_TYPE_INFORMATION 20 /* DDR2 only */ +#define DIMM_BUF_ADDR_CONT_IN 21 +#define DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS_MINUS1 23 +#define DIMM_MIN_CC_AT_MAX_CAS_MINUS2 25 +#define DIMM_MIN_ROW_PRECHARGE_TIME 27 +#define DIMM_MIN_ROW_ACTIVE_TO_ROW_ACTIVE 28 +#define DIMM_MIN_RAS_TO_CAS_DELAY 29 +#define DIMM_MIN_RAS_PULSE_WIDTH 30 +#define DIMM_BANK_DENSITY 31 +#define DIMM_MIN_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME 36 +#define DIMM_MIN_WRITE_TO_READ_CMD_DELAY 37 +#define DIMM_MIN_READ_TO_PRECH_CMD_DELAY 38 +#define DIMM_MIN_REFRESH_TO_ACTIVATE_CMD 42 +#define DIMM_SPD_VERSION 62 + +/* Dimm Memory Type values */ +#define DIMM_MEM_TYPE_SDRAM 0x4 +#define DIMM_MEM_TYPE_DDR1 0x7 +#define DIMM_MEM_TYPE_DDR2 0x8 + +#define DIMM_MODULE_MANU_OFFS 64 +#define DIMM_MODULE_MANU_SIZE 8 +#define DIMM_MODULE_VEN_OFFS 73 +#define DIMM_MODULE_VEN_SIZE 25 +#define DIMM_MODULE_ID_OFFS 99 +#define DIMM_MODULE_ID_SIZE 18 + +/* enumeration for voltage levels. */ +typedef enum _mvDimmVoltageIf +{ + TTL_5V_TOLERANT, + LVTTL, + HSTL_1_5V, + SSTL_3_3V, + SSTL_2_5V, + VOLTAGE_UNKNOWN, +} MV_DIMM_VOLTAGE_IF; + + +/* enumaration for SDRAM CAS Latencies. */ +typedef enum _mvDimmSdramCas +{ + SD_CL_1 =1, + SD_CL_2, + SD_CL_3, + SD_CL_4, + SD_CL_5, + SD_CL_6, + SD_CL_7, + SD_FAULT +}MV_DIMM_SDRAM_CAS; + + +/* DIMM information structure */ +typedef struct _mvDimmInfo +{ + MV_MEMORY_TYPE memoryType; /* DDR or SDRAM */ + + MV_U8 spdRawData[SPD_SIZE]; /* Content of SPD-EEPROM copied 1:1 */ + + /* DIMM dimensions */ + MV_U32 numOfRowAddr; + MV_U32 numOfColAddr; + MV_U32 numOfModuleBanks; + MV_U32 dataWidth; + MV_U32 errorCheckType; /* ECC , PARITY..*/ + MV_U32 sdramWidth; /* 4,8,16 or 32 */ + MV_U32 errorCheckDataWidth; /* 0 - no, 1 - Yes */ + MV_U32 burstLengthSupported; + MV_U32 numOfBanksOnEachDevice; + MV_U32 suportedCasLatencies; + MV_U32 refreshInterval; + MV_U32 dimmBankDensity; + MV_U32 dimmTypeInfo; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 dimmAttributes; + + /* DIMM timing parameters */ + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatPs; + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus1Ps; + MV_U32 minCycleTimeAtMaxCasLatMinus2Ps; + MV_U32 minRowPrechargeTime; + MV_U32 minRowActiveToRowActive; + MV_U32 minRasToCasDelay; + MV_U32 minRasPulseWidth; + MV_U32 minWriteRecoveryTime; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minWriteToReadCmdDelay; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minReadToPrechCmdDelay; /* DDR2 only */ + MV_U32 minRefreshToActiveCmd; /* DDR2 only */ + + /* Parameters calculated from the extracted DIMM information */ + MV_U32 size; /* 16,64,128,256 or 512 MByte in MB units */ + MV_U32 deviceDensity; /* 16,64,128,256 or 512 Mbit in MB units */ + MV_U32 numberOfDevices; + +} MV_DIMM_INFO; + + +MV_STATUS mvDramBankInfoGet(MV_U32 bankNum, MV_DRAM_BANK_INFO *pBankInfo); +MV_STATUS dimmSpdGet(MV_U32 dimmNum, MV_DIMM_INFO *pDimmInfo); +MV_VOID dimmSpdPrint(MV_U32 dimmNum); +MV_STATUS dimmSpdCpy(MV_VOID); + +#endif /* __INCmvDram */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEth.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEth.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d24e788fc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEth.c @@ -0,0 +1,2952 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEth.c - Marvell's Gigabit Ethernet controller low level driver +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This file introduce OS independent APIs to Marvell's Gigabit Ethernet +* controller. This Gigabit Ethernet Controller driver API controls +* 1) Operations (i.e. port Init, Finish, Up, Down, PhyReset etc'). +* 2) Data flow (i.e. port Send, Receive etc'). +* 3) MAC Filtering functions (ethSetMcastAddr, ethSetRxFilterMode, etc.) +* 4) MIB counters support (ethReadMibCounter) +* 5) Debug functions (ethPortRegs, ethPortCounters, ethPortQueues, etc.) +* Each Gigabit Ethernet port is controlled via ETH_PORT_CTRL struct. +* This struct includes configuration information as well as driver +* internal data needed for its operations. +* +* Supported Features: +* - OS independent. All required OS services are implemented via external +* OS dependent components (like osLayer or ethOsg) +* - The user is free from Rx/Tx queue managing. +* - Simple Gigabit Ethernet port operation API. +* - Simple Gigabit Ethernet port data flow API. +* - Data flow and operation API support per queue functionality. +* - Support cached descriptors for better performance. +* - PHY access and control API. +* - Port Configuration API. +* - Full control over Special and Other Multicast MAC tables. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +/* includes */ +#include "mvTypes.h" +#include "mv802_3.h" +#include "mvDebug.h" +#include "mvCommon.h" +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" +#include "eth-phy/mvEthPhy.h" +#include "eth/mvEth.h" +#include "eth/gbe/mvEthGbe.h" +#include "cpu/mvCpu.h" + +#ifdef INCLUDE_SYNC_BARR +#include "sys/mvCpuIf.h" +#endif + +#ifdef MV_RT_DEBUG +# define ETH_DEBUG +#endif + + +/* locals */ +MV_BOOL ethDescInSram; +MV_BOOL ethDescSwCoher; + +/* This array holds the control structure of each port */ +ETH_PORT_CTRL* ethPortCtrl[MV_ETH_MAX_PORTS]; + +/* Ethernet Port Local routines */ + +static void ethInitRxDescRing(ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl, int queue); + +static void ethInitTxDescRing(ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl, int queue); + +static void ethSetUcastTable(int portNo, int queue); + +static MV_BOOL ethSetUcastAddr (int ethPortNum, MV_U8 lastNibble, int queue); +static MV_BOOL ethSetSpecialMcastAddr(int ethPortNum, MV_U8 lastByte, int queue); +static MV_BOOL ethSetOtherMcastAddr(int ethPortNum, MV_U8 crc8, int queue); + +static void ethFreeDescrMemory(ETH_PORT_CTRL* pEthPortCtrl, MV_BUF_INFO* pDescBuf); +static MV_U8* ethAllocDescrMemory(ETH_PORT_CTRL* pEthPortCtrl, int size, + MV_ULONG* pPhysAddr, MV_U32 *memHandle); + +static MV_U32 mvEthMruGet(MV_U32 maxRxPktSize); + +static void mvEthPortSgmiiConfig(int port); + + + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* EthDrv Initialization functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthHalInit - Initialize the Giga Ethernet unit +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function initialize the Giga Ethernet unit. +* 1) Configure Address decode windows of the unit +* 2) Set registers to HW default values. +* 3) Clear and Disable interrupts +* +* INPUT: NONE +* +* RETURN: NONE +* +* NOTE: this function is called once in the boot process. +*******************************************************************************/ +void mvEthHalInit(void) +{ + int port; + + /* Init static data structures */ + for (port=0; port 0) + { + isSram = MV_TRUE; + #if (INTEG_SRAM_COHER == MV_CACHE_COHER_SW) + isSwCoher = MV_TRUE; + #else + isSwCoher = MV_FALSE; + #endif + } +#endif /* ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM */ + + if(pIsSram != NULL) + *pIsSram = isSram; + + if(pIsSwCoher != NULL) + *pIsSwCoher = isSwCoher; +} + + + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Port Initialization functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortInit - Initialize the Ethernet port driver +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function initialize the ethernet port. +* 1) Allocate and initialize internal port Control structure. +* 2) Create RX and TX descriptor rings for default RX and TX queues +* 3) Disable RX and TX operations, clear cause registers and +* mask all interrupts. +* 4) Set all registers to default values and clean all MAC tables. +* +* INPUT: +* int portNo - Ethernet port number +* ETH_PORT_INIT *pEthPortInit - Ethernet port init structure +* +* RETURN: +* void* - ethernet port handler, that should be passed to the most other +* functions dealing with this port. +* +* NOTE: This function is called once per port when loading the eth module. +*******************************************************************************/ +void* mvEthPortInit(int portNo, MV_ETH_PORT_INIT *pEthPortInit) +{ + int queue, descSize; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl; + + /* Check validity of parameters */ + if( (portNo >= (int)mvCtrlEthMaxPortGet()) || + (pEthPortInit->rxDefQ >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) || + (pEthPortInit->maxRxPktSize < 1518) ) + { + mvOsPrintf("EthPort #%d: Bad initialization parameters\n", portNo); + return NULL; + } + if( (pEthPortInit->rxDescrNum[pEthPortInit->rxDefQ]) == 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("EthPort #%d: rxDefQ (%d) must be created\n", + portNo, pEthPortInit->rxDefQ); + return NULL; + } + + pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)mvOsMalloc( sizeof(ETH_PORT_CTRL) ); + if(pPortCtrl == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("EthDrv: Can't allocate %dB for port #%d control structure!\n", + (int)sizeof(ETH_PORT_CTRL), portNo); + return NULL; + } + + memset(pPortCtrl, 0, sizeof(ETH_PORT_CTRL) ); + ethPortCtrl[portNo] = pPortCtrl; + + pPortCtrl->portState = MV_UNDEFINED_STATE; + + pPortCtrl->portNo = portNo; + + pPortCtrl->osHandle = pEthPortInit->osHandle; + + /* Copy Configuration parameters */ + pPortCtrl->portConfig.maxRxPktSize = pEthPortInit->maxRxPktSize; + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxDefQ = pEthPortInit->rxDefQ; + pPortCtrl->portConfig.ejpMode = 0; + + for( queue=0; queuerxQueueConfig[queue].descrNum = pEthPortInit->rxDescrNum[queue]; + } + for( queue=0; queuetxQueueConfig[queue].descrNum = pEthPortInit->txDescrNum[queue]; + } + + mvEthPortDisable(pPortCtrl); + + /* Set the board information regarding PHY address */ + mvEthPhyAddrSet(pPortCtrl, mvBoardPhyAddrGet(portNo) ); + + /* Create all requested RX queues */ + for(queue=0; queuerxQueueConfig[queue].descrNum == 0) + continue; + + /* Allocate memory for RX descriptors */ + descSize = ((pPortCtrl->rxQueueConfig[queue].descrNum * ETH_RX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE) + + CPU_D_CACHE_LINE_SIZE); + + pPortCtrl->rxQueue[queue].descBuf.bufVirtPtr = + ethAllocDescrMemory(pPortCtrl, descSize, + &pPortCtrl->rxQueue[queue].descBuf.bufPhysAddr, + &pPortCtrl->rxQueue[queue].descBuf.memHandle); + pPortCtrl->rxQueue[queue].descBuf.bufSize = descSize; + if(pPortCtrl->rxQueue[queue].descBuf.bufVirtPtr == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("EthPort #%d, rxQ=%d: Can't allocate %d bytes in %s for %d RX descr\n", + pPortCtrl->portNo, queue, descSize, + ethDescInSram ? "SRAM" : "DRAM", + pPortCtrl->rxQueueConfig[queue].descrNum); + return NULL; + } + + ethInitRxDescRing(pPortCtrl, queue); + } + /* Create TX queues */ + for(queue=0; queuetxQueueConfig[queue].descrNum == 0) + continue; + + /* Allocate memory for TX descriptors */ + descSize = ((pPortCtrl->txQueueConfig[queue].descrNum * ETH_TX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE) + + CPU_D_CACHE_LINE_SIZE); + + pPortCtrl->txQueue[queue].descBuf.bufVirtPtr = + ethAllocDescrMemory(pPortCtrl, descSize, + &pPortCtrl->txQueue[queue].descBuf.bufPhysAddr, + &pPortCtrl->txQueue[queue].descBuf.memHandle); + pPortCtrl->txQueue[queue].descBuf.bufSize = descSize; + if(pPortCtrl->txQueue[queue].descBuf.bufVirtPtr == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("EthPort #%d, txQ=%d: Can't allocate %d bytes in %s for %d TX descr\n", + pPortCtrl->portNo, queue, descSize, ethDescInSram ? "SRAM" : "DRAM", + pPortCtrl->txQueueConfig[queue].descrNum); + return NULL; + } + + ethInitTxDescRing(pPortCtrl, queue); + } + mvEthDefaultsSet(pPortCtrl); + + pPortCtrl->portState = MV_IDLE; + return pPortCtrl; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethPortFinish - Finish the Ethernet port driver +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function finish the ethernet port. +* 1) Down ethernet port if needed. +* 2) Delete RX and TX descriptor rings for all created RX and TX queues +* 3) Free internal port Control structure. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet port handler +* +* RETURN: NONE. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +void mvEthPortFinish(void* pPortHndl) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + int queue, portNo = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + if(pPortCtrl->portState == MV_ACTIVE) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPort #%d: Warning !!! Finish port in Active state\n", + portNo); + mvEthPortDisable(pPortHndl); + } + + /* Free all allocated RX queues */ + for(queue=0; queuerxQueue[queue].descBuf); + } + + /* Free all allocated TX queues */ + for(queue=0; queuetxQueue[queue].descBuf); + } + + /* Free port control structure */ + mvOsFree(pPortCtrl); + + ethPortCtrl[portNo] = NULL; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthDefaultsSet - Set defaults to the ethernet port +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function set default values to the ethernet port. +* 1) Clear Cause registers and Mask all interrupts +* 2) Clear all MAC tables +* 3) Set defaults to all registers +* 4) Reset all created RX and TX descriptors ring +* 5) Reset PHY +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet port handler +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success, Others - Failure +* NOTE: +* This function update all the port configuration except those set +* Initialy by the OsGlue by MV_ETH_PORT_INIT. +* This function can be called after portDown to return the port setting +* to defaults. +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthDefaultsSet(void* pPortHndl) +{ + int ethPortNo, queue; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + MV_U32 txPrio; + MV_U32 portCfgReg, portCfgExtReg, portSerialCtrlReg, portSerialCtrl1Reg, portSdmaCfgReg; + MV_BOARD_MAC_SPEED boardMacCfg; + + ethPortNo = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + /* Clear Cause registers */ + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_INTR_CAUSE_REG(ethPortNo),0); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_INTR_CAUSE_EXT_REG(ethPortNo),0); + + /* Mask all interrupts */ + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_INTR_MASK_REG(ethPortNo),0); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_INTR_MASK_EXT_REG(ethPortNo),0); + + portCfgReg = PORT_CONFIG_VALUE; + portCfgExtReg = PORT_CONFIG_EXTEND_VALUE; + + boardMacCfg = mvBoardMacSpeedGet(ethPortNo); + + if(boardMacCfg == BOARD_MAC_SPEED_100M) + { + portSerialCtrlReg = PORT_SERIAL_CONTROL_100MB_FORCE_VALUE; + } + else if(boardMacCfg == BOARD_MAC_SPEED_1000M) + { + portSerialCtrlReg = PORT_SERIAL_CONTROL_1000MB_FORCE_VALUE; + } + else + { + portSerialCtrlReg = PORT_SERIAL_CONTROL_VALUE; + } + + /* build PORT_SDMA_CONFIG_REG */ + portSdmaCfgReg = ETH_TX_INTR_COAL_MASK(0); + portSdmaCfgReg |= ETH_TX_BURST_SIZE_MASK(ETH_BURST_SIZE_16_64BIT_VALUE); + +#if ( (ETHER_DRAM_COHER == MV_CACHE_COHER_HW_WB) || \ + (ETHER_DRAM_COHER == MV_CACHE_COHER_HW_WT) ) + /* some devices have restricted RX burst size when using HW coherency */ + portSdmaCfgReg |= ETH_RX_BURST_SIZE_MASK(ETH_BURST_SIZE_4_64BIT_VALUE); +#else + portSdmaCfgReg |= ETH_RX_BURST_SIZE_MASK(ETH_BURST_SIZE_16_64BIT_VALUE); +#endif + +#if defined(MV_CPU_BE) + /* big endian */ +# if defined(MV_ARM) + portSdmaCfgReg |= (ETH_RX_NO_DATA_SWAP_MASK | + ETH_TX_NO_DATA_SWAP_MASK | + ETH_DESC_SWAP_MASK); +# elif defined(MV_PPC) + portSdmaCfgReg |= (ETH_RX_DATA_SWAP_MASK | + ETH_TX_DATA_SWAP_MASK | + ETH_NO_DESC_SWAP_MASK); +# else +# error "Giga Ethernet Swap policy is not defined for the CPU_ARCH" +# endif /* MV_ARM / MV_PPC */ + +#else /* MV_CPU_LE */ + /* little endian */ + portSdmaCfgReg |= (ETH_RX_NO_DATA_SWAP_MASK | + ETH_TX_NO_DATA_SWAP_MASK | + ETH_NO_DESC_SWAP_MASK); +#endif /* MV_CPU_BE / MV_CPU_LE */ + + pPortCtrl->portRxQueueCmdReg = 0; + pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg = 0; + +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) + if(pPortCtrl->portConfig.ejpMode == MV_TRUE) + { + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TXQ_CMD_1_REG(ethPortNo), ETH_TX_EJP_ENABLE_MASK); + } + else + { + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TXQ_CMD_1_REG(ethPortNo), 0) + } +#endif /* (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) */ + + ethSetUcastTable(ethPortNo, -1); + mvEthSetSpecialMcastTable(ethPortNo, -1); + mvEthSetOtherMcastTable(ethPortNo, -1); + + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_SIZE_MASK; + + portSerialCtrlReg |= mvEthMruGet(pPortCtrl->portConfig.maxRxPktSize); + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNo), portSerialCtrlReg); + + /* Update value of PortConfig register accordingly with all RxQueue types */ + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxArpQ = pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxDefQ; + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxBpduQ = pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxDefQ; + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxTcpQ = pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxDefQ; + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxUdpQ = pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxDefQ; + + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxDefQ); + + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_ARP_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_ARP_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxArpQ); + + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_BPDU_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_BPDU_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxBpduQ); + + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_TCP_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_TCP_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxTcpQ); + + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_UDP_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_UDP_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxUdpQ); + + /* Assignment of Tx CTRP of given queue */ + txPrio = 0; + + for(queue=0; queuetxQueue[queue]; + + if(pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr != NULL) + { + ethResetTxDescRing(pPortCtrl, queue); + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TXQ_TOKEN_COUNT_REG(ethPortNo, queue), + 0x3fffffff); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TXQ_TOKEN_CFG_REG(ethPortNo, queue), + 0x03ffffff); + } + else + { + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TXQ_TOKEN_COUNT_REG(ethPortNo, queue), 0x0); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TXQ_TOKEN_CFG_REG(ethPortNo, queue), 0x0); + } + } + + /* Assignment of Rx CRDP of given queue */ + for(queue=0; queueportNo; + + if( (pPortCtrl->portState != MV_ACTIVE) && + (pPortCtrl->portState != MV_PAUSED) ) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv port%d: Unexpected port state %d\n", + ethPortNo, pPortCtrl->portState); + return MV_BAD_STATE; + } + + ethPortNo = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + /* Enable port RX. */ + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_RX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(ethPortNo), pPortCtrl->portRxQueueCmdReg); + + /* Enable port TX. */ + MV_REG_VALUE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(ethPortNo)) = pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg; + + pPortCtrl->portState = MV_ACTIVE; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethPortDown - Stop the Ethernet port activity. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet port handler +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success, Others - Failure. +* +* NOTE : used for port link down. +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthPortDown(void* pEthPortHndl) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + int ethPortNum = pPortCtrl->portNo; + unsigned int regData; + volatile int uDelay, mDelay; + + /* Stop Rx port activity. Check port Rx activity. */ + regData = (MV_REG_READ(ETH_RX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(ethPortNum))) & ETH_RXQ_ENABLE_MASK; + if(regData != 0) + { + /* Issue stop command for active channels only */ + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_RX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(ethPortNum), (regData << ETH_RXQ_DISABLE_OFFSET)); + } + + /* Stop Tx port activity. Check port Tx activity. */ + regData = (MV_REG_READ(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(ethPortNum))) & ETH_TXQ_ENABLE_MASK; + if(regData != 0) + { + /* Issue stop command for active channels only */ + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(ethPortNum), + (regData << ETH_TXQ_DISABLE_OFFSET) ); + } + + /* Force link down */ +/* + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNum)); + regData &= ~(ETH_DO_NOT_FORCE_LINK_FAIL_MASK); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNum), regData); +*/ + /* Wait for all Rx activity to terminate. */ + mDelay = 0; + do + { + if(mDelay >= RX_DISABLE_TIMEOUT_MSEC) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPort_%d: TIMEOUT for RX stopped !!! rxQueueCmd - 0x08%x\n", + ethPortNum, regData); + break; + } + mvOsDelay(1); + mDelay++; + + /* Check port RX Command register that all Rx queues are stopped */ + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_RX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(ethPortNum)); + } + while(regData & 0xFF); + + /* Wait for all Tx activity to terminate. */ + mDelay = 0; + do + { + if(mDelay >= TX_DISABLE_TIMEOUT_MSEC) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPort_%d: TIMEOUT for TX stoped !!! txQueueCmd - 0x08%x\n", + ethPortNum, regData); + break; + } + mvOsDelay(1); + mDelay++; + + /* Check port TX Command register that all Tx queues are stopped */ + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(ethPortNum)); + } + while(regData & 0xFF); + + /* Double check to Verify that TX FIFO is Empty */ + mDelay = 0; + while(MV_TRUE) + { + do + { + if(mDelay >= TX_FIFO_EMPTY_TIMEOUT_MSEC) + { + mvOsPrintf("\n ethPort_%d: TIMEOUT for TX FIFO empty !!! portStatus - 0x08%x\n", + ethPortNum, regData); + break; + } + mvOsDelay(1); + mDelay++; + + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_STATUS_REG(ethPortNum)); + } + while( ((regData & ETH_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_MASK) == 0) || + ((regData & ETH_TX_IN_PROGRESS_MASK) != 0) ); + + if(mDelay >= TX_FIFO_EMPTY_TIMEOUT_MSEC) + break; + + /* Double check */ + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_STATUS_REG(ethPortNum)); + if( ((regData & ETH_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_MASK) != 0) && + ((regData & ETH_TX_IN_PROGRESS_MASK) == 0) ) + { + break; + } + else + mvOsPrintf("ethPort_%d: TX FIFO Empty double check failed. %d msec, portStatus=0x%x\n", + ethPortNum, mDelay, regData); + } + + /* Do NOT force link down */ +/* + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNum)); + regData |= (ETH_DO_NOT_FORCE_LINK_FAIL_MASK); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNum), regData); +*/ + /* Wait about 2500 tclk cycles */ + uDelay = (PORT_DISABLE_WAIT_TCLOCKS/(mvBoardTclkGet()/1000000)); + mvOsUDelay(uDelay); + + pPortCtrl->portState = MV_PAUSED; + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethPortEnable - Enable the Ethernet port and Start RX and TX. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine enable the Ethernet port and Rx and Tx activity: +* +* Note: Each Rx and Tx queue descriptor's list must be initialized prior +* to calling this function (use etherInitTxDescRing for Tx queues and +* etherInitRxDescRing for Rx queues). +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet port handler +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success, Others - Failure. +* +* NOTE: main usage is to enable the port after ifconfig up. +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthPortEnable(void* pEthPortHndl) +{ + int ethPortNo; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + MV_U32 portSerialCtrlReg; + + ethPortNo = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + /* Enable port */ + portSerialCtrlReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNo)); + portSerialCtrlReg |= (ETH_DO_NOT_FORCE_LINK_FAIL_MASK | ETH_PORT_ENABLE_MASK); + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNo), portSerialCtrlReg); + + mvEthMibCountersClear(pEthPortHndl); + + pPortCtrl->portState = MV_PAUSED; + + /* If Link is UP, Start RX and TX traffic */ + if( MV_REG_READ( ETH_PORT_STATUS_REG(ethPortNo) ) & ETH_LINK_UP_MASK) + return( mvEthPortUp(pEthPortHndl) ); + + return MV_NOT_READY; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortDisable - Stop RX and TX activities and Disable the Ethernet port. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet port handler +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success, Others - Failure. +* +* NOTE: main usage is to disable the port after ifconfig down. +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthPortDisable(void* pEthPortHndl) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + int ethPortNum = pPortCtrl->portNo; + unsigned int regData; + volatile int mvDelay; + + if(pPortCtrl->portState == MV_ACTIVE) + { + /* Stop RX and TX activities */ + mvEthPortDown(pEthPortHndl); + } + + /* Reset the Enable bit in the Serial Control Register */ + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNum)); + regData &= ~(ETH_PORT_ENABLE_MASK); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(ethPortNum), regData); + + /* Wait about 2500 tclk cycles */ + mvDelay = (PORT_DISABLE_WAIT_TCLOCKS*(mvCpuPclkGet()/mvBoardTclkGet())); + for(mvDelay; mvDelay>0; mvDelay--); + + pPortCtrl->portState = MV_IDLE; + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortForceTxDone - Get next buffer from TX queue in spite of buffer ownership. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine used to free buffers attached to the Tx ring and should +* be called only when Giga Ethernet port is Down +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* int txQueue - Number of TX queue. +* +* OUTPUT: +* MV_PKT_INFO *pPktInfo - Pointer to packet was sent. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_EMPTY - There is no more buffers in this queue. +* MV_OK - Buffer detached from the queue and pPktInfo structure +* filled with relevant information. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_PKT_INFO* mvEthPortForceTxDone(void* pEthPortHndl, int txQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + MV_PKT_INFO* pPktInfo; + ETH_TX_DESC* pTxDesc; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->txQueue[txQueue]; + + while( (pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr != pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) || + (pQueueCtrl->resource == 0) ) + { + /* Free next descriptor */ + pQueueCtrl->resource++; + pTxDesc = (ETH_TX_DESC*)pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr; + + /* pPktInfo is available only in descriptors which are last descriptors */ + pPktInfo = (MV_PKT_INFO*)pTxDesc->returnInfo; + if (pPktInfo) + pPktInfo->status = pTxDesc->cmdSts; + + pTxDesc->cmdSts = 0x0; + pTxDesc->returnInfo = 0x0; + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxDesc); + + pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr = TX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pTxDesc, pQueueCtrl); + + if (pPktInfo) + if (pPktInfo->status & ETH_TX_LAST_DESC_MASK) + return pPktInfo; + } + MV_REG_WRITE( ETH_TX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(port, txQueue), + (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) ); + return NULL; +} + + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortForceRx - Get next buffer from RX queue in spite of buffer ownership. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine used to free buffers attached to the Rx ring and should +* be called only when Giga Ethernet port is Down +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* int rxQueue - Number of Rx queue. +* +* OUTPUT: +* MV_PKT_INFO *pPktInfo - Pointer to received packet. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_EMPTY - There is no more buffers in this queue. +* MV_OK - Buffer detached from the queue and pBufInfo structure +* filled with relevant information. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_PKT_INFO* mvEthPortForceRx(void* pEthPortHndl, int rxQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + ETH_RX_DESC* pRxDesc; + MV_PKT_INFO* pPktInfo; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->rxQueue[rxQueue]; + + if(pQueueCtrl->resource == 0) + { + MV_REG_WRITE( ETH_RX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(port, rxQueue), + (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) ); + + return NULL; + } + /* Free next descriptor */ + pQueueCtrl->resource--; + pRxDesc = (ETH_RX_DESC*)pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr; + pPktInfo = (MV_PKT_INFO*)pRxDesc->returnInfo; + + pPktInfo->status = pRxDesc->cmdSts; + pRxDesc->cmdSts = 0x0; + pRxDesc->returnInfo = 0x0; + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pRxDesc); + + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = RX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pRxDesc, pQueueCtrl); + return pPktInfo; +} + + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Port Configuration functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthMruGet - Get MRU configuration for Max Rx packet size. +* +* INPUT: +* MV_U32 maxRxPktSize - max packet size. +* +* RETURN: MV_U32 - MRU configuration. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 mvEthMruGet(MV_U32 maxRxPktSize) +{ + MV_U32 portSerialCtrlReg = 0; + + if(maxRxPktSize > 9192) + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_9700BYTE; + else if(maxRxPktSize > 9022) + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_9192BYTE; + else if(maxRxPktSize > 1552) + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_9022BYTE; + else if(maxRxPktSize > 1522) + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_1552BYTE; + else if(maxRxPktSize > 1518) + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_1522BYTE; + else + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_1518BYTE; + + return portSerialCtrlReg; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthRxCoalSet - Sets coalescing interrupt mechanism on RX path +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine sets the RX coalescing interrupt mechanism parameter. +* This parameter is a timeout counter, that counts in 64 tClk +* chunks, that when timeout event occurs a maskable interrupt occurs. +* The parameter is calculated using the tCLK frequency of the +* MV-64xxx chip, and the required number is in micro seconds. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* MV_U32 uSec - Number of micro seconds between +* RX interrupts +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +* COMMENT: +* 1 sec - TCLK_RATE clocks +* 1 uSec - TCLK_RATE / 1,000,000 clocks +* +* Register Value for N micro seconds - ((N * ( (TCLK_RATE / 1,000,000)) / 64) +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvEthRxCoalSet (void* pPortHndl, MV_U32 uSec) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + MV_U32 coal = ((uSec * (mvBoardTclkGet() / 1000000)) / 64); + MV_U32 portSdmaCfgReg; + + portSdmaCfgReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_SDMA_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + portSdmaCfgReg &= ~ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_ALL_MASK; + + portSdmaCfgReg |= ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_MASK(coal); + +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 2) + /* Set additional bit if needed ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_MSB_BIT (25) */ + if(ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_MASK(coal) > ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_ALL_MASK) + portSdmaCfgReg |= ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_MSB_MASK; +#endif /* MV_ETH_VERSION >= 2 */ + + MV_REG_WRITE (ETH_SDMA_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), portSdmaCfgReg); + return coal; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthTxCoalSet - Sets coalescing interrupt mechanism on TX path +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine sets the TX coalescing interrupt mechanism parameter. +* This parameter is a timeout counter, that counts in 64 tClk +* chunks, that when timeout event occurs a maskable interrupt +* occurs. +* The parameter is calculated using the tCLK frequency of the +* MV-64xxx chip, and the required number is in micro seconds. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* MV_U32 uSec - Number of micro seconds between +* RX interrupts +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +* COMMENT: +* 1 sec - TCLK_RATE clocks +* 1 uSec - TCLK_RATE / 1,000,000 clocks +* +* Register Value for N micro seconds - ((N * ( (TCLK_RATE / 1,000,000)) / 64) +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvEthTxCoalSet(void* pPortHndl, MV_U32 uSec) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + MV_U32 coal = ((uSec * (mvBoardTclkGet() / 1000000)) / 64); + MV_U32 regVal; + + regVal = MV_REG_READ(ETH_TX_FIFO_URGENT_THRESH_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + regVal &= ~ETH_TX_INTR_COAL_ALL_MASK; + regVal |= ETH_TX_INTR_COAL_MASK(coal); + + /* Set TX Coalescing mechanism */ + MV_REG_WRITE (ETH_TX_FIFO_URGENT_THRESH_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), regVal); + return coal; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthCoalGet - Gets RX and TX coalescing values in micro seconds +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine gets the RX and TX coalescing interrupt values. +* The parameter is calculated using the tCLK frequency of the +* MV-64xxx chip, and the returned numbers are in micro seconds. +* +* INPUTs: +* void* pPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* +* OUTPUTs: +* MV_U32* pRxCoal - Number of micro seconds between RX interrupts +* MV_U32* pTxCoal - Number of micro seconds between TX interrupts +* +* RETURN: +* MV_STATUS MV_OK - success +* Others - failure. +* +* COMMENT: +* 1 sec - TCLK_RATE clocks +* 1 uSec - TCLK_RATE / 1,000,000 clocks +* +* Register Value for N micro seconds - ((N * ( (TCLK_RATE / 1,000,000)) / 64) +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthCoalGet(void* pPortHndl, MV_U32* pRxCoal, MV_U32* pTxCoal) +{ + MV_U32 regVal, coal, usec; + + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + + /* get TX Coalescing */ + regVal = MV_REG_READ (ETH_TX_FIFO_URGENT_THRESH_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + coal = ((regVal & ETH_TX_INTR_COAL_ALL_MASK) >> ETH_TX_INTR_COAL_OFFSET); + + usec = (coal * 64) / (mvBoardTclkGet() / 1000000); + if(pTxCoal != NULL) + *pTxCoal = usec; + + /* Get RX Coalescing */ + regVal = MV_REG_READ(ETH_SDMA_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + coal = ((regVal & ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_ALL_MASK) >> ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_OFFSET); + +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 2) + if(regVal & ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_MSB_MASK) + { + /* Add MSB */ + coal |= (ETH_RX_INTR_COAL_ALL_MASK + 1); + } +#endif /* MV_ETH_VERSION >= 2 */ + + usec = (coal * 64) / (mvBoardTclkGet() / 1000000); + if(pRxCoal != NULL) + *pRxCoal = usec; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthMaxRxSizeSet - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Change maximum receive size of the port. This configuration will take place +* after next call of ethPortSetDefaults() function. +* +* INPUT: +* +* RETURN: +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthMaxRxSizeSet(void* pPortHndl, int maxRxSize) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + MV_U32 portSerialCtrlReg; + + if((maxRxSize < 1518) || (maxRxSize & ~ETH_RX_BUFFER_MASK)) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + pPortCtrl->portConfig.maxRxPktSize = maxRxSize; + + portSerialCtrlReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_SIZE_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg |= mvEthMruGet(pPortCtrl->portConfig.maxRxPktSize); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), portSerialCtrlReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* MAC Filtering functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthRxFilterModeSet - Configure Fitering mode of Ethernet port +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine used to free buffers attached to the Rx ring and should +* be called only when Giga Ethernet port is Down +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* MV_BOOL isPromisc - Promiscous mode +* MV_TRUE - accept all Broadcast, Multicast +* and Unicast packets +* MV_FALSE - accept all Broadcast, +* specially added Multicast and +* single Unicast packets +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS MV_OK - Success, Other - Failure +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthRxFilterModeSet(void* pEthPortHndl, MV_BOOL isPromisc) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + int queue; + MV_U32 portCfgReg; + + portCfgReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + /* Set / Clear UPM bit in port configuration register */ + if(isPromisc) + { + /* Accept all multicast packets to RX default queue */ + queue = pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxDefQ; + portCfgReg |= ETH_UNICAST_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_MASK; + memset(pPortCtrl->mcastCount, 1, sizeof(pPortCtrl->mcastCount)); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_MAC_ADDR_LOW_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo),0xFFFF); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_MAC_ADDR_HIGH_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo),0xFFFFFFFF); + } + else + { + /* Reject all Multicast addresses */ + queue = -1; + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_UNICAST_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_MASK; + /* Clear all mcastCount */ + memset(pPortCtrl->mcastCount, 0, sizeof(pPortCtrl->mcastCount)); + } + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), portCfgReg); + + /* Set Special Multicast and Other Multicast tables */ + mvEthSetSpecialMcastTable(pPortCtrl->portNo, queue); + mvEthSetOtherMcastTable(pPortCtrl->portNo, queue); + ethSetUcastTable(pPortCtrl->portNo, queue); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthMacAddrSet - This function Set the port Unicast address. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function Set the port Ethernet MAC address. This address +* will be used to send Pause frames if enabled. Packets with this +* address will be accepted and dispatched to default RX queue +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet port handler. +* char* pAddr - Address to be set +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success, Other - Faulure +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthMacAddrSet(void* pPortHndl, unsigned char *pAddr, int queue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + unsigned int macH; + unsigned int macL; + + if(queue >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: RX queue #%d is out of range\n", queue); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if(queue != -1) + { + macL = (pAddr[4] << 8) | (pAddr[5]); + macH = (pAddr[0] << 24)| (pAddr[1] << 16) | + (pAddr[2] << 8) | (pAddr[3] << 0); + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_MAC_ADDR_LOW_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), macL); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_MAC_ADDR_HIGH_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), macH); + } + + /* Accept frames of this address */ + ethSetUcastAddr(pPortCtrl->portNo, pAddr[5], queue); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthMacAddrGet - This function returns the port Unicast address. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function returns the port Ethernet MAC address. +* +* INPUT: +* int portNo - Ethernet port number. +* char* pAddr - Pointer where address will be written to +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success, Other - Faulure +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthMacAddrGet(int portNo, unsigned char *pAddr) +{ + unsigned int macH; + unsigned int macL; + + if(pAddr == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvEthMacAddrGet: NULL pointer.\n"); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + macH = MV_REG_READ(ETH_MAC_ADDR_HIGH_REG(portNo)); + macL = MV_REG_READ(ETH_MAC_ADDR_LOW_REG(portNo)); + pAddr[0] = (macH >> 24) & 0xff; + pAddr[1] = (macH >> 16) & 0xff; + pAddr[2] = (macH >> 8) & 0xff; + pAddr[3] = macH & 0xff; + pAddr[4] = (macL >> 8) & 0xff; + pAddr[5] = macL & 0xff; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthMcastCrc8Get - Calculate CRC8 of MAC address. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* MV_U8* pAddr - Address to calculate CRC-8 +* +* RETURN: MV_U8 - CRC-8 of this MAC address +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U8 mvEthMcastCrc8Get(MV_U8* pAddr) +{ + unsigned int macH; + unsigned int macL; + int macArray[48]; + int crc[8]; + int i; + unsigned char crcResult = 0; + + /* Calculate CRC-8 out of the given address */ + macH = (pAddr[0] << 8) | (pAddr[1]); + macL = (pAddr[2] << 24)| (pAddr[3] << 16) | + (pAddr[4] << 8) | (pAddr[5] << 0); + + for(i=0; i<32; i++) + macArray[i] = (macL >> i) & 0x1; + + for(i=32; i<48; i++) + macArray[i] = (macH >> (i - 32)) & 0x1; + + crc[0] = macArray[45] ^ macArray[43] ^ macArray[40] ^ macArray[39] ^ + macArray[35] ^ macArray[34] ^ macArray[31] ^ macArray[30] ^ + macArray[28] ^ macArray[23] ^ macArray[21] ^ macArray[19] ^ + macArray[18] ^ macArray[16] ^ macArray[14] ^ macArray[12] ^ + macArray[8] ^ macArray[7] ^ macArray[6] ^ macArray[0]; + + crc[1] = macArray[46] ^ macArray[45] ^ macArray[44] ^ macArray[43] ^ + macArray[41] ^ macArray[39] ^ macArray[36] ^ macArray[34] ^ + macArray[32] ^ macArray[30] ^ macArray[29] ^ macArray[28] ^ + macArray[24] ^ macArray[23] ^ macArray[22] ^ macArray[21] ^ + macArray[20] ^ macArray[18] ^ macArray[17] ^ macArray[16] ^ + macArray[15] ^ macArray[14] ^ macArray[13] ^ macArray[12] ^ + macArray[9] ^ macArray[6] ^ macArray[1] ^ macArray[0]; + + crc[2] = macArray[47] ^ macArray[46] ^ macArray[44] ^ macArray[43] ^ + macArray[42] ^ macArray[39] ^ macArray[37] ^ macArray[34] ^ + macArray[33] ^ macArray[29] ^ macArray[28] ^ macArray[25] ^ + macArray[24] ^ macArray[22] ^ macArray[17] ^ macArray[15] ^ + macArray[13] ^ macArray[12] ^ macArray[10] ^ macArray[8] ^ + macArray[6] ^ macArray[2] ^ macArray[1] ^ macArray[0]; + + crc[3] = macArray[47] ^ macArray[45] ^ macArray[44] ^ macArray[43] ^ + macArray[40] ^ macArray[38] ^ macArray[35] ^ macArray[34] ^ + macArray[30] ^ macArray[29] ^ macArray[26] ^ macArray[25] ^ + macArray[23] ^ macArray[18] ^ macArray[16] ^ macArray[14] ^ + macArray[13] ^ macArray[11] ^ macArray[9] ^ macArray[7] ^ + macArray[3] ^ macArray[2] ^ macArray[1]; + + crc[4] = macArray[46] ^ macArray[45] ^ macArray[44] ^ macArray[41] ^ + macArray[39] ^ macArray[36] ^ macArray[35] ^ macArray[31] ^ + macArray[30] ^ macArray[27] ^ macArray[26] ^ macArray[24] ^ + macArray[19] ^ macArray[17] ^ macArray[15] ^ macArray[14] ^ + macArray[12] ^ macArray[10] ^ macArray[8] ^ macArray[4] ^ + macArray[3] ^ macArray[2]; + + crc[5] = macArray[47] ^ macArray[46] ^ macArray[45] ^ macArray[42] ^ + macArray[40] ^ macArray[37] ^ macArray[36] ^ macArray[32] ^ + macArray[31] ^ macArray[28] ^ macArray[27] ^ macArray[25] ^ + macArray[20] ^ macArray[18] ^ macArray[16] ^ macArray[15] ^ + macArray[13] ^ macArray[11] ^ macArray[9] ^ macArray[5] ^ + macArray[4] ^ macArray[3]; + + crc[6] = macArray[47] ^ macArray[46] ^ macArray[43] ^ macArray[41] ^ + macArray[38] ^ macArray[37] ^ macArray[33] ^ macArray[32] ^ + macArray[29] ^ macArray[28] ^ macArray[26] ^ macArray[21] ^ + macArray[19] ^ macArray[17] ^ macArray[16] ^ macArray[14] ^ + macArray[12] ^ macArray[10] ^ macArray[6] ^ macArray[5] ^ + macArray[4]; + + crc[7] = macArray[47] ^ macArray[44] ^ macArray[42] ^ macArray[39] ^ + macArray[38] ^ macArray[34] ^ macArray[33] ^ macArray[30] ^ + macArray[29] ^ macArray[27] ^ macArray[22] ^ macArray[20] ^ + macArray[18] ^ macArray[17] ^ macArray[15] ^ macArray[13] ^ + macArray[11] ^ macArray[7] ^ macArray[6] ^ macArray[5]; + + for(i=0; i<8; i++) + crcResult = crcResult | (crc[i] << i); + + return crcResult; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthMcastAddrSet - Multicast address settings. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This API controls the MV device MAC multicast support. +* The MV device supports multicast using two tables: +* 1) Special Multicast Table for MAC addresses of the form +* 0x01-00-5E-00-00-XX (where XX is between 0x00 and 0xFF). +* The MAC DA[7:0] bits are used as a pointer to the Special Multicast +* Table entries in the DA-Filter table. +* In this case, the function calls ethPortSmcAddr() routine to set the +* Special Multicast Table. +* 2) Other Multicast Table for multicast of another type. A CRC-8bit +* is used as an index to the Other Multicast Table entries in the +* DA-Filter table. +* In this case, the function calculates the CRC-8bit value and calls +* ethPortOmcAddr() routine to set the Other Multicast Table. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet port handler. +* MV_U8* pAddr - Address to be set +* int queue - RX queue to capture all packets with this +* Multicast MAC address. +* -1 means delete this Multicast address. +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_TRUE - Success, Other - Failure +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthMcastAddrSet(void* pPortHndl, MV_U8 *pAddr, int queue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + unsigned char crcResult = 0; + + if(queue >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPort %d: RX queue #%d is out of range\n", + pPortCtrl->portNo, queue); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if((pAddr[0] == 0x01) && + (pAddr[1] == 0x00) && + (pAddr[2] == 0x5E) && + (pAddr[3] == 0x00) && + (pAddr[4] == 0x00)) + { + ethSetSpecialMcastAddr(pPortCtrl->portNo, pAddr[5], queue); + } + else + { + crcResult = mvEthMcastCrc8Get(pAddr); + + /* Check Add counter for this CRC value */ + if(queue == -1) + { + if(pPortCtrl->mcastCount[crcResult] == 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPort #%d: No valid Mcast for crc8=0x%02x\n", + pPortCtrl->portNo, (unsigned)crcResult); + return MV_NO_SUCH; + } + + pPortCtrl->mcastCount[crcResult]--; + if(pPortCtrl->mcastCount[crcResult] != 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPort #%d: After delete there are %d valid Mcast for crc8=0x%02x\n", + pPortCtrl->portNo, pPortCtrl->mcastCount[crcResult], + (unsigned)crcResult); + return MV_NO_CHANGE; + } + } + else + { + pPortCtrl->mcastCount[crcResult]++; + if(pPortCtrl->mcastCount[crcResult] > 1) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPort #%d: Valid Mcast for crc8=0x%02x already exists\n", + pPortCtrl->portNo, (unsigned)crcResult); + return MV_NO_CHANGE; + } + } + ethSetOtherMcastAddr(pPortCtrl->portNo, crcResult, queue); + } + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethSetUcastTable - Unicast address settings. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Set all entries in the Unicast MAC Table queue==-1 means reject all +* INPUT: +* +* RETURN: +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static void ethSetUcastTable(int portNo, int queue) +{ + int offset; + MV_U32 regValue; + + if(queue == -1) + { + regValue = 0; + } + else + { + regValue = (((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 0) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 8) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 16) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 24)); + } + + for (offset=0; offset<=0xC; offset+=4) + MV_REG_WRITE((ETH_DA_FILTER_UCAST_BASE(portNo) + offset), regValue); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthSetSpecialMcastTable - Special Multicast address settings. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Set all entries to the Special Multicast MAC Table. queue==-1 means reject all +* INPUT: +* +* RETURN: +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_VOID mvEthSetSpecialMcastTable(int portNo, int queue) +{ + int offset; + MV_U32 regValue; + + if(queue == -1) + { + regValue = 0; + } + else + { + regValue = (((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 0) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 8) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 16) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 24)); + } + + for (offset=0; offset<=0xFC; offset+=4) + { + MV_REG_WRITE((ETH_DA_FILTER_SPEC_MCAST_BASE(portNo) + + offset), regValue); + } +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthSetOtherMcastTable - Other Multicast address settings. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Set all entries to the Other Multicast MAC Table. queue==-1 means reject all +* INPUT: +* +* RETURN: +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_VOID mvEthSetOtherMcastTable(int portNo, int queue) +{ + int offset; + MV_U32 regValue; + + if(queue == -1) + { + regValue = 0; + } + else + { + regValue = (((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 0) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 8) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 16) | + ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << 24)); + } + + for (offset=0; offset<=0xFC; offset+=4) + { + MV_REG_WRITE((ETH_DA_FILTER_OTH_MCAST_BASE(portNo) + + offset), regValue); + } +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethSetUcastAddr - This function Set the port unicast address table +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function locates the proper entry in the Unicast table for the +* specified MAC nibble and sets its properties according to function +* parameters. +* +* INPUT: +* int ethPortNum - Port number. +* MV_U8 lastNibble - Unicast MAC Address last nibble. +* int queue - Rx queue number for this MAC address. +* value "-1" means remove address +* +* OUTPUT: +* This function add/removes MAC addresses from the port unicast address +* table. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE is output succeeded. +* MV_FALSE if option parameter is invalid. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_BOOL ethSetUcastAddr(int portNo, MV_U8 lastNibble, int queue) +{ + unsigned int unicastReg; + unsigned int tblOffset; + unsigned int regOffset; + + /* Locate the Unicast table entry */ + lastNibble = (0xf & lastNibble); + tblOffset = (lastNibble / 4) * 4; /* Register offset from unicast table base*/ + regOffset = lastNibble % 4; /* Entry offset within the above register */ + + + unicastReg = MV_REG_READ( (ETH_DA_FILTER_UCAST_BASE(portNo) + + tblOffset)); + + + if(queue == -1) + { + /* Clear accepts frame bit at specified unicast DA table entry */ + unicastReg &= ~(0xFF << (8*regOffset)); + } + else + { + unicastReg &= ~(0xFF << (8*regOffset)); + unicastReg |= ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << (8*regOffset)); + } + MV_REG_WRITE( (ETH_DA_FILTER_UCAST_BASE(portNo) + tblOffset), + unicastReg); + + return MV_TRUE; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethSetSpecialMcastAddr - Special Multicast address settings. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine controls the MV device special MAC multicast support. +* The Special Multicast Table for MAC addresses supports MAC of the form +* 0x01-00-5E-00-00-XX (where XX is between 0x00 and 0xFF). +* The MAC DA[7:0] bits are used as a pointer to the Special Multicast +* Table entries in the DA-Filter table. +* This function set the Special Multicast Table appropriate entry +* according to the argument given. +* +* INPUT: +* int ethPortNum Port number. +* unsigned char mcByte Multicast addr last byte (MAC DA[7:0] bits). +* int queue Rx queue number for this MAC address. +* int option 0 = Add, 1 = remove address. +* +* OUTPUT: +* See description. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE is output succeeded. +* MV_FALSE if option parameter is invalid. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_BOOL ethSetSpecialMcastAddr(int ethPortNum, MV_U8 lastByte, int queue) +{ + unsigned int smcTableReg; + unsigned int tblOffset; + unsigned int regOffset; + + /* Locate the SMC table entry */ + tblOffset = (lastByte / 4); /* Register offset from SMC table base */ + regOffset = lastByte % 4; /* Entry offset within the above register */ + + smcTableReg = MV_REG_READ((ETH_DA_FILTER_SPEC_MCAST_BASE(ethPortNum) + tblOffset*4)); + + if(queue == -1) + { + /* Clear accepts frame bit at specified Special DA table entry */ + smcTableReg &= ~(0xFF << (8 * regOffset)); + } + else + { + smcTableReg &= ~(0xFF << (8 * regOffset)); + smcTableReg |= ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << (8 * regOffset)); + } + MV_REG_WRITE((ETH_DA_FILTER_SPEC_MCAST_BASE(ethPortNum) + + tblOffset*4), smcTableReg); + + return MV_TRUE; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethSetOtherMcastAddr - Multicast address settings. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine controls the MV device Other MAC multicast support. +* The Other Multicast Table is used for multicast of another type. +* A CRC-8bit is used as an index to the Other Multicast Table entries +* in the DA-Filter table. +* The function gets the CRC-8bit value from the calling routine and +* set the Other Multicast Table appropriate entry according to the +* CRC-8 argument given. +* +* INPUT: +* int ethPortNum Port number. +* MV_U8 crc8 A CRC-8bit (Polynomial: x^8+x^2+x^1+1). +* int queue Rx queue number for this MAC address. +* +* OUTPUT: +* See description. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE is output succeeded. +* MV_FALSE if option parameter is invalid. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_BOOL ethSetOtherMcastAddr(int ethPortNum, MV_U8 crc8, int queue) +{ + unsigned int omcTableReg; + unsigned int tblOffset; + unsigned int regOffset; + + /* Locate the OMC table entry */ + tblOffset = (crc8 / 4) * 4; /* Register offset from OMC table base */ + regOffset = crc8 % 4; /* Entry offset within the above register */ + + omcTableReg = MV_REG_READ( + (ETH_DA_FILTER_OTH_MCAST_BASE(ethPortNum) + tblOffset)); + + if(queue == -1) + { + /* Clear accepts frame bit at specified Other DA table entry */ + omcTableReg &= ~(0xFF << (8 * regOffset)); + } + else + { + omcTableReg &= ~(0xFF << (8 * regOffset)); + omcTableReg |= ((0x01 | (queue<<1)) << (8 * regOffset)); + } + + MV_REG_WRITE((ETH_DA_FILTER_OTH_MCAST_BASE(ethPortNum) + tblOffset), + omcTableReg); + + return MV_TRUE; +} + + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* MIB Counters functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthMibCounterRead - Read a MIB counter +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function reads a MIB counter of a specific ethernet port. +* NOTE - Read from ETH_MIB_GOOD_OCTETS_RECEIVED_LOW or +* ETH_MIB_GOOD_OCTETS_SENT_LOW counters will return 64 bits value, +* so pHigh32 pointer should not be NULL in this case. +* +* INPUT: +* int ethPortNum - Ethernet Port number. +* unsigned int mibOffset - MIB counter offset. +* +* OUTPUT: +* MV_U32* pHigh32 - pointer to place where 32 most significant bits +* of the counter will be stored. +* +* RETURN: +* 32 low sgnificant bits of MIB counter value. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvEthMibCounterRead(void* pPortHandle, unsigned int mibOffset, + MV_U32* pHigh32) +{ + int portNo; + MV_U32 valLow32, valHigh32; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + + portNo = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + valLow32 = MV_REG_READ(ETH_MIB_COUNTERS_BASE(portNo) + mibOffset); + + /* Implement FEr ETH. Erroneous Value when Reading the Upper 32-bits */ + /* of a 64-bit MIB Counter. */ + if( (mibOffset == ETH_MIB_GOOD_OCTETS_RECEIVED_LOW) || + (mibOffset == ETH_MIB_GOOD_OCTETS_SENT_LOW) ) + { + valHigh32 = MV_REG_READ(ETH_MIB_COUNTERS_BASE(portNo) + mibOffset + 4); + if(pHigh32 != NULL) + *pHigh32 = valHigh32; + } + return valLow32; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthMibCountersClear - Clear all MIB counters +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function clears all MIB counters +* +* INPUT: +* int ethPortNum - Ethernet Port number. +* +* +* RETURN: void +* +*******************************************************************************/ +void mvEthMibCountersClear(void* pPortHandle) +{ + int i, portNo; + unsigned int dummy; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + + portNo = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + /* Perform dummy reads from MIB counters */ + for(i=ETH_MIB_GOOD_OCTETS_RECEIVED_LOW; i 0xFF) + { + mvOsPrintf("eth_%d: tos=0x%x is out of range\n", pPortCtrl->portNo, tos); + return -1; + } + regIdx = mvOsDivide(tos>>2, 10); + regOffs = mvOsReminder(tos>>2, 10); + + regValue = MV_REG_READ(ETH_DIFF_SERV_PRIO_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo, regIdx) ); + rxq = (regValue >> (regOffs*3)); + rxq &= 0x7; + + return rxq; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthTosToRxqSet - Map packets with special TOS value to special RX queue +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* int tos - TOS value in the IP header of the packet +* int rxq - RX Queue for packets with the configured TOS value +* Negative value (-1) means no special processing for these packets, +* so they will be processed as regular packets. +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthTosToRxqSet(void* pPortHandle, int tos, int rxq) +{ + MV_U32 regValue; + int regIdx, regOffs; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + + if( (rxq < 0) || (rxq >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) ) + { + mvOsPrintf("eth_%d: RX queue #%d is out of range\n", pPortCtrl->portNo, rxq); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if(tos > 0xFF) + { + mvOsPrintf("eth_%d: tos=0x%x is out of range\n", pPortCtrl->portNo, tos); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + regIdx = mvOsDivide(tos>>2, 10); + regOffs = mvOsReminder(tos>>2, 10); + + regValue = MV_REG_READ(ETH_DIFF_SERV_PRIO_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo, regIdx) ); + regValue &= ~(0x7 << (regOffs*3)); + regValue |= (rxq << (regOffs*3)); + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_DIFF_SERV_PRIO_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo, regIdx), regValue); + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthVlanPrioRxQueue - Configure RX queue to capture VLAN tagged packets with +* special priority bits [0-2] +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* int bpduQueue - Special queue to capture VLAN tagged packets with special +* priority. +* Negative value (-1) means no special processing for these packets, +* so they will be processed as regular packets. +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* MV_FAIL - Failed. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthVlanPrioRxQueue(void* pPortHandle, int vlanPrio, int vlanPrioQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + MV_U32 vlanPrioReg; + + if(vlanPrioQueue >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: RX queue #%d is out of range\n", vlanPrioQueue); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if(vlanPrio >= 8) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: vlanPrio=%d is out of range\n", vlanPrio); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + vlanPrioReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_VLAN_TAG_TO_PRIO_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + vlanPrioReg &= ~(0x7 << (vlanPrio*3)); + vlanPrioReg |= (vlanPrioQueue << (vlanPrio*3)); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_VLAN_TAG_TO_PRIO_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), vlanPrioReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthBpduRxQueue - Configure RX queue to capture BPDU packets. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function defines processing of BPDU packets. +* BPDU packets can be accepted and captured to one of RX queues +* or can be processing as regular Multicast packets. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* int bpduQueue - Special queue to capture BPDU packets (DA is equal to +* 01-80-C2-00-00-00 through 01-80-C2-00-00-FF, +* except for the Flow-Control Pause packets). +* Negative value (-1) means no special processing for BPDU, +* packets so they will be processed as regular Multicast packets. +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* MV_FAIL - Failed. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthBpduRxQueue(void* pPortHandle, int bpduQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + MV_U32 portCfgReg; + MV_U32 portCfgExtReg; + + if(bpduQueue >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: RX queue #%d is out of range\n", bpduQueue); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + portCfgExtReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_EXTEND_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + + portCfgReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + if(bpduQueue >= 0) + { + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxBpduQ = bpduQueue; + + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_BPDU_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_BPDU_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxBpduQ); + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), portCfgReg); + + portCfgExtReg |= ETH_CAPTURE_SPAN_BPDU_ENABLE_MASK; + } + else + { + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxBpduQ = -1; + /* no special processing for BPDU packets */ + portCfgExtReg &= (~ETH_CAPTURE_SPAN_BPDU_ENABLE_MASK); + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_EXTEND_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), portCfgExtReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthArpRxQueue - Configure RX queue to capture ARP packets. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function defines processing of ARP (type=0x0806) packets. +* ARP packets can be accepted and captured to one of RX queues +* or can be processed as other Broadcast packets. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* int arpQueue - Special queue to capture ARP packets (type=0x806). +* Negative value (-1) means discard ARP packets +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* MV_FAIL - Failed. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthArpRxQueue(void* pPortHandle, int arpQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + MV_U32 portCfgReg; + + if(arpQueue >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: RX queue #%d is out of range\n", arpQueue); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + portCfgReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + + if(arpQueue >= 0) + { + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxArpQ = arpQueue; + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_ARP_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_ARP_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxArpQ); + + portCfgReg &= (~ETH_REJECT_ARP_BCAST_MASK); + } + else + { + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxArpQ = -1; + portCfgReg |= ETH_REJECT_ARP_BCAST_MASK; + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), portCfgReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthTcpRxQueue - Configure RX queue to capture TCP packets. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function defines processing of TCP packets. +* TCP packets can be accepted and captured to one of RX queues +* or can be processed as regular Unicast packets. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* int tcpQueue - Special queue to capture TCP packets. Value "-1" +* means no special processing for TCP packets, +* so they will be processed as regular +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* MV_FAIL - Failed. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthTcpRxQueue(void* pPortHandle, int tcpQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + MV_U32 portCfgReg; + + if(tcpQueue >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: RX queue #%d is out of range\n", tcpQueue); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + portCfgReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + + if(tcpQueue >= 0) + { + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxTcpQ = tcpQueue; + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_TCP_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_TCP_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxTcpQ); + + portCfgReg |= ETH_CAPTURE_TCP_FRAMES_ENABLE_MASK; + } + else + { + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxTcpQ = -1; + portCfgReg &= (~ETH_CAPTURE_TCP_FRAMES_ENABLE_MASK); + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), portCfgReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthUdpRxQueue - Configure RX queue to capture UDP packets. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function defines processing of UDP packets. +* TCP packets can be accepted and captured to one of RX queues +* or can be processed as regular Unicast packets. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* int udpQueue - Special queue to capture UDP packets. Value "-1" +* means no special processing for UDP packets, +* so they will be processed as regular +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* MV_FAIL - Failed. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthUdpRxQueue(void* pPortHandle, int udpQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + MV_U32 portCfgReg; + + if(udpQueue >= MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: RX queue #%d is out of range\n", udpQueue); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + portCfgReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + + if(udpQueue >= 0) + { + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxUdpQ = udpQueue; + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_DEF_RX_UDP_QUEUE_ALL_MASK; + portCfgReg |= ETH_DEF_RX_UDP_QUEUE_MASK(pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxUdpQ); + + portCfgReg |= ETH_CAPTURE_UDP_FRAMES_ENABLE_MASK; + } + else + { + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxUdpQ = -1; + portCfgReg &= ~ETH_CAPTURE_UDP_FRAMES_ENABLE_MASK; + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo), portCfgReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Speed, Duplex, FlowControl routines */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthSpeedDuplexSet - Set Speed and Duplex of the port. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function configure the port to work with desirable Duplex and Speed. +* Changing of these parameters are allowed only when port is disabled. +* This function disable the port if was enabled, change duplex and speed +* and, enable the port back if needed. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* ETH_PORT_SPEED speed - Speed of the port. +* ETH_PORT_SPEED duplex - Duplex of the port. +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* MV_OUT_OF_RANGE - Failed. Port is out of valid range +* MV_NOT_FOUND - Failed. Port is not initialized. +* MV_BAD_PARAM - Input parameters (speed/duplex) in conflict. +* MV_BAD_VALUE - Value of one of input parameters (speed, duplex) +* is not valid +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthSpeedDuplexSet(void* pPortHandle, MV_ETH_PORT_SPEED speed, + MV_ETH_PORT_DUPLEX duplex) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + MV_U32 portSerialCtrlReg; + + if( (port < 0) || (port >= (int)mvCtrlEthMaxPortGet()) ) + return MV_OUT_OF_RANGE; + + pPortCtrl = ethPortCtrl[port]; + if(pPortCtrl == NULL) + return MV_NOT_FOUND; + + /* Check validity */ + if( (speed == MV_ETH_SPEED_1000) && (duplex == MV_ETH_DUPLEX_HALF) ) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + portSerialCtrlReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(port)); + /* Set Speed */ + switch(speed) + { + case MV_ETH_SPEED_AN: + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_DISABLE_SPEED_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + break; + + case MV_ETH_SPEED_10: + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_DISABLE_SPEED_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_SET_GMII_SPEED_1000_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_SET_MII_SPEED_100_MASK; + break; + + case MV_ETH_SPEED_100: + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_DISABLE_SPEED_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_SET_GMII_SPEED_1000_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_SET_MII_SPEED_100_MASK; + break; + + case MV_ETH_SPEED_1000: + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_DISABLE_SPEED_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_SET_GMII_SPEED_1000_MASK; + break; + + default: + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: Unexpected Speed value %d\n", speed); + return MV_BAD_VALUE; + } + /* Set duplex */ + switch(duplex) + { + case MV_ETH_DUPLEX_AN: + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_DISABLE_DUPLEX_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + break; + + case MV_ETH_DUPLEX_HALF: + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_DISABLE_DUPLEX_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_SET_FULL_DUPLEX_MASK; + break; + + case MV_ETH_DUPLEX_FULL: + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_DISABLE_DUPLEX_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_SET_FULL_DUPLEX_MASK; + break; + + default: + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: Unexpected Duplex value %d\n", duplex); + return MV_BAD_VALUE; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(port), portSerialCtrlReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthFlowCtrlSet - Set Flow Control of the port. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function configure the port to work with desirable Duplex and +* Speed. Changing of these parameters are allowed only when port is +* disabled. This function disable the port if was enabled, change +* duplex and speed and, enable the port back if needed. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* MV_ETH_PORT_FC flowControl - Flow control of the port. +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* MV_OUT_OF_RANGE - Failed. Port is out of valid range +* MV_NOT_FOUND - Failed. Port is not initialized. +* MV_BAD_VALUE - Value flowControl parameters is not valid +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthFlowCtrlSet(void* pPortHandle, MV_ETH_PORT_FC flowControl) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + MV_U32 portSerialCtrlReg; + + if( (port < 0) || (port >= (int)mvCtrlEthMaxPortGet() ) ) + return MV_OUT_OF_RANGE; + + pPortCtrl = ethPortCtrl[port]; + if(pPortCtrl == NULL) + return MV_NOT_FOUND; + + portSerialCtrlReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(port)); + switch(flowControl) + { + case MV_ETH_FC_AN_ADV_DIS: + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_DISABLE_FC_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_ADVERTISE_SYM_FC_MASK; + break; + + case MV_ETH_FC_AN_ADV_SYM: + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_DISABLE_FC_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_ADVERTISE_SYM_FC_MASK; + break; + + case MV_ETH_FC_DISABLE: + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_DISABLE_FC_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg &= ~ETH_SET_FLOW_CTRL_MASK; + break; + + case MV_ETH_FC_ENABLE: + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_DISABLE_FC_AUTO_NEG_MASK; + portSerialCtrlReg |= ETH_SET_FLOW_CTRL_MASK; + break; + + default: + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: Unexpected FlowControl value %d\n", flowControl); + return MV_BAD_VALUE; + } + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(port), portSerialCtrlReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthHeaderModeSet - Set port header mode. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function configures the port to work in Marvell-Header mode. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* MV_ETH_HEADER_MODE headerMode - The header mode to set the port in. +* +* RETURN: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* MV_NOT_SUPPORTED- Feature not supported. +* MV_OUT_OF_RANGE - Failed. Port is out of valid range +* MV_NOT_FOUND - Failed. Port is not initialized. +* MV_BAD_VALUE - Value of headerMode or numRxQueue parameter is not valid. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthHeaderModeSet(void* pPortHandle, MV_ETH_HEADER_MODE headerMode) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + MV_U32 mvHeaderReg; + MV_U32 numRxQ = MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM; + + if((port < 0) || (port >= mvCtrlEthMaxPortGet())) + return MV_OUT_OF_RANGE; + + pPortCtrl = ethPortCtrl[port]; + if(pPortCtrl == NULL) + return MV_NOT_FOUND; + + mvHeaderReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_MARVELL_HEADER_REG(port)); + /* Disable header mode. */ + mvHeaderReg &= ~ETH_MVHDR_EN_MASK; + + if(headerMode != MV_ETH_DISABLE_HEADER_MODE) + { + /* Enable Header mode. */ + mvHeaderReg |= ETH_MVHDR_EN_MASK; + + /* Clear DA-Prefix & MHMask fields.*/ + mvHeaderReg &= ~(ETH_MVHDR_DAPREFIX_MASK | ETH_MVHDR_MHMASK_MASK); + + if(numRxQ > 1) + { + switch (headerMode) + { + case(MV_ETH_ENABLE_HEADER_MODE_PRI_2_1): + mvHeaderReg |= ETH_MVHDR_DAPREFIX_PRI_1_2; + break; + case(MV_ETH_ENABLE_HEADER_MODE_PRI_DBNUM): + mvHeaderReg |= ETH_MVHDR_DAPREFIX_DBNUM_PRI; + break; + case(MV_ETH_ENABLE_HEADER_MODE_PRI_SPID): + mvHeaderReg |= ETH_MVHDR_DAPREFIX_SPID_PRI; + break; + default: + break; + } + + switch (numRxQ) + { + case (4): + mvHeaderReg |= ETH_MVHDR_MHMASK_4_QUEUE; + break; + case (8): + mvHeaderReg |= ETH_MVHDR_MHMASK_8_QUEUE; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_MARVELL_HEADER_REG(port), mvHeaderReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthEjpModeSet - Enable / Disable EJP policy for TX. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* MV_BOOL TRUE - enable EJP mode +* FALSE - disable EJP mode +* +* OUTPUT: MV_STATUS +* MV_OK - Success +* Other - Failure +* +* RETURN: None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvEthEjpModeSet(void* pPortHandle, int mode) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + if((port < 0) || (port >= mvCtrlEthMaxPortGet())) + return MV_OUT_OF_RANGE; + + pPortCtrl = ethPortCtrl[port]; + if(pPortCtrl == NULL) + return MV_NOT_FOUND; + + pPortCtrl->portConfig.ejpMode = mode; + if(mode) + { + /* EJP enabled */ + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TXQ_CMD_1_REG(port), ETH_TX_EJP_ENABLE_MASK); + } + else + { + /* EJP disabled */ + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_TXQ_CMD_1_REG(port), 0); + } + mvOsPrintf("eth_%d: EJP %s - ETH_TXQ_CMD_1_REG: 0x%x = 0x%08x\n", + port, mode ? "Enabled" : "Disabled", ETH_TXQ_CMD_1_REG(port), + MV_REG_READ(ETH_TXQ_CMD_1_REG(port))); + + return MV_OK; +} +#endif /* MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4 */ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthStatusGet - Get major properties of the port . +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function get major properties of the port (link, speed, duplex, +* flowControl, etc) and return them using the single structure. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* +* OUTPUT: +* MV_ETH_PORT_STATUS* pStatus - Pointer to structure, were port status +* will be placed. +* +* RETURN: None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +void mvEthStatusGet(void* pPortHandle, MV_ETH_PORT_STATUS* pStatus) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + MV_U32 regValue; + + regValue = MV_REG_READ( ETH_PORT_STATUS_REG(port) ); + + if(regValue & ETH_GMII_SPEED_1000_MASK) + pStatus->speed = MV_ETH_SPEED_1000; + else if(regValue & ETH_MII_SPEED_100_MASK) + pStatus->speed = MV_ETH_SPEED_100; + else + pStatus->speed = MV_ETH_SPEED_10; + + if(regValue & ETH_LINK_UP_MASK) + pStatus->isLinkUp = MV_TRUE; + else + pStatus->isLinkUp = MV_FALSE; + + if(regValue & ETH_FULL_DUPLEX_MASK) + pStatus->duplex = MV_ETH_DUPLEX_FULL; + else + pStatus->duplex = MV_ETH_DUPLEX_HALF; + + + if(regValue & ETH_ENABLE_RCV_FLOW_CTRL_MASK) + pStatus->flowControl = MV_ETH_FC_ENABLE; + else + pStatus->flowControl = MV_ETH_FC_DISABLE; +} + + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* PHY Control Functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPhyAddrSet - Set the ethernet port PHY address. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine set the ethernet port PHY address according to given +* parameter. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* int phyAddr - PHY address +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +void mvEthPhyAddrSet(void* pPortHandle, int phyAddr) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + unsigned int regData; + + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PHY_ADDR_REG(port)); + + regData &= ~ETH_PHY_ADDR_MASK; + regData |= phyAddr; + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PHY_ADDR_REG(port), regData); + + return; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPhyAddrGet - Get the ethernet port PHY address. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine returns the given ethernet port PHY address. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pPortHandle - Pointer to port specific handler; +* +* +* RETURN: int - PHY address. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +int mvEthPhyAddrGet(void* pPortHandle) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHandle; + int port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + unsigned int regData; + + regData = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PHY_ADDR_REG(port)); + + return ((regData >> (5 * port)) & 0x1f); +} + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Descriptor handling Functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* etherInitRxDescRing - Curve a Rx chain desc list and buffer in memory. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function prepares a Rx chained list of descriptors and packet +* buffers in a form of a ring. The routine must be called after port +* initialization routine and before port start routine. +* The Ethernet SDMA engine uses CPU bus addresses to access the various +* devices in the system (i.e. DRAM). This function uses the ethernet +* struct 'virtual to physical' routine (set by the user) to set the ring +* with physical addresses. +* +* INPUT: +* ETH_QUEUE_CTRL *pEthPortCtrl Ethernet Port Control srtuct. +* int rxQueue Number of Rx queue. +* int rxDescNum Number of Rx descriptors +* MV_U8* rxDescBaseAddr Rx descriptors memory area base addr. +* +* OUTPUT: +* The routine updates the Ethernet port control struct with information +* regarding the Rx descriptors and buffers. +* +* RETURN: None +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static void ethInitRxDescRing(ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl, int queue) +{ + ETH_RX_DESC *pRxDescBase, *pRxDesc, *pRxPrevDesc; + int ix, rxDescNum = pPortCtrl->rxQueueConfig[queue].descrNum; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL *pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->rxQueue[queue]; + + /* Make sure descriptor address is cache line size aligned */ + pRxDescBase = (ETH_RX_DESC*)MV_ALIGN_UP((MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->descBuf.bufVirtPtr, + CPU_D_CACHE_LINE_SIZE); + + pRxDesc = (ETH_RX_DESC*)pRxDescBase; + pRxPrevDesc = pRxDesc; + + /* initialize the Rx descriptors ring */ + for (ix=0; ixbufSize = 0x0; + pRxDesc->byteCnt = 0x0; + pRxDesc->cmdSts = ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_HOST; + pRxDesc->bufPtr = 0x0; + pRxDesc->returnInfo = 0x0; + pRxPrevDesc = pRxDesc; + if(ix == (rxDescNum-1)) + { + /* Closing Rx descriptors ring */ + pRxPrevDesc->nextDescPtr = (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, (void*)pRxDescBase); + } + else + { + pRxDesc = (ETH_RX_DESC*)((MV_ULONG)pRxDesc + ETH_RX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE); + pRxPrevDesc->nextDescPtr = (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, (void*)pRxDesc); + } + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pRxPrevDesc); + } + + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = pRxDescBase; + pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr = pRxDescBase; + + pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr = pRxDescBase; + pQueueCtrl->pLastDescr = pRxDesc; + pQueueCtrl->resource = 0; +} + +void ethResetRxDescRing(void* pPortHndl, int queue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->rxQueue[queue]; + ETH_RX_DESC* pRxDesc = (ETH_RX_DESC*)pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr; + + pQueueCtrl->resource = 0; + if(pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr != NULL) + { + while(MV_TRUE) + { + pRxDesc->bufSize = 0x0; + pRxDesc->byteCnt = 0x0; + pRxDesc->cmdSts = ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_HOST; + pRxDesc->bufPtr = 0x0; + pRxDesc->returnInfo = 0x0; + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pRxDesc); + if( (void*)pRxDesc == pQueueCtrl->pLastDescr) + break; + pRxDesc = RX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pRxDesc, pQueueCtrl); + } + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr; + pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr = pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr; + + /* Update RX Command register */ + pPortCtrl->portRxQueueCmdReg |= (1 << queue); + + /* update HW */ + MV_REG_WRITE( ETH_RX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo, queue), + (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) ); + } + else + { + /* Update RX Command register */ + pPortCtrl->portRxQueueCmdReg &= ~(1 << queue); + + /* update HW */ + MV_REG_WRITE( ETH_RX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo, queue), 0); + } +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* etherInitTxDescRing - Curve a Tx chain desc list and buffer in memory. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function prepares a Tx chained list of descriptors and packet +* buffers in a form of a ring. The routine must be called after port +* initialization routine and before port start routine. +* The Ethernet SDMA engine uses CPU bus addresses to access the various +* devices in the system (i.e. DRAM). This function uses the ethernet +* struct 'virtual to physical' routine (set by the user) to set the ring +* with physical addresses. +* +* INPUT: +* ETH_PORT_CTRL *pEthPortCtrl Ethernet Port Control srtuct. +* int txQueue Number of Tx queue. +* int txDescNum Number of Tx descriptors +* int txBuffSize Size of Tx buffer +* MV_U8* pTxDescBase Tx descriptors memory area base addr. +* +* OUTPUT: +* The routine updates the Ethernet port control struct with information +* regarding the Tx descriptors and buffers. +* +* RETURN: None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static void ethInitTxDescRing(ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl, int queue) +{ + ETH_TX_DESC *pTxDescBase, *pTxDesc, *pTxPrevDesc; + int ix, txDescNum = pPortCtrl->txQueueConfig[queue].descrNum; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL *pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->txQueue[queue]; + + /* Make sure descriptor address is cache line size aligned */ + pTxDescBase = (ETH_TX_DESC*)MV_ALIGN_UP((MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->descBuf.bufVirtPtr, + CPU_D_CACHE_LINE_SIZE); + + pTxDesc = (ETH_TX_DESC*)pTxDescBase; + pTxPrevDesc = pTxDesc; + + /* initialize the Tx descriptors ring */ + for (ix=0; ixbyteCnt = 0x0000; + pTxDesc->L4iChk = 0x0000; + pTxDesc->cmdSts = ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_HOST; + pTxDesc->bufPtr = 0x0; + pTxDesc->returnInfo = 0x0; + + pTxPrevDesc = pTxDesc; + + if(ix == (txDescNum-1)) + { + /* Closing Tx descriptors ring */ + pTxPrevDesc->nextDescPtr = (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, (void*)pTxDescBase); + } + else + { + pTxDesc = (ETH_TX_DESC*)((MV_ULONG)pTxDesc + ETH_TX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE); + pTxPrevDesc->nextDescPtr = (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, (void*)pTxDesc); + } + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxPrevDesc); + } + + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = pTxDescBase; + pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr = pTxDescBase; + + pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr = pTxDescBase; + pQueueCtrl->pLastDescr = pTxDesc; + /* Leave one TX descriptor out of use */ + pQueueCtrl->resource = txDescNum - 1; +} + +void ethResetTxDescRing(void* pPortHndl, int queue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->txQueue[queue]; + ETH_TX_DESC* pTxDesc = (ETH_TX_DESC*)pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr; + + pQueueCtrl->resource = 0; + if(pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr != NULL) + { + while(MV_TRUE) + { + pTxDesc->byteCnt = 0x0000; + pTxDesc->L4iChk = 0x0000; + pTxDesc->cmdSts = ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_HOST; + pTxDesc->bufPtr = 0x0; + pTxDesc->returnInfo = 0x0; + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxDesc); + pQueueCtrl->resource++; + if( (void*)pTxDesc == pQueueCtrl->pLastDescr) + break; + pTxDesc = TX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pTxDesc, pQueueCtrl); + } + /* Leave one TX descriptor out of use */ + pQueueCtrl->resource--; + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr; + pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr = pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr; + + /* Update TX Command register */ + pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg |= MV_32BIT_LE_FAST(1 << queue); + /* update HW */ + MV_REG_WRITE( ETH_TX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo, queue), + (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) ); + } + else + { + /* Update TX Command register */ + pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg &= MV_32BIT_LE_FAST(~(1 << queue)); + /* update HW */ + MV_REG_WRITE( ETH_TX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo, queue), 0 ); + } +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethAllocDescrMemory - Free memory allocated for RX and TX descriptors. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function allocates memory for RX and TX descriptors. +* - If ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM defined, allocate memory from SRAM. +* - If ETH_DESCR_IN_SDRAM defined, allocate memory in SDRAM. +* +* INPUT: +* int size - size of memory should be allocated. +* +* RETURN: None +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U8* ethAllocDescrMemory(ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl, int descSize, + MV_ULONG* pPhysAddr, MV_U32 *memHandle) +{ + MV_U8* pVirt; + +#if defined(ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM) + if(ethDescInSram == MV_TRUE) + pVirt = (char*)mvSramMalloc(descSize, pPhysAddr); + else +#endif /* ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM */ + { +#ifdef ETH_DESCR_UNCACHED + pVirt = (MV_U8*)mvOsIoUncachedMalloc(pPortCtrl->osHandle, descSize, + pPhysAddr,memHandle); +#else + pVirt = (MV_U8*)mvOsIoCachedMalloc(pPortCtrl->osHandle, descSize, + pPhysAddr, memHandle); +#endif /* ETH_DESCR_UNCACHED */ + } + memset(pVirt, 0, descSize); + + return pVirt; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* ethFreeDescrMemory - Free memory allocated for RX and TX descriptors. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function frees memory allocated for RX and TX descriptors. +* - If ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM defined, free memory using gtSramFree() function. +* - If ETH_DESCR_IN_SDRAM defined, free memory using mvOsFree() function. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pVirtAddr - virtual pointer to memory allocated for RX and TX +* desriptors. +* +* RETURN: None +* +*******************************************************************************/ +void ethFreeDescrMemory(ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl, MV_BUF_INFO* pDescBuf) +{ + if( (pDescBuf == NULL) || (pDescBuf->bufVirtPtr == NULL) ) + return; + +#if defined(ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM) + if( ethDescInSram ) + { + mvSramFree(pDescBuf->bufSize, pDescBuf->bufPhysAddr, pDescBuf->bufVirtPtr); + return; + } +#endif /* ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM */ + +#ifdef ETH_DESCR_UNCACHED + mvOsIoUncachedFree(pPortCtrl->osHandle, pDescBuf->bufSize, pDescBuf->bufPhysAddr, + pDescBuf->bufVirtPtr,pDescBuf->memHandle); +#else + mvOsIoCachedFree(pPortCtrl->osHandle, pDescBuf->bufSize, pDescBuf->bufPhysAddr, + pDescBuf->bufVirtPtr,pDescBuf->memHandle); +#endif /* ETH_DESCR_UNCACHED */ +} + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Other Functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +void mvEthPortPowerUp(int port) +{ + MV_U32 regVal; + + /* MAC Cause register should be cleared */ + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_UNIT_INTR_CAUSE_REG(port), 0); + + if (mvBoardIsPortInSgmii(port)) + mvEthPortSgmiiConfig(port); + + /* Cancel Port Reset */ + regVal = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port)); + regVal &= (~ETH_PORT_RESET_MASK); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port), regVal); + while( (MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port)) & ETH_PORT_RESET_MASK) != 0); +} + +void mvEthPortPowerDown(int port) +{ + MV_U32 regVal; + + /* Port must be DISABLED */ + regVal = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(port)); + if( (regVal & ETH_PORT_ENABLE_MASK) != 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPort #%d: PowerDown - port must be Disabled (PSC=0x%x)\n", + port, regVal); + return; + } + + /* Port Reset (Read after write the register as a precaution) */ + regVal = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port)); + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port), regVal | ETH_PORT_RESET_MASK); + while((MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port)) & ETH_PORT_RESET_MASK) == 0); +} + +static void mvEthPortSgmiiConfig(int port) +{ + MV_U32 regVal; + + regVal = MV_REG_READ(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port)); + + regVal |= (ETH_SGMII_MODE_MASK /*| ETH_INBAND_AUTO_NEG_ENABLE_MASK */); + regVal &= (~ETH_INBAND_AUTO_NEG_BYPASS_MASK); + + MV_REG_WRITE(ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port), regVal); +} + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eabac5ad93 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.c @@ -0,0 +1,748 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthDebug.c - Source file for user friendly debug functions +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* DEPENDENCIES: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ + +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "mvCommon.h" +#include "mvTypes.h" +#include "mv802_3.h" +#include "mvDebug.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" +#include "eth-phy/mvEthPhy.h" +#include "eth/mvEth.h" +#include "eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.h" + +/* #define mvOsPrintf printf */ + +void mvEthPortShow(void* pHndl); +void mvEthQueuesShow(void* pHndl, int rxQueue, int txQueue, int mode); + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Debug functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ +void ethRxCoal(int port, int usec) +{ + void* pHndl; + + pHndl = mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + if(pHndl != NULL) + { + mvEthRxCoalSet(pHndl, usec); + } +} + +void ethTxCoal(int port, int usec) +{ + void* pHndl; + + pHndl = mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + if(pHndl != NULL) + { + mvEthTxCoalSet(pHndl, usec); + } +} + +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) +void ethEjpModeSet(int port, int mode) +{ + void* pHndl; + + pHndl = mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + if(pHndl != NULL) + { + mvEthEjpModeSet(pHndl, mode); + } +} +#endif /* (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) */ + +void ethBpduRxQ(int port, int bpduQueue) +{ + void* pHndl; + + pHndl = mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + if(pHndl != NULL) + { + mvEthBpduRxQueue(pHndl, bpduQueue); + } +} + +void ethArpRxQ(int port, int arpQueue) +{ + void* pHndl; + + pHndl = mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + if(pHndl != NULL) + { + mvEthArpRxQueue(pHndl, arpQueue); + } +} + +void ethTcpRxQ(int port, int tcpQueue) +{ + void* pHndl; + + pHndl = mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + if(pHndl != NULL) + { + mvEthTcpRxQueue(pHndl, tcpQueue); + } +} + +void ethUdpRxQ(int port, int udpQueue) +{ + void* pHndl; + + pHndl = mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + if(pHndl != NULL) + { + mvEthUdpRxQueue(pHndl, udpQueue); + } +} + +void ethTxPolicyRegs(int port) +{ + int queue; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + + if(pPortCtrl == NULL) + { + return; + } + mvOsPrintf("Port #%d TX Policy: EJP=%d, TXQs: ", + port, pPortCtrl->portConfig.ejpMode); + for(queue=0; queuetxQueueConfig[queue].descrNum > 0) + mvOsPrintf("%d, ", queue); + } + mvOsPrintf("\n"); + + mvOsPrintf("\n\t TX policy Port #%d configuration registers\n", port); + + mvOsPrintf("ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG : 0x%X = 0x%08x\n", + ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(port), + MV_REG_READ( ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(port) ) ); + + mvOsPrintf("ETH_TX_FIXED_PRIO_CFG_REG : 0x%X = 0x%08x\n", + ETH_TX_FIXED_PRIO_CFG_REG(port), + MV_REG_READ( ETH_TX_FIXED_PRIO_CFG_REG(port) ) ); + + mvOsPrintf("ETH_TX_TOKEN_RATE_CFG_REG : 0x%X = 0x%08x\n", + ETH_TX_TOKEN_RATE_CFG_REG(port), + MV_REG_READ( ETH_TX_TOKEN_RATE_CFG_REG(port) ) ); + + mvOsPrintf("ETH_MAX_TRANSMIT_UNIT_REG : 0x%X = 0x%08x\n", + ETH_MAX_TRANSMIT_UNIT_REG(port), + MV_REG_READ( ETH_MAX_TRANSMIT_UNIT_REG(port) ) ); + + mvOsPrintf("ETH_TX_TOKEN_BUCKET_SIZE_REG : 0x%X = 0x%08x\n", + ETH_TX_TOKEN_BUCKET_SIZE_REG(port), + MV_REG_READ( ETH_TX_TOKEN_BUCKET_SIZE_REG(port) ) ); + + mvOsPrintf("ETH_TX_TOKEN_BUCKET_COUNT_REG : 0x%X = 0x%08x\n", + ETH_TX_TOKEN_BUCKET_COUNT_REG(port), + MV_REG_READ( ETH_TX_TOKEN_BUCKET_COUNT_REG(port) ) ); + + for(queue=0; queue> 24) & 0xff), ((macH >> 16) & 0xff), + ((macH >> 8) & 0xff), (macH & 0xff), + ((macL >> 8) & 0xff), (macL & 0xff) ); + + for (i=0; i<4; i++) + { + unicastReg = MV_REG_READ( (ETH_DA_FILTER_UCAST_BASE(port) + i*4)); + for(j=0; j<4; j++) + { + MV_U8 macEntry = (unicastReg >> (8*j)) & 0xFF; + + mvOsPrintf("%X: %8s, Q = %d\n", i*4+j, + (macEntry & BIT0) ? "Accept" : "Reject", (macEntry >> 1) & 0x7); + } + } +} + +void ethMcastAdd(int port, char* macStr, int queue) +{ + void* pHndl; + MV_U8 macAddr[MV_MAC_ADDR_SIZE]; + + pHndl = mvEthPortHndlGet(port); + if(pHndl != NULL) + { + mvMacStrToHex(macStr, macAddr); + mvEthMcastAddrSet(pHndl, macAddr, queue); + } +} + +void ethPortMcast(int port) +{ + int tblIdx, regIdx; + MV_U32 regVal; + + mvOsPrintf("\n\t Port #%d Special (IP) Multicast table: 01:00:5E:00:00:XX\n\n", + port); + + for(tblIdx=0; tblIdx<(256/4); tblIdx++) + { + regVal = MV_REG_READ((ETH_DA_FILTER_SPEC_MCAST_BASE(port) + tblIdx*4)); + for(regIdx=0; regIdx<4; regIdx++) + { + if((regVal & (0x01 << (regIdx*8))) != 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("0x%02X: Accepted, rxQ = %d\n", + tblIdx*4+regIdx, ((regVal >> (regIdx*8+1)) & 0x07)); + } + } + } + mvOsPrintf("\n\t Port #%d Other Multicast table\n\n", port); + for(tblIdx=0; tblIdx<(256/4); tblIdx++) + { + regVal = MV_REG_READ((ETH_DA_FILTER_OTH_MCAST_BASE(port) + tblIdx*4)); + for(regIdx=0; regIdx<4; regIdx++) + { + if((regVal & (0x01 << (regIdx*8))) != 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("Crc8=0x%02X: Accepted, rxQ = %d\n", + tblIdx*4+regIdx, ((regVal >> (regIdx*8+1)) & 0x07)); + } + } + } +} + + +/* Print status of Ethernet port */ +void mvEthPortShow(void* pHndl) +{ + MV_U32 regValue, rxCoal, txCoal; + int speed, queue, port; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pHndl; + + port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + regValue = MV_REG_READ( ETH_PORT_STATUS_REG(port) ); + + mvOsPrintf("\n\t ethGiga #%d port Status: 0x%04x = 0x%08x\n\n", + port, ETH_PORT_STATUS_REG(port), regValue); + + mvOsPrintf("descInSram=%d, descSwCoher=%d\n", + ethDescInSram, ethDescSwCoher); + + if(regValue & ETH_GMII_SPEED_1000_MASK) + speed = 1000; + else if(regValue & ETH_MII_SPEED_100_MASK) + speed = 100; + else + speed = 10; + + mvEthCoalGet(pPortCtrl, &rxCoal, &txCoal); + + /* Link, Speed, Duplex, FlowControl */ + mvOsPrintf("Link=%s, Speed=%d, Duplex=%s, RxFlowControl=%s", + (regValue & ETH_LINK_UP_MASK) ? "UP" : "DOWN", + speed, + (regValue & ETH_FULL_DUPLEX_MASK) ? "FULL" : "HALF", + (regValue & ETH_ENABLE_RCV_FLOW_CTRL_MASK) ? "ENABLE" : "DISABLE"); + + mvOsPrintf("\n"); + + mvOsPrintf("RxCoal = %d usec, TxCoal = %d usec\n", + rxCoal, txCoal); + + mvOsPrintf("rxDefQ=%d, arpQ=%d, bpduQ=%d, tcpQ=%d, udpQ=%d\n\n", + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxDefQ, pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxArpQ, + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxBpduQ, + pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxTcpQ, pPortCtrl->portConfig.rxUdpQ); + + /* Print all RX and TX queues */ + for(queue=0; queuerxQueue[queue].pFirstDescr, + mvEthRxResourceGet(pPortCtrl, queue) ); + } + mvOsPrintf("\n"); + for(queue=0; queuetxQueue[queue].pFirstDescr, + mvEthTxResourceGet(pPortCtrl, queue) ); + } +} + +/* Print RX and TX queue of the Ethernet port */ +void mvEthQueuesShow(void* pHndl, int rxQueue, int txQueue, int mode) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL *pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL *pQueueCtrl; + MV_U32 regValue; + ETH_RX_DESC *pRxDescr; + ETH_TX_DESC *pTxDescr; + int i, port = pPortCtrl->portNo; + + if( (rxQueue >=0) && (rxQueue < MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM) ) + { + pQueueCtrl = &(pPortCtrl->rxQueue[rxQueue]); + mvOsPrintf("Port #%d, RX Queue #%d\n\n", port, rxQueue); + + mvOsPrintf("CURR_RX_DESC_PTR : 0x%X = 0x%08x\n", + ETH_RX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(port, rxQueue), + MV_REG_READ( ETH_RX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(port, rxQueue))); + + + if(pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr != NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("pFirstDescr=0x%lx, pLastDescr=0x%lx, numOfResources=%d\n", + (MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr, (MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->pLastDescr, + pQueueCtrl->resource); + mvOsPrintf("pCurrDescr: 0x%lx, pUsedDescr: 0x%lx\n", + (MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr, + (MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr); + + if(mode == 1) + { + pRxDescr = (ETH_RX_DESC*)pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr; + i = 0; + do + { + mvOsPrintf("%3d. desc=%08x (%08x), cmd=%08x, data=%4d, buf=%4d, buf=%08x, pkt=%lx, os=%lx\n", + i, (MV_U32)pRxDescr, (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, (MV_U8*)pRxDescr), + pRxDescr->cmdSts, pRxDescr->byteCnt, (MV_U32)pRxDescr->bufSize, + (unsigned int)pRxDescr->bufPtr, (MV_ULONG)pRxDescr->returnInfo, + ((MV_PKT_INFO*)pRxDescr->returnInfo)->osInfo); + + ETH_DESCR_INV(pPortCtrl, pRxDescr); + pRxDescr = RX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pRxDescr, pQueueCtrl); + i++; + } while (pRxDescr != pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr); + } + } + else + mvOsPrintf("RX Queue #%d is NOT CREATED\n", rxQueue); + } + + if( (txQueue >=0) && (txQueue < MV_ETH_TX_Q_NUM) ) + { + pQueueCtrl = &(pPortCtrl->txQueue[txQueue]); + mvOsPrintf("Port #%d, TX Queue #%d\n\n", port, txQueue); + + regValue = MV_REG_READ( ETH_TX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(port, txQueue)); + mvOsPrintf("CURR_TX_DESC_PTR : 0x%X = 0x%08x\n", + ETH_TX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(port, txQueue), regValue); + + if(pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr != NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("pFirstDescr=0x%lx, pLastDescr=0x%lx, numOfResources=%d\n", + (MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr, + (MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->pLastDescr, + pQueueCtrl->resource); + mvOsPrintf("pCurrDescr: 0x%lx, pUsedDescr: 0x%lx\n", + (MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr, + (MV_ULONG)pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr); + + if(mode == 1) + { + pTxDescr = (ETH_TX_DESC*)pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr; + i = 0; + do + { + mvOsPrintf("%3d. desc=%08x (%08x), cmd=%08x, data=%4d, buf=%08x, pkt=%lx, os=%lx\n", + i, (MV_U32)pTxDescr, (MV_U32)ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, (MV_U8*)pTxDescr), + pTxDescr->cmdSts, pTxDescr->byteCnt, + (MV_U32)pTxDescr->bufPtr, (MV_ULONG)pTxDescr->returnInfo, + pTxDescr->returnInfo ? (((MV_PKT_INFO*)pTxDescr->returnInfo)->osInfo) : 0x0); + + ETH_DESCR_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxDescr); + pTxDescr = TX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pTxDescr, pQueueCtrl); + i++; + } while (pTxDescr != pQueueCtrl->pFirstDescr); + } + } + else + mvOsPrintf("TX Queue #%d is NOT CREATED\n", txQueue); + } +} diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6db85f7a75 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthDebug.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MV_ETH_DEBUG_H__ +#define __MV_ETH_DEBUG_H__ + +#if 0 +/* + ** Externs + */ +void ethBpduRxQ(int port, int bpduQueue); +void ethArpRxQ(int port, int bpduQueue); +void ethTcpRxQ(int port, int bpduQueue); +void ethUdpRxQ(int port, int bpduQueue); +void ethMcastAdd(int port, char* macStr, int queue); + +#ifdef INCLUDE_MULTI_QUEUE +void ethRxPolicy( int port); +void ethTxPolicy( int port); +void ethTxPolDA(int port, char* macStr, int txQ, char* headerHexStr); +void ethRxPolMode(int port, MV_ETH_PRIO_MODE prioMode); +void ethRxPolQ(int port, int rxQueue, int rxQuota); +#endif /* INCLUDE_MULTI_QUEUE */ + +void print_egiga_stat(void *sc, unsigned int port); +void ethPortStatus (int port); +void ethPortQueues( int port, int rxQueue, int txQueue, int mode); +void ethPortMcast(int port); +void ethPortRegs(int port); +void ethPortCounters(int port); +void ethPortRmonCounters(int port); +void ethRxCoal(int port, int usec); +void ethTxCoal(int port, int usec); + +void ethRegs(int port); +void ethClearCounters(int port); +void ethUcastSet(int port, char* macStr, int queue); +void ethPortUcastShow(int port); + +#ifdef CONFIG_MV_ETH_HEADER +void run_com_header(const char *buffer); +#endif + +#ifdef INCLUDE_MULTI_QUEUE +void ethRxPolMode(int port, MV_ETH_PRIO_MODE prioMode); +void ethRxPolQ(int port, int queue, int quota); +void ethRxPolicy(int port); +void ethTxPolDef(int port, int txQ, char* headerHexStr); +void ethTxPolDA(int port, char* macStr, int txQ, char* headerHexStr); +void ethTxPolicy(int port); +#endif /* INCLUDE_MULTI_QUEUE */ + +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) +void ethEjpModeSet(int port, int mode) +#endif +#endif /* 0 */ + + + + +void ethRxCoal(int port, int usec); +void ethTxCoal(int port, int usec); +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) +void ethEjpModeSet(int port, int mode); +#endif /* (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) */ + +void ethBpduRxQ(int port, int bpduQueue); +void ethArpRxQ(int port, int arpQueue); +void ethTcpRxQ(int port, int tcpQueue); +void ethUdpRxQ(int port, int udpQueue); +void ethTxPolicyRegs(int port); +void ethPortRegs(int port); +void ethRegs(int port); +void ethClearCounters(int port); +void ethPortCounters(int port); +void ethPortRmonCounters(int port); +void ethPortStatus(int port); +void ethPortQueues(int port, int rxQueue, int txQueue, int mode); +void ethUcastSet(int port, char* macStr, int queue); +void ethPortUcastShow(int port); +void ethMcastAdd(int port, char* macStr, int queue); +void ethPortMcast(int port); +void mvEthPortShow(void* pHndl); +void mvEthQueuesShow(void* pHndl, int rxQueue, int txQueue, int mode); + +#endif diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthGbe.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthGbe.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4cae50781 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthGbe.h @@ -0,0 +1,751 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEth.h - Header File for : Marvell Gigabit Ethernet Controller +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This header file contains macros typedefs and function declaration specific to +* the Marvell Gigabit Ethernet Controller. +* +* DEPENDENCIES: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __mvEthGbe_h__ +#define __mvEthGbe_h__ + +extern MV_BOOL ethDescInSram; +extern MV_BOOL ethDescSwCoher; +extern ETH_PORT_CTRL* ethPortCtrl[]; + +static INLINE MV_ULONG ethDescVirtToPhy(ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl, MV_U8* pDesc) +{ +#if defined (ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM) + if( ethDescInSram ) + return mvSramVirtToPhy(pDesc); + else +#endif /* ETH_DESCR_IN_SRAM */ + return (pQueueCtrl->descBuf.bufPhysAddr + (pDesc - pQueueCtrl->descBuf.bufVirtPtr)); +} +/* Return port handler */ +#define mvEthPortHndlGet(port) ethPortCtrl[port] + +/* Used as WA for HW/SW race on TX */ +static INLINE int mvEthPortTxEnable(void* pPortHndl, int queue, int max_deep) +{ + int deep = 0; + MV_U32 txCurrReg, txEnReg; + ETH_TX_DESC* pTxLastDesc; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + + txEnReg = MV_REG_VALUE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + if( (txEnReg & MV_32BIT_LE_FAST(ETH_TXQ_ENABLE_MASK)) == 0) + { + MV_REG_VALUE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)) = pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg; + return 0; + } + + pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->txQueue[queue]; + pTxLastDesc = pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr; + txCurrReg = MV_REG_READ(ETH_TX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo, queue)); + if(ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, (MV_U8*)pTxLastDesc) == txCurrReg) + { + /* All descriptors are processed, no chance for race */ + return 0; + } + + /* Check distance betwee HW and SW location: */ + /* If distance between HW and SW pointers is less than max_deep descriptors */ + /* Race condition is possible, so wait end of TX and restart TXQ */ + while(deep < max_deep) + { + pTxLastDesc = TX_PREV_DESC_PTR(pTxLastDesc, pQueueCtrl); + if(ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, (MV_U8*)pTxLastDesc) == txCurrReg) + { + int count = 0; + + while( (txEnReg & MV_32BIT_LE_FAST(ETH_TXQ_ENABLE_MASK)) != 0) + { + count++; + if(count > 10000) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvEthPortTxEnable: timeout - TXQ_CMD=0x%08x\n", + MV_REG_READ(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)) ); + break; + } + txEnReg = MV_REG_VALUE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)); + } + + MV_REG_VALUE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)) = pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg; + return count; + } + deep++; + } + /* Distance between HW and SW pointers is more than max_deep descriptors, */ + /* So NO race condition - do nothing */ + return -1; +} + + +/* defines */ +#define ETH_CSUM_MIN_BYTE_COUNT 72 + +/* Tailgate and Kirwood have only 2K TX FIFO */ +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION == 2) || (MV_ETH_VERSION == 4) +#define ETH_CSUM_MAX_BYTE_COUNT 1600 +#else +#define ETH_CSUM_MAX_BYTE_COUNT 9*1024 +#endif /* MV_ETH_VERSION */ + +#define ETH_MV_HEADER_SIZE 2 +#define ETH_MV_TX_EN + +/* An offest in Tx descriptors to store data for buffers less than 8 Bytes */ +#define MIN_TX_BUFF_LOAD 8 +#define TX_BUF_OFFSET_IN_DESC (ETH_TX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE - MIN_TX_BUFF_LOAD) + +/* Default port configuration value */ +#define PORT_CONFIG_VALUE \ + ETH_DEF_RX_QUEUE_MASK(0) | \ + ETH_DEF_RX_ARP_QUEUE_MASK(0) | \ + ETH_DEF_RX_TCP_QUEUE_MASK(0) | \ + ETH_DEF_RX_UDP_QUEUE_MASK(0) | \ + ETH_DEF_RX_BPDU_QUEUE_MASK(0) | \ + ETH_RX_CHECKSUM_WITH_PSEUDO_HDR + +/* Default port extend configuration value */ +#define PORT_CONFIG_EXTEND_VALUE 0 + +#define PORT_SERIAL_CONTROL_VALUE \ + ETH_DISABLE_FC_AUTO_NEG_MASK | \ + BIT9 | \ + ETH_DO_NOT_FORCE_LINK_FAIL_MASK | \ + ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_1552BYTE | \ + ETH_SET_FULL_DUPLEX_MASK + +#define PORT_SERIAL_CONTROL_100MB_FORCE_VALUE \ + ETH_FORCE_LINK_PASS_MASK | \ + ETH_DISABLE_DUPLEX_AUTO_NEG_MASK | \ + ETH_DISABLE_FC_AUTO_NEG_MASK | \ + BIT9 | \ + ETH_DO_NOT_FORCE_LINK_FAIL_MASK | \ + ETH_DISABLE_SPEED_AUTO_NEG_MASK | \ + ETH_SET_FULL_DUPLEX_MASK | \ + ETH_SET_MII_SPEED_100_MASK | \ + ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_1552BYTE + + +#define PORT_SERIAL_CONTROL_1000MB_FORCE_VALUE \ + ETH_FORCE_LINK_PASS_MASK | \ + ETH_DISABLE_DUPLEX_AUTO_NEG_MASK | \ + ETH_DISABLE_FC_AUTO_NEG_MASK | \ + BIT9 | \ + ETH_DO_NOT_FORCE_LINK_FAIL_MASK | \ + ETH_DISABLE_SPEED_AUTO_NEG_MASK | \ + ETH_SET_FULL_DUPLEX_MASK | \ + ETH_SET_GMII_SPEED_1000_MASK | \ + ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_1552BYTE + +#define PORT_SERIAL_CONTROL_SGMII_IBAN_VALUE \ + ETH_DISABLE_FC_AUTO_NEG_MASK | \ + BIT9 | \ + ETH_IN_BAND_AN_EN_MASK | \ + ETH_DO_NOT_FORCE_LINK_FAIL_MASK | \ + ETH_MAX_RX_PACKET_1552BYTE + +/* Function headers: */ +MV_VOID mvEthSetSpecialMcastTable(int portNo, int queue); +MV_STATUS mvEthArpRxQueue(void* pPortHandle, int arpQueue); +MV_STATUS mvEthUdpRxQueue(void* pPortHandle, int udpQueue); +MV_STATUS mvEthTcpRxQueue(void* pPortHandle, int tcpQueue); +MV_STATUS mvEthMacAddrGet(int portNo, unsigned char *pAddr); +MV_VOID mvEthSetOtherMcastTable(int portNo, int queue); +MV_STATUS mvEthHeaderModeSet(void* pPortHandle, MV_ETH_HEADER_MODE headerMode); +/* Interrupt Coalesting functions */ +MV_U32 mvEthRxCoalSet(void* pPortHndl, MV_U32 uSec); +MV_U32 mvEthTxCoalSet(void* pPortHndl, MV_U32 uSec); +MV_STATUS mvEthCoalGet(void* pPortHndl, MV_U32* pRxCoal, MV_U32* pTxCoal); + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Data Flow functions */ +/******************************************************************************/ +static INLINE void mvEthPortTxRestart(void* pPortHndl) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + + MV_REG_VALUE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(pPortCtrl->portNo)) = pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg; +} + +/* Get number of Free resources in specific TX queue */ +static INLINE int mvEthTxResourceGet(void* pPortHndl, int txQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + + return (pPortCtrl->txQueue[txQueue].resource); +} + +/* Get number of Free resources in specific RX queue */ +static INLINE int mvEthRxResourceGet(void* pPortHndl, int rxQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + + return (pPortCtrl->rxQueue[rxQueue].resource); +} + +static INLINE int mvEthTxQueueIsFull(void* pPortHndl, int txQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + + if(pPortCtrl->txQueue[txQueue].resource == 0) + return MV_TRUE; + + return MV_FALSE; +} + +/* Get number of Free resources in specific RX queue */ +static INLINE int mvEthRxQueueIsFull(void* pPortHndl, int rxQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->rxQueue[rxQueue]; + + if( (pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr == pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) && + (pQueueCtrl->resource != 0) ) + return MV_TRUE; + + return MV_FALSE; +} + +static INLINE int mvEthTxQueueIsEmpty(void* pPortHndl, int txQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->txQueue[txQueue]; + + if( (pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr == pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) && + (pQueueCtrl->resource != 0) ) + { + return MV_TRUE; + } + return MV_FALSE; +} + +/* Get number of Free resources in specific RX queue */ +static INLINE int mvEthRxQueueIsEmpty(void* pPortHndl, int rxQueue) +{ + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pPortHndl; + + if(pPortCtrl->rxQueue[rxQueue].resource == 0) + return MV_TRUE; + + return MV_FALSE; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortTx - Send an Ethernet packet +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine send a given packet described by pPktInfo parameter. +* Single buffer only. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* int txQueue - Number of Tx queue. +* MV_PKT_INFO *pPktInfo - User packet to send. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NO_RESOURCE - No enough resources to send this packet. +* MV_ERROR - Unexpected Fatal error. +* MV_OK - Packet send successfully. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static INLINE MV_STATUS mvEthPortTx(void* pEthPortHndl, int txQueue, MV_PKT_INFO* pPktInfo) +{ + ETH_TX_DESC* pTxCurrDesc; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + int portNo; + MV_BUF_INFO* pBufInfo = pPktInfo->pFrags; + +#ifdef ETH_DEBUG + if(pPortCtrl->portState != MV_ACTIVE) + return MV_BAD_STATE; +#endif /* ETH_DEBUG */ + + portNo = pPortCtrl->portNo; + pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->txQueue[txQueue]; + + /* Get the Tx Desc ring indexes */ + pTxCurrDesc = pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr; + + /* Check if there is enough resources to send the packet */ + if(pQueueCtrl->resource == 0) + return MV_NO_RESOURCE; + + pTxCurrDesc->byteCnt = pBufInfo->dataSize; + + /* Flash Buffer */ + if(pPktInfo->pktSize != 0) + { +#ifdef MV_NETBSD + pTxCurrDesc->bufPtr = pBufInfo->bufPhysAddr; + ETH_PACKET_CACHE_FLUSH(pBufInfo->bufVirtPtr, pPktInfo->pktSize); +#else + pTxCurrDesc->bufPtr = ETH_PACKET_CACHE_FLUSH(pBufInfo->bufVirtPtr, pPktInfo->pktSize); +#endif + pPktInfo->pktSize = 0; + } + else + pTxCurrDesc->bufPtr = pBufInfo->bufPhysAddr; + + pTxCurrDesc->returnInfo = (MV_ULONG)pPktInfo; + + /* There is only one buffer in the packet */ + /* The OSG might set some bits for checksum offload, so add them to first descriptor */ + pTxCurrDesc->cmdSts = pPktInfo->status | + ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA | + ETH_TX_GENERATE_CRC_MASK | + ETH_TX_ENABLE_INTERRUPT_MASK | + ETH_TX_ZERO_PADDING_MASK | + ETH_TX_FIRST_DESC_MASK | + ETH_TX_LAST_DESC_MASK; + + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxCurrDesc); + + pQueueCtrl->resource--; + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = TX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pTxCurrDesc, pQueueCtrl); + + /* Apply send command */ + MV_REG_VALUE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(portNo)) = pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg; + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortSgTx - Send an Ethernet packet +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine send a given packet described by pBufInfo parameter. It +* supports transmitting of a packet spaned over multiple buffers. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* int txQueue - Number of Tx queue. +* MV_PKT_INFO *pPktInfo - User packet to send. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NO_RESOURCE - No enough resources to send this packet. +* MV_ERROR - Unexpected Fatal error. +* MV_OK - Packet send successfully. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static INLINE MV_STATUS mvEthPortSgTx(void* pEthPortHndl, int txQueue, MV_PKT_INFO* pPktInfo) +{ + ETH_TX_DESC* pTxFirstDesc; + ETH_TX_DESC* pTxCurrDesc; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + int portNo, bufCount; + MV_BUF_INFO* pBufInfo = pPktInfo->pFrags; + MV_U8* pTxBuf; + +#ifdef ETH_DEBUG + if(pPortCtrl->portState != MV_ACTIVE) + return MV_BAD_STATE; +#endif /* ETH_DEBUG */ + + portNo = pPortCtrl->portNo; + pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->txQueue[txQueue]; + + /* Get the Tx Desc ring indexes */ + pTxCurrDesc = pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr; + + /* Check if there is enough resources to send the packet */ + if(pQueueCtrl->resource < pPktInfo->numFrags) + return MV_NO_RESOURCE; + + /* Remember first desc */ + pTxFirstDesc = pTxCurrDesc; + + bufCount = 0; + while(MV_TRUE) + { + if(pBufInfo[bufCount].dataSize <= MIN_TX_BUFF_LOAD) + { + /* Buffers with a payload smaller than MIN_TX_BUFF_LOAD (8 bytes) must be aligned */ + /* to 64-bit boundary. Two options here: */ + /* 1) Usually, copy the payload to the reserved 8 bytes inside descriptor. */ + /* 2) In the Half duplex workaround, the reserved 8 bytes inside descriptor are used */ + /* as a pointer to the aligned buffer, copy the small payload to this buffer. */ + pTxBuf = ((MV_U8*)pTxCurrDesc)+TX_BUF_OFFSET_IN_DESC; + mvOsBCopy(pBufInfo[bufCount].bufVirtPtr, pTxBuf, pBufInfo[bufCount].dataSize); + pTxCurrDesc->bufPtr = ethDescVirtToPhy(pQueueCtrl, pTxBuf); + } + else + { + /* Flash Buffer */ +#ifdef MV_NETBSD + pTxCurrDesc->bufPtr = pBufInfo[bufCount].bufPhysAddr; + ETH_PACKET_CACHE_FLUSH(pBufInfo[bufCount].bufVirtPtr, pBufInfo[bufCount].dataSize); +#else + pTxCurrDesc->bufPtr = ETH_PACKET_CACHE_FLUSH(pBufInfo[bufCount].bufVirtPtr, pBufInfo[bufCount].dataSize); +#endif + } + + pTxCurrDesc->byteCnt = pBufInfo[bufCount].dataSize; + bufCount++; + + if(bufCount >= pPktInfo->numFrags) + break; + + if(bufCount > 1) + { + /* There is middle buffer of the packet Not First and Not Last */ + pTxCurrDesc->cmdSts = ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA; + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxCurrDesc); + } + /* Go to next descriptor and next buffer */ + pTxCurrDesc = TX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pTxCurrDesc, pQueueCtrl); + } + /* Set last desc with DMA ownership and interrupt enable. */ + pTxCurrDesc->returnInfo = (MV_ULONG)pPktInfo; + if(bufCount == 1) + { + /* There is only one buffer in the packet */ + /* The OSG might set some bits for checksum offload, so add them to first descriptor */ + pTxCurrDesc->cmdSts = pPktInfo->status | + ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA | + ETH_TX_GENERATE_CRC_MASK | + ETH_TX_ENABLE_INTERRUPT_MASK | + ETH_TX_ZERO_PADDING_MASK | + ETH_TX_FIRST_DESC_MASK | + ETH_TX_LAST_DESC_MASK; + + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxCurrDesc); + } + else + { + /* Last but not First */ + pTxCurrDesc->cmdSts = ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA | + ETH_TX_ENABLE_INTERRUPT_MASK | + ETH_TX_ZERO_PADDING_MASK | + ETH_TX_LAST_DESC_MASK; + + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxCurrDesc); + + /* Update First when more than one buffer in the packet */ + /* The OSG might set some bits for checksum offload, so add them to first descriptor */ + pTxFirstDesc->cmdSts = pPktInfo->status | + ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA | + ETH_TX_GENERATE_CRC_MASK | + ETH_TX_FIRST_DESC_MASK; + + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxFirstDesc); + } + /* Update txQueue state */ + pQueueCtrl->resource -= bufCount; + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = TX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pTxCurrDesc, pQueueCtrl); + + /* Apply send command */ + MV_REG_VALUE(ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(portNo)) = pPortCtrl->portTxQueueCmdReg; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortTxDone - Free all used Tx descriptors and mBlks. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine returns the transmitted packet information to the caller. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* int txQueue - Number of Tx queue. +* +* OUTPUT: +* MV_PKT_INFO *pPktInfo - Pointer to packet was sent. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NOT_FOUND - No transmitted packets to return. Transmit in progress. +* MV_EMPTY - No transmitted packets to return. TX Queue is empty. +* MV_ERROR - Unexpected Fatal error. +* MV_OK - There is transmitted packet in the queue, +* 'pPktInfo' filled with relevant information. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static INLINE MV_PKT_INFO* mvEthPortTxDone(void* pEthPortHndl, int txQueue) +{ + ETH_TX_DESC* pTxCurrDesc; + ETH_TX_DESC* pTxUsedDesc; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + MV_PKT_INFO* pPktInfo; + MV_U32 commandStatus; + + pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->txQueue[txQueue]; + + pTxUsedDesc = pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr; + pTxCurrDesc = pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr; + + while(MV_TRUE) + { + /* No more used descriptors */ + commandStatus = pTxUsedDesc->cmdSts; + if (commandStatus & (ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA)) + { + ETH_DESCR_INV(pPortCtrl, pTxUsedDesc); + return NULL; + } + if( (pTxUsedDesc == pTxCurrDesc) && + (pQueueCtrl->resource != 0) ) + { + return NULL; + } + pQueueCtrl->resource++; + pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr = TX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pTxUsedDesc, pQueueCtrl); + if(commandStatus & (ETH_TX_LAST_DESC_MASK)) + { + pPktInfo = (MV_PKT_INFO*)pTxUsedDesc->returnInfo; + pPktInfo->status = commandStatus; + return pPktInfo; + } + pTxUsedDesc = pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr; + } +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortRx - Get new received packets from Rx queue. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine returns the received data to the caller. There is no +* data copying during routine operation. All information is returned +* using pointer to packet information struct passed from the caller. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* int rxQueue - Number of Rx queue. +* +* OUTPUT: +* MV_PKT_INFO *pPktInfo - Pointer to received packet. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NO_RESOURCE - No free resources in RX queue. +* MV_ERROR - Unexpected Fatal error. +* MV_OK - New packet received and 'pBufInfo' structure filled +* with relevant information. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static INLINE MV_PKT_INFO* mvEthPortRx(void* pEthPortHndl, int rxQueue) +{ + ETH_RX_DESC *pRxCurrDesc; + MV_U32 commandStatus; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + MV_PKT_INFO* pPktInfo; + + pQueueCtrl = &(pPortCtrl->rxQueue[rxQueue]); + + /* Check resources */ + if(pQueueCtrl->resource == 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("ethPortRx: no more resources\n"); + return NULL; + } + while(MV_TRUE) + { + /* Get the Rx Desc ring 'curr and 'used' indexes */ + pRxCurrDesc = pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr; + + commandStatus = pRxCurrDesc->cmdSts; + if (commandStatus & (ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA)) + { + /* Nothing to receive... */ + ETH_DESCR_INV(pPortCtrl, pRxCurrDesc); + return NULL; + } + + /* Valid RX only if FIRST and LAST bits are set */ + if( (commandStatus & (ETH_RX_LAST_DESC_MASK | ETH_RX_FIRST_DESC_MASK)) == + (ETH_RX_LAST_DESC_MASK | ETH_RX_FIRST_DESC_MASK) ) + { + pPktInfo = (MV_PKT_INFO*)pRxCurrDesc->returnInfo; + pPktInfo->pFrags->dataSize = pRxCurrDesc->byteCnt - 4; + pPktInfo->status = commandStatus; + pPktInfo->fragIP = pRxCurrDesc->bufSize & ETH_RX_IP_FRAGMENTED_FRAME_MASK; + + pQueueCtrl->resource--; + /* Update 'curr' in data structure */ + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = RX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pRxCurrDesc, pQueueCtrl); + +#ifdef INCLUDE_SYNC_BARR + mvCpuIfSyncBarr(DRAM_TARGET); +#endif + return pPktInfo; + } + else + { + ETH_RX_DESC* pRxUsedDesc = pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr; + +#ifdef ETH_DEBUG + mvOsPrintf("ethDrv: Unexpected Jumbo frame: " + "status=0x%08x, byteCnt=%d, pData=0x%x\n", + commandStatus, pRxCurrDesc->byteCnt, pRxCurrDesc->bufPtr); +#endif /* ETH_DEBUG */ + + /* move buffer from pCurrentDescr position to pUsedDescr position */ + pRxUsedDesc->bufPtr = pRxCurrDesc->bufPtr; + pRxUsedDesc->returnInfo = pRxCurrDesc->returnInfo; + pRxUsedDesc->bufSize = pRxCurrDesc->bufSize & ETH_RX_BUFFER_MASK; + + /* Return the descriptor to DMA ownership */ + pRxUsedDesc->cmdSts = ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA | + ETH_RX_ENABLE_INTERRUPT_MASK; + + /* Flush descriptor and CPU pipe */ + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pRxUsedDesc); + + /* Move the used descriptor pointer to the next descriptor */ + pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr = RX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pRxUsedDesc, pQueueCtrl); + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr = RX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pRxCurrDesc, pQueueCtrl); + } + } +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvEthPortRxDone - Returns a Rx buffer back to the Rx ring. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine returns a Rx buffer back to the Rx ring. +* +* INPUT: +* void* pEthPortHndl - Ethernet Port handler. +* int rxQueue - Number of Rx queue. +* MV_PKT_INFO *pPktInfo - Pointer to received packet. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_ERROR - Unexpected Fatal error. +* MV_OUT_OF_RANGE - RX queue is already FULL, so this buffer can't be +* returned to this queue. +* MV_FULL - Buffer returned successfully and RX queue became full. +* More buffers should not be returned at the time. +* MV_OK - Buffer returned successfully and there are more free +* places in the queue. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static INLINE MV_STATUS mvEthPortRxDone(void* pEthPortHndl, int rxQueue, MV_PKT_INFO *pPktInfo) +{ + ETH_RX_DESC* pRxUsedDesc; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL* pQueueCtrl; + ETH_PORT_CTRL* pPortCtrl = (ETH_PORT_CTRL*)pEthPortHndl; + + pQueueCtrl = &pPortCtrl->rxQueue[rxQueue]; + + /* Get 'used' Rx descriptor */ + pRxUsedDesc = pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr; + + /* Check that ring is not FULL */ + if( (pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr == pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) && + (pQueueCtrl->resource != 0) ) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s %d: out of range Error resource=%d, curr=%p, used=%p\n", + __FUNCTION__, pPortCtrl->portNo, pQueueCtrl->resource, + pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr, pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr); + return MV_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + + pRxUsedDesc->bufPtr = pPktInfo->pFrags->bufPhysAddr; + pRxUsedDesc->returnInfo = (MV_ULONG)pPktInfo; + pRxUsedDesc->bufSize = pPktInfo->pFrags->bufSize & ETH_RX_BUFFER_MASK; + + /* Invalidate data buffer accordingly with pktSize */ + if(pPktInfo->pktSize != 0) + { + ETH_PACKET_CACHE_INVALIDATE(pPktInfo->pFrags->bufVirtPtr, pPktInfo->pktSize); + pPktInfo->pktSize = 0; + } + + /* Return the descriptor to DMA ownership */ + pRxUsedDesc->cmdSts = ETH_BUFFER_OWNED_BY_DMA | ETH_RX_ENABLE_INTERRUPT_MASK; + + /* Flush descriptor and CPU pipe */ + ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pRxUsedDesc); + + pQueueCtrl->resource++; + + /* Move the used descriptor pointer to the next descriptor */ + pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr = RX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pRxUsedDesc, pQueueCtrl); + + /* If ring became Full return MV_FULL */ + if(pQueueCtrl->pUsedDescr == pQueueCtrl->pCurrentDescr) + return MV_FULL; + + return MV_OK; +} + + +#endif /* __mvEthGbe_h__ */ + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthRegs.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthRegs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b9f0520fb --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/eth/gbe/mvEthRegs.h @@ -0,0 +1,700 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __INCmvEthRegsh +#define __INCmvEthRegsh + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvSpec.h" + +/****************************************/ +/* Ethernet Unit Registers */ +/****************************************/ +#define ETH_REG_BASE MV_ETH_REG_BASE + +#define ETH_PHY_ADDR_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x000) +#define ETH_SMI_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x004) +#define ETH_UNIT_DEF_ADDR_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x008) +#define ETH_UNIT_DEF_ID_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x00c) +#define ETH_UNIT_RESERVED(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x014) +#define ETH_UNIT_INTR_CAUSE_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x080) +#define ETH_UNIT_INTR_MASK_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x084) + + +#define ETH_UNIT_ERROR_ADDR_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x094) +#define ETH_UNIT_INT_ADDR_ERROR_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x098) +#define ETH_UNIT_CONTROL_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x0B0) + +#define ETH_PORT_CONFIG_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x400) +#define ETH_PORT_CONFIG_EXTEND_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x404) +#define ETH_MII_SERIAL_PARAM_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x408) +#define ETH_GMII_SERIAL_PARAM_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x40c) +#define ETH_VLAN_ETHER_TYPE_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x410) +#define ETH_MAC_ADDR_LOW_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x414) +#define ETH_MAC_ADDR_HIGH_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x418) +#define ETH_SDMA_CONFIG_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x41c) +#define ETH_DIFF_SERV_PRIO_REG(port, code) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x420 + ((code)<<2)) +#define ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x43c) +#define ETH_VLAN_TAG_TO_PRIO_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x440) +#define ETH_PORT_STATUS_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x444) + +#define ETH_RX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x680) +#define ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x448) + +#define ETH_PORT_SERIAL_CTRL_1_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x44c) +#define ETH_PORT_STATUS_1_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x450) +#define ETH_PORT_MARVELL_HEADER_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x454) +#define ETH_PORT_FIFO_PARAMS_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x458) +#define ETH_MAX_TOKEN_BUCKET_SIZE_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x45c) +#define ETH_INTR_CAUSE_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x460) +#define ETH_INTR_CAUSE_EXT_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x464) +#define ETH_INTR_MASK_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x468) +#define ETH_INTR_MASK_EXT_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x46c) +#define ETH_TX_FIFO_URGENT_THRESH_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x474) +#define ETH_RX_MINIMAL_FRAME_SIZE_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x47c) +#define ETH_RX_DISCARD_PKTS_CNTR_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x484) +#define ETH_RX_OVERRUN_PKTS_CNTR_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x488) +#define ETH_INTERNAL_ADDR_ERROR_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x494) +#define ETH_TX_FIXED_PRIO_CFG_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x4dc) +#define ETH_TX_TOKEN_RATE_CFG_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x4e0) +#define ETH_TX_QUEUE_COMMAND1_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x4e4) +#define ETH_MAX_TRANSMIT_UNIT_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x4e8) +#define ETH_TX_TOKEN_BUCKET_SIZE_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x4ec) +#define ETH_TX_TOKEN_BUCKET_COUNT_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x780) +#define ETH_RX_DESCR_STAT_CMD_REG(port, q) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x600 + ((q)<<4)) +#define ETH_RX_BYTE_COUNT_REG(port, q) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x604 + ((q)<<4)) +#define ETH_RX_BUF_PTR_REG(port, q) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x608 + ((q)<<4)) +#define ETH_RX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(port, q) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x60c + ((q)<<4)) +#define ETH_TX_CUR_DESC_PTR_REG(port, q) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x6c0 + ((q)<<2)) + +#define ETH_TXQ_TOKEN_COUNT_REG(port, q) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x700 + ((q)<<4)) +#define ETH_TXQ_TOKEN_CFG_REG(port, q) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x704 + ((q)<<4)) +#define ETH_TXQ_ARBITER_CFG_REG(port, q) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x708 + ((q)<<4)) + +#if (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) +#define ETH_TXQ_CMD_1_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x4E4) +#define ETH_EJP_TX_HI_IPG_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x7A8) +#define ETH_EJP_TX_LO_IPG_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x7B8) +#define ETH_EJP_HI_TKN_LO_PKT_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x7C0) +#define ETH_EJP_HI_TKN_ASYNC_PKT_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x7C4) +#define ETH_EJP_LO_TKN_ASYNC_PKT_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x7C8) +#define ETH_EJP_TX_SPEED_REG(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x7D0) +#endif /* MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4 */ + +#define ETH_MIB_COUNTERS_BASE(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x1000) +#define ETH_DA_FILTER_SPEC_MCAST_BASE(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x1400) +#define ETH_DA_FILTER_OTH_MCAST_BASE(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x1500) +#define ETH_DA_FILTER_UCAST_BASE(port) (ETH_REG_BASE(port) + 0x1600) + +/* Phy address register definitions */ +#define ETH_PHY_ADDR_OFFS 0 +#define ETH_PHY_ADDR_MASK (0x1f <= 4) +#define ETH_TX_EJP_RESET_BIT 0 +#define ETH_TX_EJP_RESET_MASK (1 << ETH_TX_EJP_RESET_BIT) + +#define ETH_TX_EJP_ENABLE_BIT 2 +#define ETH_TX_EJP_ENABLE_MASK (1 << ETH_TX_EJP_ENABLE_BIT) + +#define ETH_TX_LEGACY_WRR_BIT 3 +#define ETH_TX_LEGACY_WRR_MASK (1 << ETH_TX_LEGACY_WRR_BIT) +#endif /* (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) */ + +/***** BITs of Ethernet Port Status reg (PSR) *****/ +#define ETH_LINK_UP_BIT 1 +#define ETH_LINK_UP_MASK (1<= 4) +MV_STATUS mvEthEjpModeSet(void* pPortHandle, int mode); +#endif /* (MV_ETH_VERSION >= 4) */ + +void mvEthStatusGet(void* pPortHandle, MV_ETH_PORT_STATUS* pStatus); + +/* Marvell Header control */ +MV_STATUS mvEthHeaderModeSet(void* pPortHandle, MV_ETH_HEADER_MODE headerMode); + +/* PHY routines */ +void mvEthPhyAddrSet(void* pPortHandle, int phyAddr); +int mvEthPhyAddrGet(void* pPortHandle); + +/* Power management routines */ +void mvEthPortPowerDown(int port); +void mvEthPortPowerUp(int port); + +/******************** ETH PRIVATE ************************/ + +/*#define UNCACHED_TX_BUFFERS*/ +/*#define UNCACHED_RX_BUFFERS*/ + + +/* Port attributes */ +/* Size of a Tx/Rx descriptor used in chain list data structure */ +#define ETH_RX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE 32 +#define ETH_TX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE 32 + +#define TX_DISABLE_TIMEOUT_MSEC 1000 +#define RX_DISABLE_TIMEOUT_MSEC 1000 +#define TX_FIFO_EMPTY_TIMEOUT_MSEC 10000 +#define PORT_DISABLE_WAIT_TCLOCKS 5000 + +/* Macros that save access to desc in order to find next desc pointer */ +#define RX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pRxDescr, pQueueCtrl) \ + ((pRxDescr) == (pQueueCtrl)->pLastDescr) ? \ + (ETH_RX_DESC*)((pQueueCtrl)->pFirstDescr) : \ + (ETH_RX_DESC*)(((MV_ULONG)(pRxDescr)) + ETH_RX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE) + +#define TX_NEXT_DESC_PTR(pTxDescr, pQueueCtrl) \ + ((pTxDescr) == (pQueueCtrl)->pLastDescr) ? \ + (ETH_TX_DESC*)((pQueueCtrl)->pFirstDescr) : \ + (ETH_TX_DESC*)(((MV_ULONG)(pTxDescr)) + ETH_TX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE) + +#define RX_PREV_DESC_PTR(pRxDescr, pQueueCtrl) \ + ((pRxDescr) == (pQueueCtrl)->pFirstDescr) ? \ + (ETH_RX_DESC*)((pQueueCtrl)->pLastDescr) : \ + (ETH_RX_DESC*)(((MV_ULONG)(pRxDescr)) - ETH_RX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE) + +#define TX_PREV_DESC_PTR(pTxDescr, pQueueCtrl) \ + ((pTxDescr) == (pQueueCtrl)->pFirstDescr) ? \ + (ETH_TX_DESC*)((pQueueCtrl)->pLastDescr) : \ + (ETH_TX_DESC*)(((MV_ULONG)(pTxDescr)) - ETH_TX_DESC_ALIGNED_SIZE) + + +/* Queue specific information */ +typedef struct +{ + void* pFirstDescr; + void* pLastDescr; + void* pCurrentDescr; + void* pUsedDescr; + int resource; + MV_BUF_INFO descBuf; +} ETH_QUEUE_CTRL; + + +/* Ethernet port specific infomation */ +typedef struct _ethPortCtrl +{ + int portNo; + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL rxQueue[MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM]; /* Rx ring resource */ + ETH_QUEUE_CTRL txQueue[MV_ETH_TX_Q_NUM]; /* Tx ring resource */ + + MV_ETH_PORT_CFG portConfig; + MV_ETH_RX_Q_CFG rxQueueConfig[MV_ETH_RX_Q_NUM]; + MV_ETH_TX_Q_CFG txQueueConfig[MV_ETH_TX_Q_NUM]; + + /* Register images - For DP */ + MV_U32 portTxQueueCmdReg; /* Port active Tx queues summary */ + MV_U32 portRxQueueCmdReg; /* Port active Rx queues summary */ + + MV_STATE portState; + + MV_U8 mcastCount[256]; + MV_U32* hashPtr; + void *osHandle; +} ETH_PORT_CTRL; + +/************** MACROs ****************/ + +/* MACROs to Flush / Invalidate TX / RX Buffers */ +#if (ETHER_DRAM_COHER == MV_CACHE_COHER_SW) && !defined(UNCACHED_TX_BUFFERS) +# define ETH_PACKET_CACHE_FLUSH(pAddr, size) \ + mvOsCacheClear(NULL, (pAddr), (size)); \ + /*CPU_PIPE_FLUSH;*/ +#else +# define ETH_PACKET_CACHE_FLUSH(pAddr, size) \ + mvOsIoVirtToPhy(NULL, (pAddr)); +#endif /* ETHER_DRAM_COHER == MV_CACHE_COHER_SW */ + +#if ( (ETHER_DRAM_COHER == MV_CACHE_COHER_SW) && !defined(UNCACHED_RX_BUFFERS) ) +# define ETH_PACKET_CACHE_INVALIDATE(pAddr, size) \ + mvOsCacheInvalidate (NULL, (pAddr), (size)); \ + /*CPU_PIPE_FLUSH;*/ +#else +# define ETH_PACKET_CACHE_INVALIDATE(pAddr, size) +#endif /* ETHER_DRAM_COHER == MV_CACHE_COHER_SW && !UNCACHED_RX_BUFFERS */ + +#ifdef ETH_DESCR_UNCACHED + +#define ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pDescr) +#define ETH_DESCR_INV(pPortCtrl, pDescr) + +#else + +#define ETH_DESCR_FLUSH_INV(pPortCtrl, pDescr) \ + mvOsCacheLineFlushInv(pPortCtrl->osHandle, (MV_ULONG)(pDescr)) + +#define ETH_DESCR_INV(pPortCtrl, pDescr) \ + mvOsCacheLineInv(pPortCtrl->osHandle, (MV_ULONG)(pDescr)) + +#endif /* ETH_DESCR_UNCACHED */ + +#include "eth/gbe/mvEthGbe.h" + +#endif /* __mvEth_h__ */ + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..889d4d9e9e --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.c @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#include "gpp/mvGpp.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" +/* defines */ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG + #define DB(x) x +#else + #define DB(x) +#endif + +static MV_VOID gppRegSet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 regOffs,MV_U32 mask,MV_U32 value); + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvGppTypeSet - Enable a GPP (OUT) pin +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* group - GPP group number +* mask - 32bit mask value. Each set bit in the mask means that the type +* of corresponding GPP will be set. Other GPPs are ignored. +* value - 32bit value that describes GPP type per pin. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* EXAMPLE: +* Set GPP8 to input and GPP15 to output. +* mvGppTypeSet(0, (GPP8 | GPP15), +* ((MV_GPP_IN & GPP8) | (MV_GPP_OUT & GPP15)) ); +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvGppTypeSet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask, MV_U32 value) +{ + if (group >= MV_GPP_MAX_GROUP) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvGppTypeSet: ERR. invalid group number \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + gppRegSet(group, GPP_DATA_OUT_EN_REG(group), mask, value); + + /* Workaround for Erratum FE-MISC-70*/ + if(mvCtrlRevGet()==MV_88F6XXX_A0_REV && (group == 1)) + { + mask &= 0x2; + gppRegSet(0, GPP_DATA_OUT_EN_REG(0), mask, value); + } /*End of WA*/ + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvGppBlinkEn - Set a GPP (IN) Pin list to blink every ~100ms +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* group - GPP group number +* mask - 32bit mask value. Each set bit in the mask means that the type +* of corresponding GPP will be set. Other GPPs are ignored. +* value - 32bit value that describes GPP blink per pin. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* EXAMPLE: +* Set GPP8 to be static and GPP15 to be blinking. +* mvGppBlinkEn(0, (GPP8 | GPP15), +* ((MV_GPP_OUT_STATIC & GPP8) | (MV_GPP_OUT_BLINK & GPP15)) ); +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvGppBlinkEn(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask, MV_U32 value) +{ + if (group >= MV_GPP_MAX_GROUP) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvGppBlinkEn: ERR. invalid group number \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + gppRegSet(group, GPP_BLINK_EN_REG(group), mask, value); + + return MV_OK; + +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvGppPolaritySet - Set a GPP (IN) Pin list Polarity mode +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* group - GPP group number +* mask - 32bit mask value. Each set bit in the mask means that the type +* of corresponding GPP will be set. Other GPPs are ignored. +* value - 32bit value that describes GPP polarity per pin. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* EXAMPLE: +* Set GPP8 to the actual pin value and GPP15 to be inverted. +* mvGppPolaritySet(0, (GPP8 | GPP15), +* ((MV_GPP_IN_ORIGIN & GPP8) | (MV_GPP_IN_INVERT & GPP15)) ); +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvGppPolaritySet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask, MV_U32 value) +{ + if (group >= MV_GPP_MAX_GROUP) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvGppPolaritySet: ERR. invalid group number \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + gppRegSet(group, GPP_DATA_IN_POL_REG(group), mask, value); + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvGppPolarityGet - Get a value of relevant bits from GPP Polarity register. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* group - GPP group number +* mask - 32bit mask value. Each set bit in the mask means that the +* returned value is valid for it. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* EXAMPLE: +* Get GPP8 and GPP15 value. +* mvGppPolarityGet(0, (GPP8 | GPP15)); +* +* RETURN: +* 32bit value that describes GPP polatity mode per pin. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvGppPolarityGet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask) +{ + MV_U32 regVal; + + if (group >= MV_GPP_MAX_GROUP) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvGppActiveSet: Error invalid group number \n")); + return MV_ERROR; + } + regVal = MV_REG_READ(GPP_DATA_IN_POL_REG(group)); + + return (regVal & mask); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvGppValueGet - Get a GPP Pin list value. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function get GPP value. +* +* INPUT: +* group - GPP group number +* mask - 32bit mask value. Each set bit in the mask means that the +* returned value is valid for it. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* EXAMPLE: +* Get GPP8 and GPP15 value. +* mvGppValueGet(0, (GPP8 | GPP15)); +* +* RETURN: +* 32bit value that describes GPP activity mode per pin. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvGppValueGet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask) +{ + MV_U32 gppData; + + gppData = MV_REG_READ(GPP_DATA_IN_REG(group)); + + gppData &= mask; + + return gppData; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvGppValueSet - Set a GPP Pin list value. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function set value for given GPP pin list. +* +* INPUT: +* group - GPP group number +* mask - 32bit mask value. Each set bit in the mask means that the +* value of corresponding GPP will be set accordingly. Other GPP +* are not affected. +* value - 32bit value that describes GPP value per pin. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* EXAMPLE: +* Set GPP8 value of '0' and GPP15 value of '1'. +* mvGppActiveSet(0, (GPP8 | GPP15), ((0 & GPP8) | (GPP15)) ); +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvGppValueSet (MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask, MV_U32 value) +{ + MV_U32 outEnable, tmp; + MV_U32 i; + + if (group >= MV_GPP_MAX_GROUP) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvGppValueSet: Error invalid group number \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* verify that the gpp pin is configured as output */ + /* Note that in the register out enabled -> bit = '0'. */ + outEnable = ~MV_REG_READ(GPP_DATA_OUT_EN_REG(group)); + + /* Workaround for Erratum FE-MISC-70*/ + if(mvCtrlRevGet()==MV_88F6XXX_A0_REV && (group == 1)) + { + tmp = ~MV_REG_READ(GPP_DATA_OUT_EN_REG(0)); + outEnable &= 0xfffffffd; + outEnable |= (tmp & 0x2); + } /*End of WA*/ + + for (i = 0 ; i < 32 ;i++) + { + if (((mask & (1 << i)) & (outEnable & (1 << i))) != (mask & (1 << i))) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvGppValueSet: Err. An attempt to set output "\ + "value to GPP %d in input mode.\n", i); + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + gppRegSet(group, GPP_DATA_OUT_REG(group), mask, value); + + return MV_OK; + +} +/******************************************************************************* +* gppRegSet - Set a specific GPP pin on a specific GPP register +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function set a specific GPP pin on a specific GPP register +* +* INPUT: +* regOffs - GPP Register offset +* group - GPP group number +* mask - 32bit mask value. Each set bit in the mask means that the +* value of corresponding GPP will be set accordingly. Other GPP +* are not affected. +* value - 32bit value that describes GPP value per pin. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* EXAMPLE: +* Set GPP8 value of '0' and GPP15 value of '1'. +* mvGppActiveSet(0, (GPP8 | GPP15), ((0 & GPP8) | (1 & GPP15)) ); +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_VOID gppRegSet (MV_U32 group, MV_U32 regOffs,MV_U32 mask,MV_U32 value) +{ + MV_U32 gppData; + + gppData = MV_REG_READ(regOffs); + + gppData &= ~mask; + + gppData |= (value & mask); + + MV_REG_WRITE(regOffs, gppData); +} + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..526d324fd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGpp.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvGppH +#define __INCmvGppH + +#include "mvCommon.h" +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvSpec.h" +#include "gpp/mvGppRegs.h" + +/* These macros describes the GPP type. Each of the GPPs pins can */ +/* be assigned to act as a general purpose input or output pin. */ +#define MV_GPP_IN 0xFFFFFFFF /* GPP input */ +#define MV_GPP_OUT 0 /* GPP output */ + + +/* These macros describes the GPP Out Enable. */ +#define MV_GPP_OUT_DIS 0xFFFFFFFF /* Out pin disabled*/ +#define MV_GPP_OUT_EN 0 /* Out pin enabled*/ + +/* These macros describes the GPP Out Blinking. */ +/* When set and the corresponding bit in GPIO Data Out Enable Control */ +/* Register is enabled, the GPIO pin blinks every ~100 ms (a period of */ +/* 2^24 TCLK clocks). */ +#define MV_GPP_OUT_BLINK 0xFFFFFFFF /* Out pin blinking*/ +#define MV_GPP_OUT_STATIC 0 /* Out pin static*/ + + +/* These macros describes the GPP Polarity. */ +/* When set to 1 GPIO Data In Register reflects the inverted value of the */ +/* corresponding pin. */ + +#define MV_GPP_IN_INVERT 0xFFFFFFFF /* Inverted value is got*/ +#define MV_GPP_IN_ORIGIN 0 /* original value is got*/ + +/* mvGppTypeSet - Set PP pin mode (IN or OUT) */ +MV_STATUS mvGppTypeSet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask, MV_U32 value); + +/* mvGppBlinkEn - Set a GPP (IN) Pin list to blink every ~100ms */ +MV_STATUS mvGppBlinkEn(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask, MV_U32 value); + +/* mvGppPolaritySet - Set a GPP (IN) Pin list Polarity mode. */ +MV_STATUS mvGppPolaritySet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask, MV_U32 value); + +/* mvGppPolarityGet - Get the Polarity of a GPP Pin */ +MV_U32 mvGppPolarityGet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask); + +/* mvGppValueGet - Get a GPP Pin list value.*/ +MV_U32 mvGppValueGet(MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask); + + +/* mvGppValueSet - Set a GPP Pin list value. */ +MV_STATUS mvGppValueSet (MV_U32 group, MV_U32 mask, MV_U32 value); + +#endif /* #ifndef __INCmvGppH */ + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGppRegs.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGppRegs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b6fec34fa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/gpp/mvGppRegs.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvGppRegsH +#define __INCmvGppRegsH + +#define MV_GPP0 BIT0 +#define MV_GPP1 BIT1 +#define MV_GPP2 BIT2 +#define MV_GPP3 BIT3 +#define MV_GPP4 BIT4 +#define MV_GPP5 BIT5 +#define MV_GPP6 BIT6 +#define MV_GPP7 BIT7 +#define MV_GPP8 BIT8 +#define MV_GPP9 BIT9 +#define MV_GPP10 BIT10 +#define MV_GPP11 BIT11 +#define MV_GPP12 BIT12 +#define MV_GPP13 BIT13 +#define MV_GPP14 BIT14 +#define MV_GPP15 BIT15 +#define MV_GPP16 BIT16 +#define MV_GPP17 BIT17 +#define MV_GPP18 BIT18 +#define MV_GPP19 BIT19 +#define MV_GPP20 BIT20 +#define MV_GPP21 BIT21 +#define MV_GPP22 BIT22 +#define MV_GPP23 BIT23 +#define MV_GPP24 BIT24 +#define MV_GPP25 BIT25 +#define MV_GPP26 BIT26 +#define MV_GPP27 BIT27 +#define MV_GPP28 BIT28 +#define MV_GPP29 BIT29 +#define MV_GPP30 BIT30 +#define MV_GPP31 BIT31 + + +/* registers offsets */ + +#define GPP_DATA_OUT_REG(grp) ((grp == 0) ? 0x10100 : 0x10140) +#define GPP_DATA_OUT_EN_REG(grp) ((grp == 0) ? 0x10104 : 0x10144) +#define GPP_BLINK_EN_REG(grp) ((grp == 0) ? 0x10108 : 0x10148) +#define GPP_DATA_IN_POL_REG(grp) ((grp == 0) ? 0x1010C : 0x1014c) +#define GPP_DATA_IN_REG(grp) ((grp == 0) ? 0x10110 : 0x10150) +#define GPP_INT_CAUSE_REG(grp) ((grp == 0) ? 0x10114 : 0x10154) +#define GPP_INT_MASK_REG(grp) ((grp == 0) ? 0x10118 : 0x10158) +#define GPP_INT_LVL_REG(grp) ((grp == 0) ? 0x1011c : 0x1015c) + +#define GPP_DATA_OUT_SET_REG 0x10120 +#define GPP_DATA_OUT_CLEAR_REG 0x10124 + +#endif /* #ifndef __INCmvGppRegsH */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..672d3e31f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.c @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#include "mvPciIf.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/sys/mvSysPex.h" + +#if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) +#include "ctrlEnv/sys/mvSysPci.h" +#endif + + +/* defines */ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG + #define DB(x) x +#else + #define DB(x) +#endif + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciInit - Initialize PCI interfaces +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK if function success otherwise MV_ERROR or MV_BAD_PARAM +* +*******************************************************************************/ + + +MV_STATUS mvPciIfInit(MV_U32 pciIf, PCI_IF_MODE pciIfmode) +{ + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + + MV_PCI_MOD pciMod; + + if (PCI_IF_MODE_HOST == pciIfmode) + { + pciMod = MV_PCI_MOD_HOST; + } + else if (PCI_IF_MODE_DEVICE == pciIfmode) + { + pciMod = MV_PCI_MOD_DEVICE; + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Bus %d mode %d neither host nor device!\n", + __FUNCTION__, pciIf, pciIfmode); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + return mvPciInit(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF, pciMod); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + + MV_PEX_TYPE pexType; + + if (PCI_IF_MODE_HOST == pciIfmode) + { + pexType = MV_PEX_ROOT_COMPLEX; + } + else if (PCI_IF_MODE_DEVICE == pciIfmode) + { + pexType = MV_PEX_END_POINT; + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Bus %d type %d neither root complex nor" \ + " end point\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf, pciIfmode); + return MV_FAIL; + } + return mvPexInit(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF, pexType); + + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return MV_FAIL; + +} + +/* PCI configuration space read write */ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciConfigRead - Read from configuration space +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs a 32 bit read from PCI configuration space. +* It supports both type 0 and type 1 of Configuration Transactions +* (local and over bridge). In order to read from local bus segment, use +* bus number retrieved from mvPciLocalBusNumGet(). Other bus numbers +* will result configuration transaction of type 1 (over bridge). +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* bus - PCI segment bus number. +* dev - PCI device number. +* func - Function number. +* regOffs - Register offset. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* 32bit register data, 0xffffffff on error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPciIfConfigRead (MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, MV_U32 func, + MV_U32 regOff) +{ + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + return mvPciConfigRead(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF, + bus, + dev, + func, + regOff); + #else + return 0xffffffff; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + return mvPexConfigRead(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF, + bus, + dev, + func, + regOff); + #else + return 0xffffffff; + #endif + + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return 0; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciConfigWrite - Write to configuration space +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs a 32 bit write to PCI configuration space. +* It supports both type 0 and type 1 of Configuration Transactions +* (local and over bridge). In order to write to local bus segment, use +* bus number retrieved from mvPciLocalBusNumGet(). Other bus numbers +* will result configuration transaction of type 1 (over bridge). +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* bus - PCI segment bus number. +* dev - PCI device number. +* func - Function number. +* regOffs - Register offset. +* data - 32bit data. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfConfigWrite(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data) +{ + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + return mvPciConfigWrite(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF, + bus, + dev, + func, + regOff, + data); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + return mvPexConfigWrite(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF, + bus, + dev, + func, + regOff, + data); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return MV_FAIL; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciMasterEnable - Enable/disale PCI interface master transactions. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs read modified write to PCI command status +* (offset 0x4) to set/reset bit 2. After this bit is set, the PCI +* master is allowed to gain ownership on the bus, otherwise it is +* incapable to do so. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* enable - Enable/disable parameter. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfMasterEnable(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_BOOL enable) +{ + + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + return mvPciMasterEnable(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF, + enable); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + return mvPexMasterEnable(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF, + enable); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return MV_FAIL; + +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciSlaveEnable - Enable/disale PCI interface slave transactions. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs read modified write to PCI command status +* (offset 0x4) to set/reset bit 0 and 1. After those bits are set, +* the PCI slave is allowed to respond to PCI IO space access (bit 0) +* and PCI memory space access (bit 1). +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* dev - PCI device number. +* enable - Enable/disable parameter. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfSlaveEnable(MV_U32 pciIf,MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, MV_BOOL enable) +{ + + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + return mvPciSlaveEnable(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF,bus,dev, + enable); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + return mvPexSlaveEnable(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF,bus,dev, + enable); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return MV_FAIL; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciLocalBusNumSet - Set PCI interface local bus number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function sets given PCI interface its local bus number. +* Note: In case the PCI interface is PCI-X, the information is read-only. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* busNum - Bus number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NOT_ALLOWED in case PCI interface is PCI-X. +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , +* otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfLocalBusNumSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 busNum) +{ + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + return mvPciLocalBusNumSet(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF, + busNum); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + return mvPexLocalBusNumSet(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF, + busNum); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return MV_FAIL; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciLocalBusNumGet - Get PCI interface local bus number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function gets the local bus number of a given PCI interface. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Local bus number.0xffffffff on Error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPciIfLocalBusNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf) +{ + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + return mvPciLocalBusNumGet(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF); + #else + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + return mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF); + #else + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + #endif + + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n",__FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return 0; + +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciLocalDevNumSet - Set PCI interface local device number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function sets given PCI interface its local device number. +* Note: In case the PCI interface is PCI-X, the information is read-only. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* devNum - Device number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NOT_ALLOWED in case PCI interface is PCI-X. MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , +* otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfLocalDevNumSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 devNum) +{ + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + return mvPciLocalDevNumSet(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF, + devNum); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + return mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF, + devNum); + #else + return MV_OK; + #endif + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return MV_FAIL; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciLocalDevNumGet - Get PCI interface local device number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function gets the local device number of a given PCI interface. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Local device number. 0xffffffff on Error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPciIfLocalDevNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf) +{ + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + return mvPciLocalDevNumGet(pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF); + #else + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + #endif + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) + return mvPexLocalDevNumGet(pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF); + #else + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + #endif + + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return 0; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciIfTypeGet - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* +*******************************************************************************/ + +PCI_IF_TYPE mvPciIfTypeGet(MV_U32 pciIf) +{ + + if ((pciIf >= MV_PCI_START_IF)&&(pciIf < MV_PCI_MAX_IF + MV_PCI_START_IF)) + { + return PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX; + } + else if ((pciIf >= MV_PEX_START_IF) && + (pciIf < MV_PEX_MAX_IF + MV_PEX_START_IF)) + { + return PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX; + + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return 0xffffffff; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciIfTypeGet - +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* INPUT: +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* +*******************************************************************************/ + +MV_U32 mvPciRealIfNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf) +{ + + PCI_IF_TYPE pciIfType = mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf); + + if (PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == pciIfType) + { + return (pciIf - MV_PCI_START_IF); + } + else if (PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX == pciIfType) + { + return (pciIf - MV_PEX_START_IF); + + } + else + { + mvOsPrintf("%s: ERROR!!! Invalid pciIf %d\n", __FUNCTION__, pciIf); + } + + return 0xffffffff; + +} + + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c2d1604e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIf.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCPCIIFH +#define __INCPCIIFH + +#include "mvSysHwConfig.h" +#include "pci-if/mvPciIfRegs.h" +#if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PEX) +#include "pex/mvPex.h" +#endif +#if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) +#include "pci/mvPci.h" +#endif +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvAddrDec.h" + +typedef enum _mvPCIIfType +{ + PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX, + PCI_IF_TYPE_PEX + +}PCI_IF_TYPE; + +typedef enum _mvPCIIfMode +{ + PCI_IF_MODE_HOST, + PCI_IF_MODE_DEVICE +}PCI_IF_MODE; + + +/* Global Functions prototypes */ + +/* mvPciIfInit - Initialize PCI interfaces*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfInit(MV_U32 pciIf, PCI_IF_MODE pciIfmode); + +/* mvPciIfConfigRead - Read from configuration space */ +MV_U32 mvPciIfConfigRead (MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func,MV_U32 regOff); + +/* mvPciIfConfigWrite - Write to configuration space */ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfConfigWrite(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data); + +/* mvPciIfMasterEnable - Enable/disale PCI interface master transactions.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfMasterEnable(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_BOOL enable); + +/* mvPciIfSlaveEnable - Enable/disale PCI interface slave transactions.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfSlaveEnable(MV_U32 pciIf,MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_BOOL enable); + +/* mvPciIfLocalBusNumSet - Set PCI interface local bus number.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfLocalBusNumSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 busNum); + +/* mvPciIfLocalBusNumGet - Get PCI interface local bus number.*/ +MV_U32 mvPciIfLocalBusNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf); + +/* mvPciIfLocalDevNumSet - Set PCI interface local device number.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciIfLocalDevNumSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 devNum); + +/* mvPciIfLocalDevNumGet - Get PCI interface local device number.*/ +MV_U32 mvPciIfLocalDevNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf); + +/* mvPciIfTypeGet - Get PCI If type*/ +PCI_IF_TYPE mvPciIfTypeGet(MV_U32 pciIf); + +MV_U32 mvPciRealIfNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf); + +/* mvPciIfAddrDecShow - Display address decode windows attributes */ +MV_VOID mvPciIfAddrDecShow(MV_VOID); + +#endif /* #ifndef __INCPCIIFH */ + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIfRegs.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIfRegs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08d4d2d901 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/mvPciIfRegs.h @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCPCIIFREGSH +#define __INCPCIIFREGSH + + +/* defines */ +#define MAX_PCI_DEVICES 32 +#define MAX_PCI_FUNCS 8 +#define MAX_PCI_BUSSES 128 + +/***************************************/ +/* PCI Configuration registers */ +/***************************************/ + +/*********************************************/ +/* PCI Configuration, Function 0, Registers */ +/*********************************************/ + + +/* Standard registers */ +#define PCI_DEVICE_AND_VENDOR_ID 0x000 +#define PCI_STATUS_AND_COMMAND 0x004 +#define PCI_CLASS_CODE_AND_REVISION_ID 0x008 +#define PCI_BIST_HDR_TYPE_LAT_TMR_CACHE_LINE 0x00C +#define PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barNum) (0x010 + ((barNum) << 2)) +#define PCI_SUBSYS_ID_AND_SUBSYS_VENDOR_ID 0x02C +#define PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_BASE_ADDR_REG 0x030 +#define PCI_CAPABILTY_LIST_POINTER 0x034 +#define PCI_INTERRUPT_PIN_AND_LINE 0x03C + + +/* PCI Device and Vendor ID Register (PDVIR) */ +#define PDVIR_VEN_ID_OFFS 0 /* Vendor ID */ +#define PDVIR_VEN_ID_MASK (0xffff << PDVIR_VEN_ID_OFFS) + +#define PDVIR_DEV_ID_OFFS 16 /* Device ID */ +#define PDVIR_DEV_ID_MASK (0xffff << PDVIR_DEV_ID_OFFS) + +/* PCI Status and Command Register (PSCR) */ +#define PSCR_IO_EN BIT0 /* IO Enable */ +#define PSCR_MEM_EN BIT1 /* Memory Enable */ +#define PSCR_MASTER_EN BIT2 /* Master Enable */ +#define PSCR_SPECIAL_EN BIT3 /* Special Cycle Enable */ +#define PSCR_MEM_WRI_INV BIT4 /* Memory Write and Invalidate Enable */ +#define PSCR_VGA BIT5 /* VGA Palette Snoops */ +#define PSCR_PERR_EN BIT6 /* Parity Errors Respond Enable */ +#define PSCR_ADDR_STEP BIT7 /* Address Stepping Enable (Wait Cycle En)*/ +#define PSCR_SERR_EN BIT8 /* Ability to assert SERR# line */ +#define PSCR_FAST_BTB_EN BIT9 /* generate fast back-to-back transactions*/ +#define PSCR_CAP_LIST BIT20 /* Capability List Support */ +#define PSCR_66MHZ_EN BIT21 /* 66 MHz Capable */ +#define PSCR_UDF_EN BIT22 /* User definable features */ +#define PSCR_TAR_FAST_BB BIT23 /* fast back-to-back transactions capable */ +#define PSCR_DATA_PERR BIT24 /* Data Parity reported */ + +#define PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_OFFS 25 /* DEVSEL timing */ +#define PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_MASK (0x3 << PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_OFFS) +#define PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_FAST (0x0 << PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_OFFS) +#define PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_MED (0x1 << PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_OFFS) +#define PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_SLOW (0x2 << PSCR_DEVSEL_TIM_OFFS) + +#define PSCR_SLAVE_TABORT BIT27 /* Signalled Target Abort */ +#define PSCR_MASTER_TABORT BIT28 /* Recieved Target Abort */ +#define PSCR_MABORT BIT29 /* Recieved Master Abort */ +#define PSCR_SYSERR BIT30 /* Signalled system error */ +#define PSCR_DET_PARERR BIT31 /* Detect Parity Error */ + +/* PCI configuration register offset=0x08 fields + (PCI_CLASS_CODE_AND_REVISION_ID)(PCCRI) */ + +#define PCCRIR_REVID_OFFS 0 /* Revision ID */ +#define PCCRIR_REVID_MASK (0xff << PCCRIR_REVID_OFFS) + +#define PCCRIR_FULL_CLASS_OFFS 8 /* Full Class Code */ +#define PCCRIR_FULL_CLASS_MASK (0xffffff << PCCRIR_FULL_CLASS_OFFS) + +#define PCCRIR_PROGIF_OFFS 8 /* Prog .I/F*/ +#define PCCRIR_PROGIF_MASK (0xff << PCCRIR_PROGIF_OFFS) + +#define PCCRIR_SUB_CLASS_OFFS 16 /* Sub Class*/ +#define PCCRIR_SUB_CLASS_MASK (0xff << PCCRIR_SUB_CLASS_OFFS) + +#define PCCRIR_BASE_CLASS_OFFS 24 /* Base Class*/ +#define PCCRIR_BASE_CLASS_MASK (0xff << PCCRIR_BASE_CLASS_OFFS) + +/* PCI configuration register offset=0x0C fields + (PCI_BIST_HEADER_TYPE_LATENCY_TIMER_CACHE_LINE)(PBHTLTCL) */ + +#define PBHTLTCLR_CACHELINE_OFFS 0 /* Specifies the cache line size */ +#define PBHTLTCLR_CACHELINE_MASK (0xff << PBHTLTCLR_CACHELINE_OFFS) + +#define PBHTLTCLR_LATTIMER_OFFS 8 /* latency timer */ +#define PBHTLTCLR_LATTIMER_MASK (0xff << PBHTLTCLR_LATTIMER_OFFS) + +#define PBHTLTCLR_HEADTYPE_FULL_OFFS 16 /* Full Header Type */ +#define PBHTLTCLR_HEADTYPE_FULL_MASK (0xff << PBHTLTCLR_HEADTYPE_FULL_OFFS) + +#define PBHTLTCLR_MULTI_FUNC BIT23 /* Multi/Single function */ + +#define PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_OFFS 16 /* Header type */ +#define PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_MASK (0x7f << PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_OFFS) +#define PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_STANDARD (0x0 << PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_OFFS) +#define PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_PCI2PCI_BRIDGE (0x1 << PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_OFFS) + + +#define PBHTLTCLR_BISTCOMP_OFFS 24 /* BIST Completion Code */ +#define PBHTLTCLR_BISTCOMP_MASK (0xf << PBHTLTCLR_BISTCOMP_OFFS) + +#define PBHTLTCLR_BISTACT BIT30 /* BIST Activate bit */ +#define PBHTLTCLR_BISTCAP BIT31 /* BIST Capable Bit */ + + +/* PCI Bar Base Low Register (PBBLR) */ +#define PBBLR_IOSPACE BIT0 /* Memory Space Indicator */ + +#define PBBLR_TYPE_OFFS 1 /* BAR Type/Init Val. */ +#define PBBLR_TYPE_MASK (0x3 << PBBLR_TYPE_OFFS) +#define PBBLR_TYPE_32BIT_ADDR (0x0 << PBBLR_TYPE_OFFS) +#define PBBLR_TYPE_64BIT_ADDR (0x2 << PBBLR_TYPE_OFFS) + +#define PBBLR_PREFETCH_EN BIT3 /* Prefetch Enable */ + + +#define PBBLR_MEM_BASE_OFFS 4 /* Memory Bar Base address. Corresponds to + address bits [31:4] */ +#define PBBLR_MEM_BASE_MASK (0xfffffff << PBBLR_MEM_BASE_OFFS) + +#define PBBLR_IO_BASE_OFFS 2 /* IO Bar Base address. Corresponds to + address bits [31:2] */ +#define PBBLR_IO_BASE_MASK (0x3fffffff << PBBLR_IO_BASE_OFFS) + + +#define PBBLR_BASE_OFFS 12 /* Base address. Address bits [31:12] */ +#define PBBLR_BASE_MASK (0xfffff << PBBLR_BASE_OFFS) +#define PBBLR_BASE_ALIGNMET (1 << PBBLR_BASE_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Bar Base High Fegister (PBBHR) */ +#define PBBHR_BASE_OFFS 0 /* Base address. Address bits [31:12] */ +#define PBBHR_BASE_MASK (0xffffffff << PBBHR_BASE_OFFS) + + +/* PCI configuration register offset=0x2C fields + (PCI_SUBSYSTEM_ID_AND_SUBSYSTEM_VENDOR_ID)(PSISVI) */ + +#define PSISVIR_VENID_OFFS 0 /* Subsystem Manufacturer Vendor ID Number */ +#define PSISVIR_VENID_MASK (0xffff << PSISVIR_VENID_OFFS) + +#define PSISVIR_DEVID_OFFS 16 /* Subsystem Device ID Number */ +#define PSISVIR_DEVID_MASK (0xffff << PSISVIR_DEVID_OFFS) + +/* PCI configuration register offset=0x30 fields + (PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_BASE_ADDR_REG)(PERBA) */ + +#define PERBAR_EXPROMEN BIT0 /* Expansion ROM Enable */ + +#define PERBAR_BASE_OFFS 12 /* Expansion ROM Base Address */ +#define PERBAR_BASE_MASK (0xfffff << PERBAR_BASE_OFFS) + +/* PCI configuration register offset=0x34 fields + (PCI_CAPABILTY_LIST_POINTER)(PCLP) */ + +#define PCLPR_CAPPTR_OFFS 0 /* Capability List Pointer */ +#define PCLPR_CAPPTR_MASK (0xff << PCLPR_CAPPTR_OFFS) + +/* PCI configuration register offset=0x3C fields + (PCI_INTERRUPT_PIN_AND_LINE)(PIPL) */ + +#define PIPLR_INTLINE_OFFS 0 /* Interrupt line (IRQ) */ +#define PIPLR_INTLINE_MASK (0xff << PIPLR_INTLINE_OFFS) + +#define PIPLR_INTPIN_OFFS 8 /* interrupt pin (A,B,C,D) */ +#define PIPLR_INTPIN_MASK (0xff << PIPLR_INTPIN_OFFS) + +#define PIPLR_MINGRANT_OFFS 16 /* Minimum Grant on 250 nano seconds units */ +#define PIPLR_MINGRANT_MASK (0xff << PIPLR_MINGRANT_OFFS) + +#define PIPLR_MAXLATEN_OFFS 24 /* Maximum latency on 250 nano seconds units */ +#define PIPLR_MAXLATEN_MASK (0xff << PIPLR_MAXLATEN_OFFS) + +#endif /* #ifndef __INCPCIIFREGSH */ + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f2169793b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.c @@ -0,0 +1,1006 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +/* includes */ +#include "mvPciUtils.h" + +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" + +/* #define MV_DEBUG */ +/* defines */ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG + #define DB(x) x + #define mvOsPrintf printf +#else + #define DB(x) +#endif + +/* +This module only support scanning of Header type 00h of pci devices +There is no suppotr for Header type 01h of pci devices ( PCI bridges ) +*/ + + +static MV_STATUS pciDetectDevice(MV_U32 pciIf, + MV_U32 bus, + MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, + MV_PCI_DEVICE *pPciAgent); + +static MV_U32 pciDetectDeviceBars(MV_U32 pciIf, + MV_U32 bus, + MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, + MV_PCI_DEVICE *pPciAgent); + + + + + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciScan - Scan a PCI interface bus +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Performs a full scan on a PCI interface and returns all possible details +* on the agents found on the bus. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI Interface +* pPciAgents - Pointer to an Array of the pci agents to be detected +* pPciAgentsNum - pPciAgents array maximum number of elements +* +* OUTPUT: +* pPciAgents - Array of the pci agents detected on the bus +* pPciAgentsNum - Number of pci agents detected on the bus +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ + +MV_STATUS mvPciScan(MV_U32 pciIf, + MV_PCI_DEVICE *pPciAgents, + MV_U32 *pPciAgentsNum) +{ + + MV_U32 devIndex,funcIndex=0,busIndex=0,detectedDevNum=0; + MV_U32 localBus=mvPciIfLocalBusNumGet(pciIf); + MV_PCI_DEVICE *pPciDevice; + MV_PCI_DEVICE *pMainDevice; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: PCI interface num %d\n", pciIf)); + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: ERR. Invalid PCI interface num %d\n", pciIf)); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (NULL == pPciAgents) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: ERR. pPciAgents=NULL \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (NULL == pPciAgentsNum) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: ERR. pPciAgentsNum=NULL \n")); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: PCI interface num %d mvPciMasterEnable\n", pciIf)); + /* Master enable the MV PCI master */ + if (MV_OK != mvPciIfMasterEnable(pciIf,MV_TRUE)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: ERR. mvPciMasterEnable failed \n")); + return MV_ERROR; + + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: PCI interface num scan%d\n", pciIf)); + + /* go through all busses */ + for (busIndex=localBus ; busIndex < MAX_PCI_BUSSES ; busIndex++) + { + /* go through all possible devices on the local bus */ + for (devIndex=0 ; devIndex < MAX_PCI_DEVICES ; devIndex++) + { + /* always start with function equal to zero */ + funcIndex=0; + + pPciDevice=&pPciAgents[detectedDevNum]; + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: PCI interface num scan%d:%d\n", busIndex, devIndex)); + + if (MV_ERROR == pciDetectDevice(pciIf, + busIndex, + devIndex, + funcIndex, + pPciDevice)) + { + /* no device detected , try the next address */ + continue; + } + + /* We are here ! means we have detected a device*/ + /* always we start with only one function per device */ + pMainDevice = pPciDevice; + pPciDevice->funtionsNum = 1; + + + /* move on */ + detectedDevNum++; + + + /* check if we have no more room for a new device */ + if (detectedDevNum == *pPciAgentsNum) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: ERR. array passed too small \n")); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* check the detected device if it is a multi functional device then + scan all device functions*/ + if (pPciDevice->isMultiFunction == MV_TRUE) + { + /* start with function number 1 because we have already detected + function 0 */ + for (funcIndex=1; funcIndexfuntionsNum++; + detectedDevNum++; + + /* check if we have no more room for a new device */ + if (detectedDevNum == *pPciAgentsNum) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciScan: ERR. Array too small\n")); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + + } + } + + } + + } + + /* return the number of devices actually detected on the bus ! */ + *pPciAgentsNum = detectedDevNum; + + return MV_OK; + +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* pciDetectDevice - Detect a pci device parameters +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function detect if a pci agent exist on certain address ! +* and if exists then it fills all possible information on the +* agent +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI Interface +* bus - Bus number +* dev - Device number +* func - Function number +* +* +* +* OUTPUT: +* pPciAgent - pointer to the pci agent filled with its information +* +* RETURN: +* MV_ERROR if no device , MV_OK otherwise +* +*******************************************************************************/ + +static MV_STATUS pciDetectDevice(MV_U32 pciIf, + MV_U32 bus, + MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, + MV_PCI_DEVICE *pPciAgent) +{ + MV_U32 pciData; + + /* no Parameters checking ! because it is static function and it is assumed + that all parameters were checked in the calling function */ + + + /* Try read the PCI Vendor ID and Device ID */ + + /* We will scan only ourselves and the PCI slots that exist on the + board, because we may have a case that we have one slot that has + a Cardbus connector, and because CardBus answers all IDsels we want + to scan only this slot and ourseleves. + + */ + #if defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) + if ((PCI_IF_TYPE_CONVEN_PCIX == mvPciIfTypeGet(pciIf)) && + (DB_88F5181_DDR1_PRPMC != mvBoardIdGet()) && + (DB_88F5181_DDR1_PEXPCI != mvBoardIdGet()) && + (DB_88F5181_DDR1_MNG != mvBoardIdGet())) + { + + if (mvBoardIsOurPciSlot(bus, dev) == MV_FALSE) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + #endif /* defined(MV_INCLUDE_PCI) */ + + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, bus,dev,func, PCI_DEVICE_AND_VENDOR_ID); + + if (PCI_ERROR_CODE == pciData) + { + /* no device exist */ + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* we are here ! means a device is detected */ + + /* fill basic information */ + pPciAgent->busNumber=bus; + pPciAgent->deviceNum=dev; + pPciAgent->function=func; + + /* Fill the PCI Vendor ID and Device ID */ + + pPciAgent->venID = (pciData & PDVIR_VEN_ID_MASK) >> PDVIR_VEN_ID_OFFS; + pPciAgent->deviceID = (pciData & PDVIR_DEV_ID_MASK) >> PDVIR_DEV_ID_OFFS; + + /* Read Status and command */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_STATUS_AND_COMMAND); + + + /* Fill related Status and Command information*/ + + if (pciData & PSCR_TAR_FAST_BB) + { + pPciAgent->isFastB2BCapable = MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->isFastB2BCapable = MV_FALSE; + } + + if (pciData & PSCR_CAP_LIST) + { + pPciAgent->isCapListSupport=MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->isCapListSupport=MV_FALSE; + } + + if (pciData & PSCR_66MHZ_EN) + { + pPciAgent->is66MHZCapable=MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->is66MHZCapable=MV_FALSE; + } + + /* Read Class Code and Revision */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_CLASS_CODE_AND_REVISION_ID); + + + pPciAgent->baseClassCode = + (pciData & PCCRIR_BASE_CLASS_MASK) >> PCCRIR_BASE_CLASS_OFFS; + + pPciAgent->subClassCode = + (pciData & PCCRIR_SUB_CLASS_MASK) >> PCCRIR_SUB_CLASS_OFFS; + + pPciAgent->progIf = + (pciData & PCCRIR_PROGIF_MASK) >> PCCRIR_PROGIF_OFFS; + + pPciAgent->revisionID = + (pciData & PCCRIR_REVID_MASK) >> PCCRIR_REVID_OFFS; + + /* Read PCI_BIST_HDR_TYPE_LAT_TMR_CACHE_LINE */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_BIST_HDR_TYPE_LAT_TMR_CACHE_LINE); + + + + pPciAgent->pciCacheLine= + (pciData & PBHTLTCLR_CACHELINE_MASK ) >> PBHTLTCLR_CACHELINE_OFFS; + pPciAgent->pciLatencyTimer= + (pciData & PBHTLTCLR_LATTIMER_MASK) >> PBHTLTCLR_LATTIMER_OFFS; + + switch (pciData & PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_MASK) + { + case PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_STANDARD: + + pPciAgent->pciHeader=MV_PCI_STANDARD; + break; + case PBHTLTCLR_HEADER_PCI2PCI_BRIDGE: + + pPciAgent->pciHeader=MV_PCI_PCI2PCI_BRIDGE; + break; + + } + + if (pciData & PBHTLTCLR_MULTI_FUNC) + { + pPciAgent->isMultiFunction=MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->isMultiFunction=MV_FALSE; + } + + if (pciData & PBHTLTCLR_BISTCAP) + { + pPciAgent->isBISTCapable=MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->isBISTCapable=MV_FALSE; + } + + + /* read this device pci bars */ + + pciDetectDeviceBars(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + pPciAgent); + + + /* check if we are bridge*/ + if ((pPciAgent->baseClassCode == PCI_BRIDGE_CLASS)&& + (pPciAgent->subClassCode == P2P_BRIDGE_SUB_CLASS_CODE)) + { + + /* Read P2P_BUSSES_NUM */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + P2P_BUSSES_NUM); + + pPciAgent->p2pPrimBusNum = + (pciData & PBM_PRIME_BUS_NUM_MASK) >> PBM_PRIME_BUS_NUM_OFFS; + + pPciAgent->p2pSecBusNum = + (pciData & PBM_SEC_BUS_NUM_MASK) >> PBM_SEC_BUS_NUM_OFFS; + + pPciAgent->p2pSubBusNum = + (pciData & PBM_SUB_BUS_NUM_MASK) >> PBM_SUB_BUS_NUM_OFFS; + + pPciAgent->p2pSecLatencyTimer = + (pciData & PBM_SEC_LAT_TMR_MASK) >> PBM_SEC_LAT_TMR_OFFS; + + /* Read P2P_IO_BASE_LIMIT_SEC_STATUS */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + P2P_IO_BASE_LIMIT_SEC_STATUS); + + pPciAgent->p2pSecStatus = + (pciData & PIBLSS_SEC_STATUS_MASK) >> PIBLSS_SEC_STATUS_OFFS; + + + pPciAgent->p2pIObase = + (pciData & PIBLSS_IO_BASE_MASK) << PIBLSS_IO_LIMIT_OFFS; + + /* clear low address (should be zero)*/ + pPciAgent->p2pIObase &= PIBLSS_HIGH_ADDR_MASK; + + pPciAgent->p2pIOLimit = + (pciData & PIBLSS_IO_LIMIT_MASK); + + /* fill low address with 0xfff */ + pPciAgent->p2pIOLimit |= PIBLSS_LOW_ADDR_MASK; + + + switch ((pciData & PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_MASK) >> PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_OFFS) + { + case PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_16BIT: + + pPciAgent->bIO32 = MV_FALSE; + + break; + case PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_32BIT: + + pPciAgent->bIO32 = MV_TRUE; + + /* Read P2P_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER_16 */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + P2P_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER_16); + + pPciAgent->p2pIObase |= + (pciData & PRBU_IO_UPP_BASE_MASK) << PRBU_IO_UPP_LIMIT_OFFS; + + + pPciAgent->p2pIOLimit |= + (pciData & PRBU_IO_UPP_LIMIT_MASK); + + break; + + } + + + /* Read P2P_MEM_BASE_LIMIT */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + P2P_MEM_BASE_LIMIT); + + pPciAgent->p2pMemBase = + (pciData & PMBL_MEM_BASE_MASK) << PMBL_MEM_LIMIT_OFFS; + + /* clear low address */ + pPciAgent->p2pMemBase &= PMBL_HIGH_ADDR_MASK; + + pPciAgent->p2pMemLimit = + (pciData & PMBL_MEM_LIMIT_MASK); + + /* add 0xfffff */ + pPciAgent->p2pMemLimit |= PMBL_LOW_ADDR_MASK; + + + /* Read P2P_PREF_MEM_BASE_LIMIT */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + P2P_PREF_MEM_BASE_LIMIT); + + + pPciAgent->p2pPrefMemBase = + (pciData & PRMBL_PREF_MEM_BASE_MASK) << PRMBL_PREF_MEM_LIMIT_OFFS; + + /* get high address only */ + pPciAgent->p2pPrefMemBase &= PRMBL_HIGH_ADDR_MASK; + + + + pPciAgent->p2pPrefMemLimit = + (pciData & PRMBL_PREF_MEM_LIMIT_MASK); + + /* add 0xfffff */ + pPciAgent->p2pPrefMemLimit |= PRMBL_LOW_ADDR_MASK; + + switch (pciData & PRMBL_ADD_CAP_MASK) + { + case PRMBL_ADD_CAP_32BIT: + + pPciAgent->bPrefMem64 = MV_FALSE; + + /* Read P2P_PREF_BASE_UPPER_32 */ + pPciAgent->p2pPrefBaseUpper32Bits = 0; + + /* Read P2P_PREF_LIMIT_UPPER_32 */ + pPciAgent->p2pPrefLimitUpper32Bits = 0; + + break; + case PRMBL_ADD_CAP_64BIT: + + pPciAgent->bPrefMem64 = MV_TRUE; + + /* Read P2P_PREF_BASE_UPPER_32 */ + pPciAgent->p2pPrefBaseUpper32Bits = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + P2P_PREF_BASE_UPPER_32); + + /* Read P2P_PREF_LIMIT_UPPER_32 */ + pPciAgent->p2pPrefLimitUpper32Bits = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + P2P_PREF_LIMIT_UPPER_32); + + break; + + } + + } + else /* no bridge */ + { + /* Read PCI_SUBSYS_ID_AND_SUBSYS_VENDOR_ID */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_SUBSYS_ID_AND_SUBSYS_VENDOR_ID); + + + pPciAgent->subSysVenID = + (pciData & PSISVIR_VENID_MASK) >> PSISVIR_VENID_OFFS; + pPciAgent->subSysID = + (pciData & PSISVIR_DEVID_MASK) >> PSISVIR_DEVID_OFFS; + + + /* Read PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_BASE_ADDR_REG */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_BASE_ADDR_REG); + + + if (pciData & PERBAR_EXPROMEN) + { + pPciAgent->isExpRom = MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->isExpRom = MV_FALSE; + } + + pPciAgent->expRomAddr = + (pciData & PERBAR_BASE_MASK) >> PERBAR_BASE_OFFS; + + } + + + if (MV_TRUE == pPciAgent->isCapListSupport) + { + /* Read PCI_CAPABILTY_LIST_POINTER */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_CAPABILTY_LIST_POINTER); + + pPciAgent->capListPointer = + (pciData & PCLPR_CAPPTR_MASK) >> PCLPR_CAPPTR_OFFS; + + } + + /* Read PCI_INTERRUPT_PIN_AND_LINE */ + pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_INTERRUPT_PIN_AND_LINE); + + + pPciAgent->irqLine= + (pciData & PIPLR_INTLINE_MASK) >> PIPLR_INTLINE_OFFS; + + pPciAgent->intPin= + (MV_PCI_INT_PIN)(pciData & PIPLR_INTPIN_MASK) >> PIPLR_INTPIN_OFFS; + + pPciAgent->minGrant= + (pciData & PIPLR_MINGRANT_MASK) >> PIPLR_MINGRANT_OFFS; + pPciAgent->maxLatency= + (pciData & PIPLR_MAXLATEN_MASK) >> PIPLR_MAXLATEN_OFFS; + + mvPciClassNameGet(pPciAgent->baseClassCode, + (MV_8 *)pPciAgent->type); + + return MV_OK; + + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* pciDetectDeviceBars - Detect a pci device bars +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function detects all pci agent bars +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI Interface +* bus - Bus number +* dev - Device number +* func - Function number +* +* +* +* OUTPUT: +* pPciAgent - pointer to the pci agent filled with its information +* +* RETURN: +* detected bars number +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 pciDetectDeviceBars(MV_U32 pciIf, + MV_U32 bus, + MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, + MV_PCI_DEVICE *pPciAgent) +{ + MV_U32 pciData,barIndex,detectedBar=0; + MV_U32 tmpBaseHigh=0,tmpBaseLow=0; + MV_U32 pciMaxBars=0; + + pPciAgent->barsNum=0; + + /* check if we are bridge*/ + if ((pPciAgent->baseClassCode == PCI_BRIDGE_CLASS)&& + (pPciAgent->subClassCode == P2P_BRIDGE_SUB_CLASS_CODE)) + { + pciMaxBars = 2; + } + else /* no bridge */ + { + pciMaxBars = 6; + } + + /* read this device pci bars */ + for (barIndex = 0 ; barIndex < pciMaxBars ; barIndex++ ) + { + /* Read PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR */ + tmpBaseLow = pciData = mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex)); + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barOffset = + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex); + + /* check if the bar is 32bit or 64bit bar */ + switch (pciData & PBBLR_TYPE_MASK) + { + case PBBLR_TYPE_32BIT_ADDR: + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barType = PCI_32BIT_BAR; + break; + case PBBLR_TYPE_64BIT_ADDR: + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barType = PCI_64BIT_BAR; + break; + + } + + /* check if it is memory or IO bar */ + if (pciData & PBBLR_IOSPACE) + { + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barMapping=PCI_IO_BAR; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barMapping=PCI_MEMORY_BAR; + } + + /* if it is memory bar then check if it is prefetchable */ + if (PCI_MEMORY_BAR == pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barMapping) + { + if (pciData & PBBLR_PREFETCH_EN) + { + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].isPrefetchable = MV_TRUE; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].isPrefetchable = MV_FALSE; + } + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseLow = + pciData & PBBLR_MEM_BASE_MASK; + + + } + else /* IO Bar */ + { + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseLow = + pciData & PBBLR_IO_BASE_MASK; + + } + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseHigh=0; + + if (PCI_64BIT_BAR == pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barType) + { + barIndex++; + + tmpBaseHigh = pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseHigh = + mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex)); + + + } + + /* calculating full base address (64bit) */ + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseAddr = + (MV_U64)pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseHigh; + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseAddr <<= 32; + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseAddr |= + (MV_U64)pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barBaseLow; + + + + /* get the sizes of the the bar */ + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeHigh=0; + + if ((PCI_64BIT_BAR == pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barType) && + (PCI_MEMORY_BAR == pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barMapping)) + + { + /* write oxffffffff to the bar to get the size */ + /* start with sizelow ( original value was saved in tmpBaseLow ) */ + mvPciIfConfigWrite(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex-1), + 0xffffffff); + + /* read size */ + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow = + mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex-1)); + + + + /* restore original value */ + mvPciIfConfigWrite(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex-1), + tmpBaseLow); + + + /* now do the same for BaseHigh */ + + /* write oxffffffff to the bar to get the size */ + mvPciIfConfigWrite(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex), + 0xffffffff); + + /* read size */ + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeHigh = + mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex)); + + /* restore original value */ + mvPciIfConfigWrite(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex), + tmpBaseHigh); + + if ((0 == pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow)&& + (0 == pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeHigh)) + { + /* this bar is not applicable for this device, + ignore all previous settings and check the next bar*/ + + /* we though this was a 64bit bar , and it seems this + was wrong ! so decrement barIndex */ + barIndex--; + continue; + } + + /* calculate the full 64 bit size */ + + if (0 != pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeHigh) + { + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow &= PBBLR_MEM_BASE_MASK; + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow = + ~pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow + 1; + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeHigh = 0; + + } + else + { + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow &= PBBLR_MEM_BASE_MASK; + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow = + ~pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow + 1; + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeHigh = 0; + + } + + + + } + else /* 32bit bar */ + { + /* write oxffffffff to the bar to get the size */ + mvPciIfConfigWrite(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex), + 0xffffffff); + + /* read size */ + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow = + mvPciIfConfigRead(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex)); + + if (0 == pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow) + { + /* this bar is not applicable for this device, + ignore all previous settings and check the next bar*/ + continue; + } + + + /* restore original value */ + mvPciIfConfigWrite(pciIf, + bus,dev,func, + PCI_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barIndex), + tmpBaseLow); + + /* calculate size low */ + + if (PCI_MEMORY_BAR == pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barMapping) + { + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow &= PBBLR_MEM_BASE_MASK; + } + else + { + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow &= PBBLR_IO_BASE_MASK; + } + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow = + ~pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow + 1; + + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeHigh = 0; + pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSize = + (MV_U64)pPciAgent->pciBar[detectedBar].barSizeLow; + + + } + + /* we are here ! this means we have already detected a bar for + this device , now move on */ + + detectedBar++; + pPciAgent->barsNum++; + } + + return detectedBar; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciClassNameGet - get PCI class name +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function returns the PCI class name +* +* INPUT: +* baseClassCode - Base Class Code. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pType - the class name +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciClassNameGet(MV_U32 baseClassCode, MV_8 *pType) +{ + + switch(baseClassCode) + { + case 0x0: + strcpy(pType,"Old generation device"); + break; + case 0x1: + strcpy(pType,"Mass storage controller"); + break; + case 0x2: + strcpy(pType,"Network controller"); + break; + case 0x3: + strcpy(pType,"Display controller"); + break; + case 0x4: + strcpy(pType,"Multimedia device"); + break; + case 0x5: + strcpy(pType,"Memory controller"); + break; + case 0x6: + strcpy(pType,"Bridge Device"); + break; + case 0x7: + strcpy(pType,"Simple Communication controllers"); + break; + case 0x8: + strcpy(pType,"Base system peripherals"); + break; + case 0x9: + strcpy(pType,"Input Devices"); + break; + case 0xa: + strcpy(pType,"Docking stations"); + break; + case 0xb: + strcpy(pType,"Processors"); + break; + case 0xc: + strcpy(pType,"Serial bus controllers"); + break; + case 0xd: + strcpy(pType,"Wireless controllers"); + break; + case 0xe: + strcpy(pType,"Intelligent I/O controllers"); + break; + case 0xf: + strcpy(pType,"Satellite communication controllers"); + break; + case 0x10: + strcpy(pType,"Encryption/Decryption controllers"); + break; + case 0x11: + strcpy(pType,"Data acquisition and signal processing controllers"); + break; + default: + strcpy(pType,"Unknown device"); + break; + } + + return MV_OK; + +} + + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ee0b1738b --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci-if/pci_util/mvPciUtils.h @@ -0,0 +1,323 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvPciUtilsh +#define __INCmvPciUtilsh + +/* +This module only support scanning of Header type 00h of pci devices +There is no suppotr for Header type 01h of pci devices ( PCI bridges ) +*/ + +/* includes */ +#include "mvSysHwConfig.h" +#include "pci-if/mvPciIf.h" +#include "pci/mvPciRegs.h" + + + +/* PCI base address low bar mask */ +#define PCI_ERROR_CODE 0xffffffff + +#define PCI_BRIDGE_CLASS 0x6 +#define P2P_BRIDGE_SUB_CLASS_CODE 0x4 + + +#define P2P_BUSSES_NUM 0x18 +#define P2P_IO_BASE_LIMIT_SEC_STATUS 0x1C +#define P2P_MEM_BASE_LIMIT 0x20 +#define P2P_PREF_MEM_BASE_LIMIT 0x24 +#define P2P_PREF_BASE_UPPER_32 0x28 +#define P2P_PREF_LIMIT_UPPER_32 0x2C +#define P2P_IO_BASE_LIMIT_UPPER_16 0x30 +#define P2P_EXP_ROM 0x38 + +/* P2P_BUSSES_NUM (PBM) */ + +#define PBM_PRIME_BUS_NUM_OFFS 0 +#define PBM_PRIME_BUS_NUM_MASK (0xff << PBM_PRIME_BUS_NUM_OFFS) + +#define PBM_SEC_BUS_NUM_OFFS 8 +#define PBM_SEC_BUS_NUM_MASK (0xff << PBM_SEC_BUS_NUM_OFFS) + +#define PBM_SUB_BUS_NUM_OFFS 16 +#define PBM_SUB_BUS_NUM_MASK (0xff << PBM_SUB_BUS_NUM_OFFS) + +#define PBM_SEC_LAT_TMR_OFFS 24 +#define PBM_SEC_LAT_TMR_MASK (0xff << PBM_SEC_LAT_TMR_OFFS) + +/* P2P_IO_BASE_LIMIT_SEC_STATUS (PIBLSS) */ + +#define PIBLSS_IO_BASE_OFFS 0 +#define PIBLSS_IO_BASE_MASK (0xff << PIBLSS_IO_BASE_OFFS) + +#define PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_OFFS 0 +#define PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_MASK (0x3 << PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_OFFS) +#define PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_16BIT (0x0 << PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_OFFS) +#define PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_32BIT (0x1 << PIBLSS_ADD_CAP_OFFS) + +#define PIBLSS_LOW_ADDR_OFFS 0 +#define PIBLSS_LOW_ADDR_MASK (0xFFF << PIBLSS_LOW_ADDR_OFFS) + +#define PIBLSS_HIGH_ADDR_OFFS 12 +#define PIBLSS_HIGH_ADDR_MASK (0xF << PIBLSS_HIGH_ADDR_OFFS) + +#define PIBLSS_IO_LIMIT_OFFS 8 +#define PIBLSS_IO_LIMIT_MASK (0xff << PIBLSS_IO_LIMIT_OFFS) + +#define PIBLSS_SEC_STATUS_OFFS 16 +#define PIBLSS_SEC_STATUS_MASK (0xffff << PIBLSS_SEC_STATUS_OFFS) + + +/* P2P_MEM_BASE_LIMIT (PMBL)*/ + +#define PMBL_MEM_BASE_OFFS 0 +#define PMBL_MEM_BASE_MASK (0xffff << PMBL_MEM_BASE_OFFS) + +#define PMBL_MEM_LIMIT_OFFS 16 +#define PMBL_MEM_LIMIT_MASK (0xffff << PMBL_MEM_LIMIT_OFFS) + + +#define PMBL_LOW_ADDR_OFFS 0 +#define PMBL_LOW_ADDR_MASK (0xFFFFF << PMBL_LOW_ADDR_OFFS) + +#define PMBL_HIGH_ADDR_OFFS 20 +#define PMBL_HIGH_ADDR_MASK (0xFFF << PMBL_HIGH_ADDR_OFFS) + + +/* P2P_PREF_MEM_BASE_LIMIT (PRMBL) */ + +#define PRMBL_PREF_MEM_BASE_OFFS 0 +#define PRMBL_PREF_MEM_BASE_MASK (0xffff << PRMBL_PREF_MEM_BASE_OFFS) + +#define PRMBL_PREF_MEM_LIMIT_OFFS 16 +#define PRMBL_PREF_MEM_LIMIT_MASK (0xffff<= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciCommandSet: ERR. Invalid PCI IF num %d\n", pciIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Set command register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_CMD_REG(pciIf), command); + + /* Upodate device max outstanding split tarnsaction */ + if ((command & PCR_CPU_TO_PCI_ORDER_EN) && + (command & PCR_PCI_TO_CPU_ORDER_EN)) + { + /* Read PCI-X command register */ + regVal = mvPciConfigRead (pciIf, locBusNum, locDevNum, 0, PCIX_COMMAND); + + /* clear bits 22:20 */ + regVal &= 0xff8fffff; + + /* set reset value */ + regVal |= (0x3 << 20); + + /* Write back the value */ + mvPciConfigWrite (pciIf, locBusNum, locDevNum, 0, PCIX_COMMAND, regVal); + } + + return MV_OK; + + +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciModeGet - Get PCI interface mode. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function returns the given PCI interface mode. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pPciMode - Pointer to PCI mode structure. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciModeGet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_PCI_MODE *pPciMode) +{ + MV_U32 pciMode; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciModeGet: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", pciIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (NULL == pPciMode) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciModeGet: ERR. pPciMode = NULL \n"); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Read pci mode register */ + pciMode = MV_REG_READ(PCI_MODE_REG(pciIf)); + + switch (pciMode & PMR_PCI_MODE_MASK) + { + case PMR_PCI_MODE_CONV: + pPciMode->pciType = MV_PCI_CONV; + + if (MV_REG_READ(PCI_DLL_CTRL_REG(pciIf)) & PDC_DLL_EN) + { + pPciMode->pciSpeed = 66000000; /* 66MHZ */ + } + else + { + pPciMode->pciSpeed = 33000000; /* 33MHZ */ + } + + break; + + case PMR_PCI_MODE_PCIX_66MHZ: + pPciMode->pciType = MV_PCIX; + pPciMode->pciSpeed = 66000000; /* 66MHZ */ + break; + + case PMR_PCI_MODE_PCIX_100MHZ: + pPciMode->pciType = MV_PCIX; + pPciMode->pciSpeed = 100000000; /* 100MHZ */ + break; + + case PMR_PCI_MODE_PCIX_133MHZ: + pPciMode->pciType = MV_PCIX; + pPciMode->pciSpeed = 133000000; /* 133MHZ */ + break; + + default: + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciModeGet: ERR. Non existing mode !!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + switch (pciMode & PMR_PCI_64_MASK) + { + case PMR_PCI_64_64BIT: + pPciMode->pciWidth = MV_PCI_64; + break; + + case PMR_PCI_64_32BIT: + pPciMode->pciWidth = MV_PCI_32; + break; + + default: + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciModeGet: ERR. Non existing mode !!\n"); + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciRetrySet - Set PCI retry counters +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function specifies the number of times the PCI controller +* retries a transaction before it quits. +* Applies to the PCI Master when acting as a requester. +* Applies to the PCI slave when acting as a completer (PCI-X mode). +* A 0x00 value means a "retry forever". +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* counter - Number of times PCI controller retry. Use counter value +* up to PRR_RETRY_CNTR_MAX. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciRetrySet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 counter) +{ + MV_U32 pciRetry; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciRetrySet: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", pciIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if (counter >= PRR_RETRY_CNTR_MAX) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciRetrySet: ERR. Invalid counter: %d\n", counter); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + } + + /* Reading PCI retry register */ + pciRetry = MV_REG_READ(PCI_RETRY_REG(pciIf)); + + pciRetry &= ~PRR_RETRY_CNTR_MASK; + + pciRetry |= (counter << PRR_RETRY_CNTR_OFFS); + + /* write new value */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_RETRY_REG(pciIf), pciRetry); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciDiscardTimerSet - Set PCI discard timer +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function set PCI discard timer. +* In conventional PCI mode: +* Specifies the number of PCLK cycles the PCI slave keeps a non-accessed +* read buffers (non-completed delayed read) before invalidate the buffer. +* Set to '0' to disable the timer. The PCI slave waits for delayed +* read completion forever. +* In PCI-X mode: +* Specifies the number of PCLK cycles the PCI master waits for split +* completion transaction, before it invalidates the pre-allocated read +* buffer. +* Set to '0' to disable the timer. The PCI master waits for split +* completion forever. +* NOTE: Must be set to a number greater than MV_PCI_MAX_DISCARD_CLK, +* unless using the "wait for ever" setting 0x0. +* NOTE: Must not be updated while there are pending read requests. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* pClkCycles - Number of PCI clock cycles. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciDiscardTimerSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 pClkCycles) +{ + MV_U32 pciDiscardTimer; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciDiscardTimerSet: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", + pciIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if (pClkCycles >= PDTR_TIMER_MIN) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciDiscardTimerSet: ERR. Invalid Clk value: %d\n", + pClkCycles); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + } + + /* Read PCI Discard Timer */ + pciDiscardTimer = MV_REG_READ(PCI_DISCARD_TIMER_REG(pciIf)); + + pciDiscardTimer &= ~PDTR_TIMER_MASK; + + pciDiscardTimer |= (pClkCycles << PDTR_TIMER_OFFS); + + /* Write new value */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_DISCARD_TIMER_REG(pciIf), pciDiscardTimer); + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/* PCI Arbiter routines */ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciArbEnable - PCI arbiter enable/disable +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This fuction enable/disables a given PCI interface arbiter. +* NOTE: Arbiter setting can not be changed while in work. It should only +* be set once. +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* enable - Enable/disable parameter. If enable = MV_TRUE then enable. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciArbEnable(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_BOOL enable) +{ + MV_U32 regVal; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciArbEnable: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", pciIf); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Set PCI Arbiter Control register according to default configuration */ + regVal = MV_REG_READ(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf)); + + /* Make sure arbiter disabled before changing its values */ + MV_REG_BIT_RESET(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf), PACR_ARB_ENABLE); + + regVal &= ~PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_DEFAULT_MASK; + + regVal |= PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_DEFAULT; /* Set default configuration */ + + if (MV_TRUE == enable) + { + regVal |= PACR_ARB_ENABLE; + } + else + { + regVal &= ~PACR_ARB_ENABLE; + } + + /* Write to register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf), regVal); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciArbParkDis - Disable arbiter parking on agent +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function disables the PCI arbiter from parking on the given agent +* list. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* pciAgentMask - When a bit in the mask is set to '1', parking on +* the associated PCI master is disabled. Mask bit +* refers to bit 0 - 6. For example disable parking on PCI +* agent 3 set pciAgentMask 0x4 (bit 3 is set). +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciArbParkDis(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 pciAgentMask) +{ + MV_U32 pciArbiterCtrl; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciArbParkDis: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", pciIf); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Reading Arbiter Control register */ + pciArbiterCtrl = MV_REG_READ(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf)); + + /* Arbiter must be disabled before changing parking */ + MV_REG_BIT_RESET(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf), PACR_ARB_ENABLE); + + /* do the change */ + pciArbiterCtrl &= ~PACR_PARK_DIS_MASK; + pciArbiterCtrl |= (pciAgentMask << PACR_PARK_DIS_OFFS); + + /* writing new value ( if th earbiter was enabled before the change */ + /* here it will be reenabled */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf), pciArbiterCtrl); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciArbBrokDetectSet - Set PCI arbiter broken detection +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function sets the maximum number of cycles that the arbiter +* waits for a PCI master to respond to its grant assertion. If a +* PCI agent fails to respond within this time, the PCI arbiter aborts +* the transaction and performs a new arbitration cycle. +* NOTE: Value must be greater than '1' for conventional PCI and +* greater than '5' for PCI-X. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* pClkCycles - Number of PCI clock cycles. If equal to '0' the broken +* master detection is disabled. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciArbBrokDetectSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 pClkCycles) +{ + MV_U32 pciArbiterCtrl; + MV_U32 pciMode; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciArbBrokDetectSet: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", + pciIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Checking PCI mode and if pClkCycles is legal value */ + pciMode = MV_REG_READ(PCI_MODE_REG(pciIf)); + pciMode &= PMR_PCI_MODE_MASK; + + if (PMR_PCI_MODE_CONV == pciMode) + { + if (pClkCycles < PACR_BROKEN_VAL_CONV_MIN) + return MV_ERROR; + } + else + { + if (pClkCycles < PACR_BROKEN_VAL_PCIX_MIN) + return MV_ERROR; + } + + pClkCycles <<= PACR_BROKEN_VAL_OFFS; + + /* Reading Arbiter Control register */ + pciArbiterCtrl = MV_REG_READ(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf)); + pciArbiterCtrl &= ~PACR_BROKEN_VAL_MASK; + pciArbiterCtrl |= pClkCycles; + + /* Arbiter must be disabled before changing broken detection */ + MV_REG_BIT_RESET(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf), PACR_ARB_ENABLE); + + /* writing new value ( if th earbiter was enabled before the change */ + /* here it will be reenabled */ + + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf), pciArbiterCtrl); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/* PCI configuration space read write */ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciConfigRead - Read from configuration space +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs a 32 bit read from PCI configuration space. +* It supports both type 0 and type 1 of Configuration Transactions +* (local and over bridge). In order to read from local bus segment, use +* bus number retrieved from mvPciLocalBusNumGet(). Other bus numbers +* will result configuration transaction of type 1 (over bridge). +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* bus - PCI segment bus number. +* dev - PCI device number. +* func - Function number. +* regOffs - Register offset. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* 32bit register data, 0xffffffff on error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPciConfigRead (MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, MV_U32 func, + MV_U32 regOff) +{ + MV_U32 pciData = 0; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (PCI_DEFAULT_IF != pciIf) + { + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciConfigRead: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n",pciIf); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + } + + if (dev >= MAX_PCI_DEVICES) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciConfigRead: ERR. device number illigal %d\n", dev)); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + + if (func >= MAX_PCI_FUNCS) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciConfigRead: ERR. function number illigal %d\n", func)); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + + if (bus >= MAX_PCI_BUSSES) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPciConfigRead: ERR. bus number illigal %d\n", bus)); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + + /* Creating PCI address to be passed */ + pciData |= (bus << PCAR_BUS_NUM_OFFS); + pciData |= (dev << PCAR_DEVICE_NUM_OFFS); + pciData |= (func << PCAR_FUNC_NUM_OFFS); + pciData |= (regOff & PCAR_REG_NUM_MASK); + + pciData |= PCAR_CONFIG_EN; + + /* Write the address to the PCI configuration address register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_CONFIG_ADDR_REG(pciIf), pciData); + + /* In order to let the PCI controller absorbed the address of the read */ + /* transaction we perform a validity check that the address was written */ + if(pciData != MV_REG_READ(PCI_CONFIG_ADDR_REG(pciIf))) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + /* Read the Data returned in the PCI Data register */ + pciData = MV_REG_READ(PCI_CONFIG_DATA_REG(pciIf)); + + return pciData; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciConfigWrite - Write to configuration space +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs a 32 bit write to PCI configuration space. +* It supports both type 0 and type 1 of Configuration Transactions +* (local and over bridge). In order to write to local bus segment, use +* bus number retrieved from mvPciLocalBusNumGet(). Other bus numbers +* will result configuration transaction of type 1 (over bridge). +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* bus - PCI segment bus number. +* dev - PCI device number. +* func - Function number. +* regOffs - Register offset. +* data - 32bit data. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciConfigWrite(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data) +{ + MV_U32 pciData = 0; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (PCI_DEFAULT_IF != pciIf) + { + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciConfigWrite: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", + pciIf); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + } + + if (dev >= MAX_PCI_DEVICES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciConfigWrite: ERR. device number illigal %d\n",dev); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if (func >= MAX_PCI_FUNCS) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciConfigWrite: ERR. function number illigal %d\n", func); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + if (bus >= MAX_PCI_BUSSES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciConfigWrite: ERR. bus number illigal %d\n", bus); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Creating PCI address to be passed */ + pciData |= (bus << PCAR_BUS_NUM_OFFS); + pciData |= (dev << PCAR_DEVICE_NUM_OFFS); + pciData |= (func << PCAR_FUNC_NUM_OFFS); + pciData |= (regOff & PCAR_REG_NUM_MASK); + + pciData |= PCAR_CONFIG_EN; + + /* Write the address to the PCI configuration address register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_CONFIG_ADDR_REG(pciIf), pciData); + + /* In order to let the PCI controller absorbed the address of the read */ + /* transaction we perform a validity check that the address was written */ + if(pciData != MV_REG_READ(PCI_CONFIG_ADDR_REG(pciIf))) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Write the Data passed to the PCI Data register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_CONFIG_DATA_REG(pciIf), data); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciMasterEnable - Enable/disale PCI interface master transactions. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs read modified write to PCI command status +* (offset 0x4) to set/reset bit 2. After this bit is set, the PCI +* master is allowed to gain ownership on the bus, otherwise it is +* incapable to do so. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* enable - Enable/disable parameter. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciMasterEnable(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_BOOL enable) +{ + MV_U32 pciCommandStatus; + MV_U32 RegOffs; + MV_U32 localBus; + MV_U32 localDev; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciMasterEnable: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", pciIf); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + localBus = mvPciLocalBusNumGet(pciIf); + localDev = mvPciLocalDevNumGet(pciIf); + + RegOffs = PCI_STATUS_AND_COMMAND; + + pciCommandStatus = mvPciConfigRead(pciIf, localBus, localDev, 0, RegOffs); + + if (MV_TRUE == enable) + { + pciCommandStatus |= PSCR_MASTER_EN; + } + else + { + pciCommandStatus &= ~PSCR_MASTER_EN; + } + + mvPciConfigWrite(pciIf, localBus, localDev, 0, RegOffs, pciCommandStatus); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciSlaveEnable - Enable/disale PCI interface slave transactions. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs read modified write to PCI command status +* (offset 0x4) to set/reset bit 0 and 1. After those bits are set, +* the PCI slave is allowed to respond to PCI IO space access (bit 0) +* and PCI memory space access (bit 1). +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* dev - PCI device number. +* enable - Enable/disable parameter. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciSlaveEnable(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, MV_BOOL enable) +{ + MV_U32 pciCommandStatus; + MV_U32 RegOffs; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciSlaveEnable: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", pciIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (dev >= MAX_PCI_DEVICES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciLocalDevNumSet: ERR. device number illigal %d\n", dev); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + } + + RegOffs = PCI_STATUS_AND_COMMAND; + + pciCommandStatus=mvPciConfigRead(pciIf, bus, dev, 0, RegOffs); + + if (MV_TRUE == enable) + { + pciCommandStatus |= (PSCR_IO_EN | PSCR_MEM_EN); + } + else + { + pciCommandStatus &= ~(PSCR_IO_EN | PSCR_MEM_EN); + } + + mvPciConfigWrite(pciIf, bus, dev, 0, RegOffs, pciCommandStatus); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciLocalBusNumSet - Set PCI interface local bus number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function sets given PCI interface its local bus number. +* Note: In case the PCI interface is PCI-X, the information is read-only. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* busNum - Bus number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NOT_ALLOWED in case PCI interface is PCI-X. +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , +* otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciLocalBusNumSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 busNum) +{ + MV_U32 pciP2PConfig; + MV_PCI_MODE pciMode; + MV_U32 localBus; + MV_U32 localDev; + + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciLocalBusNumSet: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n",pciIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (busNum >= MAX_PCI_BUSSES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciLocalBusNumSet: ERR. bus number illigal %d\n", busNum); + return MV_ERROR; + + } + + localBus = mvPciLocalBusNumGet(pciIf); + localDev = mvPciLocalDevNumGet(pciIf); + + + /* PCI interface mode */ + mvPciModeGet(pciIf, &pciMode); + + /* if PCI type is PCI-X then it is not allowed to change the dev number */ + if (MV_PCIX == pciMode.pciType) + { + pciP2PConfig = mvPciConfigRead(pciIf, localBus, localDev, 0, PCIX_STATUS ); + + pciP2PConfig &= ~PXS_BN_MASK; + + pciP2PConfig |= (busNum << PXS_BN_OFFS) & PXS_BN_MASK; + + mvPciConfigWrite(pciIf, localBus, localDev, 0, PCIX_STATUS,pciP2PConfig ); + + } + else + { + pciP2PConfig = MV_REG_READ(PCI_P2P_CONFIG_REG(pciIf)); + + pciP2PConfig &= ~PPCR_BUS_NUM_MASK; + + pciP2PConfig |= (busNum << PPCR_BUS_NUM_OFFS) & PPCR_BUS_NUM_MASK; + + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_P2P_CONFIG_REG(pciIf), pciP2PConfig); + + } + + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciLocalBusNumGet - Get PCI interface local bus number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function gets the local bus number of a given PCI interface. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Local bus number.0xffffffff on Error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPciLocalBusNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf) +{ + MV_U32 pciP2PConfig; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (PCI_DEFAULT_IF != pciIf) + { + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciLocalBusNumGet: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", + pciIf); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + } + + pciP2PConfig = MV_REG_READ(PCI_P2P_CONFIG_REG(pciIf)); + pciP2PConfig &= PPCR_BUS_NUM_MASK; + return (pciP2PConfig >> PPCR_BUS_NUM_OFFS); +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciLocalDevNumSet - Set PCI interface local device number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function sets given PCI interface its local device number. +* Note: In case the PCI interface is PCI-X, the information is read-only. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* devNum - Device number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NOT_ALLOWED in case PCI interface is PCI-X. MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , +* otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPciLocalDevNumSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 devNum) +{ + MV_U32 pciP2PConfig; + MV_PCI_MODE pciMode; + MV_U32 localBus; + MV_U32 localDev; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciLocalDevNumSet: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n",pciIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (devNum >= MAX_PCI_DEVICES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciLocalDevNumSet: ERR. device number illigal %d\n", + devNum); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + } + + localBus = mvPciLocalBusNumGet(pciIf); + localDev = mvPciLocalDevNumGet(pciIf); + + /* PCI interface mode */ + mvPciModeGet(pciIf, &pciMode); + + /* if PCI type is PCIX then it is not allowed to change the dev number */ + if (MV_PCIX == pciMode.pciType) + { + pciP2PConfig = mvPciConfigRead(pciIf, localBus, localDev, 0, PCIX_STATUS ); + + pciP2PConfig &= ~PXS_DN_MASK; + + pciP2PConfig |= (devNum << PXS_DN_OFFS) & PXS_DN_MASK; + + mvPciConfigWrite(pciIf,localBus, localDev, 0, PCIX_STATUS,pciP2PConfig ); + } + else + { + pciP2PConfig = MV_REG_READ(PCI_P2P_CONFIG_REG(pciIf)); + + pciP2PConfig &= ~PPCR_DEV_NUM_MASK; + + pciP2PConfig |= (devNum << PPCR_DEV_NUM_OFFS) & PPCR_DEV_NUM_MASK; + + MV_REG_WRITE(PCI_P2P_CONFIG_REG(pciIf), pciP2PConfig); + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPciLocalDevNumGet - Get PCI interface local device number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function gets the local device number of a given PCI interface. +* +* INPUT: +* pciIf - PCI interface number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Local device number. 0xffffffff on Error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPciLocalDevNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf) +{ + MV_U32 pciP2PConfig; + + /* Parameter checking */ + + if (PCI_DEFAULT_IF != pciIf) + { + if (pciIf >= mvCtrlPciMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPciLocalDevNumGet: ERR. Invalid PCI interface %d\n", + pciIf); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + } + + pciP2PConfig = MV_REG_READ(PCI_P2P_CONFIG_REG(pciIf)); + + pciP2PConfig &= PPCR_DEV_NUM_MASK; + + return (pciP2PConfig >> PPCR_DEV_NUM_OFFS); +} + + + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPci.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPci.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..474633627e --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPci.h @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __INCPCIH +#define __INCPCIH + +#include "mvCommon.h" +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvSpec.h" +#include "pci/mvPciRegs.h" + + +/* NOTE not supported in this driver: + + Built In Self Test (BIST) + Vital Product Data (VPD) + Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI) + Power Management + Compact PCI Hot Swap + Header retarget + +Registers not supported: +1) PCI DLL Status and Control (PCI0 0x1D20, PCI1 0x1DA0) +2) PCI/MPP Pads Calibration (CI0/MPP[31:16] 0x1D1C, PCI1/MPP[15:0] 0X1D9C) +*/ + +/* defines */ +/* The number of supported PCI interfaces depend on Marvell controller */ +/* device number. This device number ID is located on the PCI unit */ +/* configuration header. This creates a loop where calling PCI */ +/* configuration read/write routine results a call to get PCI configuration */ +/* information etc. This macro defines a default PCI interface. This PCI */ +/* interface is sure to exist. */ +#define PCI_DEFAULT_IF 0 + + +/* typedefs */ +/* The Marvell controller supports both conventional PCI and PCI-X. */ +/* This enumeration describes the PCI type. */ +typedef enum _mvPciType +{ + MV_PCI_CONV, /* Conventional PCI */ + MV_PCIX /* PCI-X */ +}MV_PCI_TYPE; + +typedef enum _mvPciMod +{ + MV_PCI_MOD_HOST, + MV_PCI_MOD_DEVICE +}MV_PCI_MOD; + + +/* The Marvell controller supports both PCI width of 32 and 64 bit. */ +/* This enumerator describes PCI width */ +typedef enum _mvPciWidth +{ + MV_PCI_32, /* PCI width 32bit */ + MV_PCI_64 /* PCI width 64bit */ +}MV_PCI_WIDTH; + +/* This structure describes the PCI unit configured type, speed and width. */ +typedef struct _mvPciMode +{ + MV_PCI_TYPE pciType; /* PCI type */ + MV_U32 pciSpeed; /* Assuming PCI base clock on board is 33MHz */ + MV_PCI_WIDTH pciWidth; /* PCI bus width */ +}MV_PCI_MODE; + +/* mvPciInit - Initialize PCI interfaces*/ +MV_VOID mvPciHalInit(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_PCI_MOD pciIfmod); + +/* mvPciCommandSet - Set PCI comman register value.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciCommandSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 command); + +/* mvPciModeGet - Get PCI interface mode.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciModeGet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_PCI_MODE *pPciMode); + +/* mvPciRetrySet - Set PCI retry counters*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciRetrySet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 counter); + +/* mvPciDiscardTimerSet - Set PCI discard timer*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciDiscardTimerSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 pClkCycles); + +/* mvPciArbEnable - PCI arbiter enable/disable*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciArbEnable(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_BOOL enable); + +/* mvPciArbParkDis - Disable arbiter parking on agent */ +MV_STATUS mvPciArbParkDis(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 pciAgentMask); + +/* mvPciArbBrokDetectSet - Set PCI arbiter broken detection */ +MV_STATUS mvPciArbBrokDetectSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 pClkCycles); + +/* mvPciConfigRead - Read from configuration space */ +MV_U32 mvPciConfigRead (MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func,MV_U32 regOff); + +/* mvPciConfigWrite - Write to configuration space */ +MV_STATUS mvPciConfigWrite(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data); + +/* mvPciMasterEnable - Enable/disale PCI interface master transactions.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciMasterEnable(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_BOOL enable); + +/* mvPciSlaveEnable - Enable/disale PCI interface slave transactions.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciSlaveEnable(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev,MV_BOOL enable); + +/* mvPciLocalBusNumSet - Set PCI interface local bus number.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciLocalBusNumSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 busNum); + +/* mvPciLocalBusNumGet - Get PCI interface local bus number.*/ +MV_U32 mvPciLocalBusNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf); + +/* mvPciLocalDevNumSet - Set PCI interface local device number.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPciLocalDevNumSet(MV_U32 pciIf, MV_U32 devNum); + +/* mvPciLocalDevNumGet - Get PCI interface local device number.*/ +MV_U32 mvPciLocalDevNumGet(MV_U32 pciIf); + + +#endif /* #ifndef __INCPCIH */ + + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPciRegs.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPciRegs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89d0ef12d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pci/mvPciRegs.h @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCPCIREGSH +#define __INCPCIREGSH + + +#include "pci-if/mvPciIfRegs.h" +/* defines */ +#define MAX_PCI_DEVICES 32 +#define MAX_PCI_FUNCS 8 +#define MAX_PCI_BUSSES 128 + +/* enumerators */ + +/* This enumerator described the possible PCI slave targets. */ +/* PCI slave targets are designated memory/IO address spaces that the */ +/* PCI slave targets can access. They are also refered as "targets" */ +/* this enumeratoe order is determined by the content of : + PCI_BASE_ADDR_ENABLE_REG */ + + +/* registers offsetes defines */ + + + +/*************************/ +/* PCI control registers */ +/*************************/ +/* maen : should add new registers */ +#define PCI_CMD_REG(pciIf) (0x30c00 + ((pciIf) * 0x80)) +#define PCI_MODE_REG(pciIf) (0x30d00 + ((pciIf) * 0x80)) +#define PCI_RETRY_REG(pciIf) (0x30c04 + ((pciIf) * 0x80)) +#define PCI_DISCARD_TIMER_REG(pciIf) (0x30d04 + ((pciIf) * 0x80)) +#define PCI_ARBITER_CTRL_REG(pciIf) (0x31d00 + ((pciIf) * 0x80)) +#define PCI_P2P_CONFIG_REG(pciIf) (0x31d14 + ((pciIf) * 0x80)) +#define PCI_ACCESS_CTRL_BASEL_REG(pciIf, targetWin) \ + (0x31e00 + ((pciIf) * 0x80) + ((targetWin) * 0x10)) +#define PCI_ACCESS_CTRL_BASEH_REG(pciIf, targetWin) \ + (0x31e04 + ((pciIf) * 0x80) + ((targetWin) * 0x10)) +#define PCI_ACCESS_CTRL_SIZE_REG(pciIf, targetWin) \ + (0x31e08 + ((pciIf) * 0x80) + ((targetWin) * 0x10)) + +#define PCI_DLL_CTRL_REG(pciIf) (0x31d20 + ((pciIf) * 0x80)) + +/* PCI Dll Control (PDC)*/ +#define PDC_DLL_EN BIT0 + + +/* PCI Command Register (PCR) */ +#define PCR_MASTER_BYTE_SWAP_EN BIT0 +#define PCR_MASTER_WR_COMBINE_EN BIT4 +#define PCR_MASTER_RD_COMBINE_EN BIT5 +#define PCR_MASTER_WR_TRIG_WHOLE BIT6 +#define PCR_MASTER_RD_TRIG_WHOLE BIT7 +#define PCR_MASTER_MEM_RD_LINE_EN BIT8 +#define PCR_MASTER_MEM_RD_MULT_EN BIT9 +#define PCR_MASTER_WORD_SWAP_EN BIT10 +#define PCR_SLAVE_WORD_SWAP_EN BIT11 +#define PCR_NS_ACCORDING_RCV_TRANS BIT14 +#define PCR_MASTER_PCIX_REQ64N_EN BIT15 +#define PCR_SLAVE_BYTE_SWAP_EN BIT16 +#define PCR_MASTER_DAC_EN BIT17 +#define PCR_MASTER_M64_ALLIGN BIT18 +#define PCR_ERRORS_PROPAGATION_EN BIT19 +#define PCR_SLAVE_SWAP_ENABLE BIT20 +#define PCR_MASTER_SWAP_ENABLE BIT21 +#define PCR_MASTER_INT_SWAP_EN BIT22 +#define PCR_LOOP_BACK_ENABLE BIT23 +#define PCR_SLAVE_INTREG_SWAP_OFFS 24 +#define PCR_SLAVE_INTREG_SWAP_MASK 0x3 +#define PCR_SLAVE_INTREG_BYTE_SWAP \ + (MV_BYTE_SWAP << PCR_SLAVE_INT_REG_SWAP_MASK) +#define PCR_SLAVE_INTREG_NO_SWAP \ + (MV_NO_SWAP << PCR_SLAVE_INT_REG_SWAP_MASK) +#define PCR_SLAVE_INTREG_BYTE_WORD \ + (MV_BYTE_WORD_SWAP << PCR_SLAVE_INT_REG_SWAP_MASK) +#define PCR_SLAVE_INTREG_WORD_SWAP \ + (MV_WORD_SWAP << PCR_SLAVE_INT_REG_SWAP_MASK) +#define PCR_RESET_REASSERTION_EN BIT26 +#define PCR_PCI_TO_CPU_REG_ORDER_EN BIT28 +#define PCR_CPU_TO_PCI_ORDER_EN BIT29 +#define PCR_PCI_TO_CPU_ORDER_EN BIT30 + +/* PCI Mode Register (PMR) */ +#define PMR_PCI_ID_OFFS 0 /* PCI Interface ID */ +#define PMR_PCI_ID_MASK (0x1 << PMR_PCI_ID_OFFS) +#define PMR_PCI_ID_PCI(pciNum) ((pciNum) << PCI_MODE_PCIID_OFFS) + +#define PMR_PCI_64_OFFS 2 /* 64-bit PCI Interface */ +#define PMR_PCI_64_MASK (0x1 << PMR_PCI_64_OFFS) +#define PMR_PCI_64_64BIT (0x1 << PMR_PCI_64_OFFS) +#define PMR_PCI_64_32BIT (0x0 << PMR_PCI_64_OFFS) + +#define PMR_PCI_MODE_OFFS 4 /* PCI interface mode of operation */ +#define PMR_PCI_MODE_MASK (0x3 << PMR_PCI_MODE_OFFS) +#define PMR_PCI_MODE_CONV (0x0 << PMR_PCI_MODE_OFFS) +#define PMR_PCI_MODE_PCIX_66MHZ (0x1 << PMR_PCI_MODE_OFFS) +#define PMR_PCI_MODE_PCIX_100MHZ (0x2 << PMR_PCI_MODE_OFFS) +#define PMR_PCI_MODE_PCIX_133MHZ (0x3 << PMR_PCI_MODE_OFFS) + +#define PMR_EXP_ROM_SUPPORT BIT8 /* Expansion ROM Active */ + +#define PMR_PCI_RESET_OFFS 31 /* PCI Interface Reset Indication */ +#define PMR_PCI_RESET_MASK (0x1 << PMR_PCI_RESET_OFFS) +#define PMR_PCI_RESET_PCIXRST (0x0 << PMR_PCI_RESET_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Retry Register (PRR) */ +#define PRR_RETRY_CNTR_OFFS 16 /* Retry Counter */ +#define PRR_RETRY_CNTR_MAX 0xff +#define PRR_RETRY_CNTR_MASK (PRR_RETRY_CNTR_MAX << PRR_RETRY_CNTR_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Discard Timer Register (PDTR) */ +#define PDTR_TIMER_OFFS 0 /* Timer */ +#define PDTR_TIMER_MAX 0xffff +#define PDTR_TIMER_MIN 0x7F +#define PDTR_TIMER_MASK (PDTR_TIMER_MAX << PDTR_TIMER_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Arbiter Control Register (PACR) */ +#define PACR_BROKEN_DETECT_EN BIT1 /* Broken Detection Enable */ + +#define PACR_BROKEN_VAL_OFFS 3 /* Broken Value */ +#define PACR_BROKEN_VAL_MASK (0xf << PACR_BROKEN_VAL_OFFS) +#define PACR_BROKEN_VAL_CONV_MIN 0x2 +#define PACR_BROKEN_VAL_PCIX_MIN 0x6 + +#define PACR_PARK_DIS_OFFS 14 /* Parking Disable */ +#define PACR_PARK_DIS_MAX_AGENT 0x3f +#define PACR_PARK_DIS_MASK (PACR_PARK_DIS_MAX_AGENT<= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexModeGet: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n",pexIf); + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + pexData = MV_REG_READ(PEX_CTRL_REG(pexIf)); + + switch (pexData & PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_MASK) + { + case PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_CMPLX: + pexMode->pexType = MV_PEX_ROOT_COMPLEX; + break; + case PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_POINT: + pexMode->pexType = MV_PEX_END_POINT; + break; + + } + + /* Check if we have link */ + if (MV_REG_READ(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf)) & PXSR_DL_DOWN) + { + pexMode->pexLinkUp = MV_FALSE; + + /* If there is no link, the auto negotiation data is worthless */ + pexMode->pexWidth = MV_PEX_WITDH_INVALID; + } + else + { + pexMode->pexLinkUp = MV_TRUE; + + /* We have link. The link width is now valid */ + pexData = MV_REG_READ(PEX_CFG_DIRECT_ACCESS(pexIf, PEX_LINK_CTRL_STAT_REG)); + pexMode->pexWidth = ((pexData & PXLCSR_NEG_LNK_WDTH_MASK) >> + PXLCSR_NEG_LNK_WDTH_OFFS); + } + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/* PEX configuration space read write */ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexConfigRead - Read from configuration space +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs a 32 bit read from PEX configuration space. +* It supports both type 0 and type 1 of Configuration Transactions +* (local and over bridge). In order to read from local bus segment, use +* bus number retrieved from mvPexLocalBusNumGet(). Other bus numbers +* will result configuration transaction of type 1 (over bridge). +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* bus - PEX segment bus number. +* dev - PEX device number. +* func - Function number. +* regOffs - Register offset. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* 32bit register data, 0xffffffff on error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPexConfigRead (MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, MV_U32 func, + MV_U32 regOff) +{ +#if defined(PCIE_VIRTUAL_BRIDGE_SUPPORT) + return mvPexVrtBrgConfigRead (pexIf, bus, dev, func, regOff); +} + +MV_U32 mvPexHwConfigRead (MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, MV_U32 func, + MV_U32 regOff) +{ +#endif + MV_U32 pexData = 0; + MV_U32 localDev,localBus; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (PEX_DEFAULT_IF != pexIf) + { + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigRead: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n",pexIf); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + } + + if (dev >= MAX_PEX_DEVICES) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigRead: ERR. device number illigal %d\n", dev)); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + + if (func >= MAX_PEX_FUNCS) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigRead: ERR. function num illigal %d\n", func)); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + + if (bus >= MAX_PEX_BUSSES) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigRead: ERR. bus number illigal %d\n", bus)); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigRead: pexIf %d, bus %d, dev %d, func %d, regOff 0x%x\n", + pexIf, bus, dev, func, regOff)); + + localDev = mvPexLocalDevNumGet(pexIf); + localBus = mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pexIf); + + /* Speed up the process. In case on no link, return MV_ERROR */ + if ((dev != localDev) || (bus != localBus)) + { + pexData = MV_REG_READ(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf)); + + if ((pexData & PXSR_DL_DOWN)) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + /* in PCI Express we have only one device number */ + /* and this number is the first number we encounter + else that the localDev*/ + /* spec pex define return on config read/write on any device */ + if (bus == localBus) + { + if (localDev == 0) + { + /* if local dev is 0 then the first number we encounter + after 0 is 1 */ + if ((dev != 1)&&(dev != localDev)) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* if local dev is not 0 then the first number we encounter + is 0 */ + + if ((dev != 0)&&(dev != localDev)) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + if(func != 0 ) /* i.e bridge */ + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + + /* Creating PEX address to be passed */ + pexData = (bus << PXCAR_BUS_NUM_OFFS); + pexData |= (dev << PXCAR_DEVICE_NUM_OFFS); + pexData |= (func << PXCAR_FUNC_NUM_OFFS); + pexData |= (regOff & PXCAR_REG_NUM_MASK); /* lgacy register space */ + /* extended register space */ + pexData |=(((regOff & PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_MASK) >> + PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS) << PXCAR_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS); + + pexData |= PXCAR_CONFIG_EN; + + /* Write the address to the PEX configuration address register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_CFG_ADDR_REG(pexIf), pexData); + + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigRead:address pexData=%x ",pexData)); + + + /* In order to let the PEX controller absorbed the address of the read */ + /* transaction we perform a validity check that the address was written */ + if(pexData != MV_REG_READ(PEX_CFG_ADDR_REG(pexIf))) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* cleaning Master Abort */ + MV_REG_BIT_SET(PEX_CFG_DIRECT_ACCESS(pexIf,PEX_STATUS_AND_COMMAND), + PXSAC_MABORT); +#if 0 + /* Guideline (GL# PCI Express-1) Erroneous Read Data on Configuration */ + /* This guideline is relevant for all devices except of the following devices: + 88F5281-BO and above, 88F5181L-A0 and above, 88F1281 A0 and above + 88F6183 A0 and above, 88F6183L */ + if ( ( (dev != localDev) || (bus != localBus) ) && + ( + !(MV_5281_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& + !((MV_5181_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& (mvCtrlRevGet() >= MV_5181L_A0_REV))&& + !(MV_1281_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& + !(MV_6183_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& + !(MV_6183L_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& + !(MV_6281_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& + !(MV_6192_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& + !(MV_6190_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& + !(MV_6180_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet())&& + !(MV_78XX0_DEV_ID == mvCtrlModelGet()) + )) + { + + /* PCI-Express configuration read work-around */ + + /* we will use one of the Punit (AHBToMbus) windows to access the xbar + and read the data from there */ + /* + Need to configure the 2 free Punit (AHB to MBus bridge) + address decoding windows: + Configure the flash Window to handle Configuration space requests + for PEX0/1: + 1. write 0x7931/0x7941 to the flash window and the size, + 79-xbar attr (pci cfg), 3/4-xbar target (pex0/1), 1-WinEn + 2. write base to flash window + + Configuration transactions from the CPU should write/read the data + to/from address of the form: + addr[31:28] = 0x5 (for PEX0) or 0x6 (for PEX1) + addr[27:24] = extended register number + addr[23:16] = bus number + addr[15:11] = device number + addr[10:8] = function number + addr[7:0] = register number + */ + + #include "ctrlEnv/sys/mvAhbToMbus.h" + { + MV_U32 winNum; + MV_AHB_TO_MBUS_DEC_WIN originWin; + MV_U32 pciAddr=0; + MV_U32 remapLow=0,remapHigh=0; + + /* + We will use DEV_CS2\Flash window for this workarround + */ + + winNum = mvAhbToMbusWinTargetGet(PEX_CONFIG_RW_WA_TARGET); + + /* save remap values if exist */ + if ((1 == winNum)||(0 == winNum)) + { + remapLow = MV_REG_READ(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_REMAP_LOW_REG(winNum)); + remapHigh = MV_REG_READ(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_REMAP_HIGH_REG(winNum)); + + } + + + /* save the original window values */ + mvAhbToMbusWinGet(winNum,&originWin); + + if (PEX_CONFIG_RW_WA_USE_ORIGINAL_WIN_VALUES) + { + /* set the window as xbar window */ + if (pexIf) + { + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_CTRL_REG(winNum), + (0x7931 | (((originWin.addrWin.size >> 16)-1) ) << 16)); + } + else + { + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_CTRL_REG(winNum), + (0x7941 | (((originWin.addrWin.size >> 16)-1) ) << 16)); + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_BASE_REG(winNum), + originWin.addrWin.baseLow); + + /*pciAddr = originWin.addrWin.baseLow;*/ + pciAddr = (MV_U32)CPU_MEMIO_UNCACHED_ADDR( + (MV_U32)originWin.addrWin.baseLow); + + } + else + { + /* set the window as xbar window */ + if (pexIf) + { + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_CTRL_REG(winNum), + (0x7931 | (((PEX_CONFIG_RW_WA_SIZE >> 16)-1) ) << 16)); + } + else + { + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_CTRL_REG(winNum), + (0x7941 | (((PEX_CONFIG_RW_WA_SIZE >> 16)-1) ) << 16)); + } + + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_BASE_REG(winNum), + PEX_CONFIG_RW_WA_BASE); + + pciAddr = (MV_U32)CPU_MEMIO_UNCACHED_ADDR(PEX_CONFIG_RW_WA_BASE); + } + + + /* remap should be as base */ + if ((1 == winNum)||(0 == winNum)) + { + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_REMAP_LOW_REG(winNum),pciAddr); + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_REMAP_HIGH_REG(winNum),0); + + } + + /* extended register space */ + pciAddr |= (bus << 16); + pciAddr |= (dev << 11); + pciAddr |= (func << 8); + pciAddr |= (regOff & PXCAR_REG_NUM_MASK); /* lgacy register space */ + + pexData = *(MV_U32*)pciAddr; + pexData = MV_32BIT_LE(pexData); /* Data always in LE */ + + /* restore the original window values */ + mvAhbToMbusWinSet(winNum,&originWin); + + /* restore original remap values*/ + if ((1 == winNum)||(0 == winNum)) + { + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_REMAP_LOW_REG(winNum),remapLow); + MV_REG_WRITE(AHB_TO_MBUS_WIN_REMAP_HIGH_REG(winNum),remapHigh); + + } + } + } + else +#endif + { + /* Read the Data returned in the PEX Data register */ + pexData = MV_REG_READ(PEX_CFG_DATA_REG(pexIf)); + + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigRead: got : %x \n",pexData)); + + return pexData; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexConfigWrite - Write to configuration space +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs a 32 bit write to PEX configuration space. +* It supports both type 0 and type 1 of Configuration Transactions +* (local and over bridge). In order to write to local bus segment, use +* bus number retrieved from mvPexLocalBusNumGet(). Other bus numbers +* will result configuration transaction of type 1 (over bridge). +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* bus - PEX segment bus number. +* dev - PEX device number. +* func - Function number. +* regOffs - Register offset. +* data - 32bit data. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPexConfigWrite(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data) +{ +#if defined(PCIE_VIRTUAL_BRIDGE_SUPPORT) + return mvPexVrtBrgConfigWrite (pexIf, bus, dev, func, regOff, data); +} + +MV_STATUS mvPexHwConfigWrite(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data) +{ +#endif + MV_U32 pexData = 0; + MV_U32 localDev,localBus; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (PEX_DEFAULT_IF != pexIf) + { + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigWrite: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", + pexIf); + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + if (dev >= MAX_PEX_DEVICES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigWrite: ERR. device number illigal %d\n",dev); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if (func >= MAX_PEX_FUNCS) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigWrite: ERR. function number illigal %d\n", func); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + if (bus >= MAX_PEX_BUSSES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigWrite: ERR. bus number illigal %d\n", bus); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + + + localDev = mvPexLocalDevNumGet(pexIf); + localBus = mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pexIf); + + + /* in PCI Express we have only one device number other than ourselves*/ + /* and this number is the first number we encounter + else than the localDev that can be any valid dev number*/ + /* pex spec define return on config read/write on any device */ + if (bus == localBus) + { + + if (localDev == 0) + { + /* if local dev is 0 then the first number we encounter + after 0 is 1 */ + if ((dev != 1)&&(dev != localDev)) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + + } + else + { + /* if local dev is not 0 then the first number we encounter + is 0 */ + + if ((dev != 0)&&(dev != localDev)) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + } + + + } + + /* if we are not accessing ourselves , then check the link */ + if ((dev != localDev) || (bus != localBus) ) + { + /* workarround */ + /* when no link return MV_ERROR */ + + pexData = MV_REG_READ(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf)); + + if ((pexData & PXSR_DL_DOWN)) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + + } + + pexData =0; + + /* Creating PEX address to be passed */ + pexData |= (bus << PXCAR_BUS_NUM_OFFS); + pexData |= (dev << PXCAR_DEVICE_NUM_OFFS); + pexData |= (func << PXCAR_FUNC_NUM_OFFS); + pexData |= (regOff & PXCAR_REG_NUM_MASK); /* lgacy register space */ + /* extended register space */ + pexData |=(((regOff & PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_MASK) >> + PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS) << PXCAR_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS); + pexData |= PXCAR_CONFIG_EN; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("mvPexConfigWrite: If=%x bus=%x func=%x dev=%x regOff=%x data=%x \n", + pexIf,bus,func,dev,regOff,data,pexData) ); + + /* Write the address to the PEX configuration address register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_CFG_ADDR_REG(pexIf), pexData); + + /* Clear CPU pipe. Important where CPU can perform OOO execution */ + CPU_PIPE_FLUSH; + + /* In order to let the PEX controller absorbed the address of the read */ + /* transaction we perform a validity check that the address was written */ + if(pexData != MV_REG_READ(PEX_CFG_ADDR_REG(pexIf))) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + + /* Write the Data passed to the PEX Data register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_CFG_DATA_REG(pexIf), data); + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexMasterEnable - Enable/disale PEX interface master transactions. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs read modified write to PEX command status +* (offset 0x4) to set/reset bit 2. After this bit is set, the PEX +* master is allowed to gain ownership on the bus, otherwise it is +* incapable to do so. +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* enable - Enable/disable parameter. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPexMasterEnable(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_BOOL enable) +{ + MV_U32 pexCommandStatus; + MV_U32 localBus; + MV_U32 localDev; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexMasterEnable: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", pexIf); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + localBus = mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pexIf); + localDev = mvPexLocalDevNumGet(pexIf); + + pexCommandStatus = MV_REG_READ(PEX_CFG_DIRECT_ACCESS(pexIf, + PEX_STATUS_AND_COMMAND)); + + + if (MV_TRUE == enable) + { + pexCommandStatus |= PXSAC_MASTER_EN; + } + else + { + pexCommandStatus &= ~PXSAC_MASTER_EN; + } + + + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_CFG_DIRECT_ACCESS(pexIf,PEX_STATUS_AND_COMMAND), + pexCommandStatus); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexSlaveEnable - Enable/disale PEX interface slave transactions. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function performs read modified write to PEX command status +* (offset 0x4) to set/reset bit 0 and 1. After those bits are set, +* the PEX slave is allowed to respond to PEX IO space access (bit 0) +* and PEX memory space access (bit 1). +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* dev - PEX device number. +* enable - Enable/disable parameter. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_BAD_PARAM for bad parameters ,MV_ERROR on error ! otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPexSlaveEnable(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus,MV_U32 dev, MV_BOOL enable) +{ + MV_U32 pexCommandStatus; + MV_U32 RegOffs; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexSlaveEnable: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", pexIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (dev >= MAX_PEX_DEVICES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexLocalDevNumSet: ERR. device number illigal %d\n", dev); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + } + + + RegOffs = PEX_STATUS_AND_COMMAND; + + pexCommandStatus = mvPexConfigRead(pexIf, bus, dev, 0, RegOffs); + + if (MV_TRUE == enable) + { + pexCommandStatus |= (PXSAC_IO_EN | PXSAC_MEM_EN); + } + else + { + pexCommandStatus &= ~(PXSAC_IO_EN | PXSAC_MEM_EN); + } + + mvPexConfigWrite(pexIf, bus, dev, 0, RegOffs, pexCommandStatus); + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexLocalBusNumSet - Set PEX interface local bus number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function sets given PEX interface its local bus number. +* Note: In case the PEX interface is PEX-X, the information is read-only. +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* busNum - Bus number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NOT_ALLOWED in case PEX interface is PEX-X. +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , +* otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPexLocalBusNumSet(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 busNum) +{ + MV_U32 pexStatus; + MV_U32 localBus; + MV_U32 localDev; + + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexLocalBusNumSet: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n",pexIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (busNum >= MAX_PEX_BUSSES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexLocalBusNumSet: ERR. bus number illigal %d\n", busNum); + return MV_ERROR; + + } + + localBus = mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pexIf); + localDev = mvPexLocalDevNumGet(pexIf); + + + + pexStatus = MV_REG_READ(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf)); + + pexStatus &= ~PXSR_PEX_BUS_NUM_MASK; + + pexStatus |= (busNum << PXSR_PEX_BUS_NUM_OFFS) & PXSR_PEX_BUS_NUM_MASK; + + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf), pexStatus); + + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexLocalBusNumGet - Get PEX interface local bus number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function gets the local bus number of a given PEX interface. +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Local bus number.0xffffffff on Error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPexLocalBusNumGet(MV_U32 pexIf) +{ + MV_U32 pexStatus; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (PEX_DEFAULT_IF != pexIf) + { + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexLocalBusNumGet: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n",pexIf); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + } + + + pexStatus = MV_REG_READ(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf)); + + pexStatus &= PXSR_PEX_BUS_NUM_MASK; + + return (pexStatus >> PXSR_PEX_BUS_NUM_OFFS); + +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexLocalDevNumSet - Set PEX interface local device number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function sets given PEX interface its local device number. +* Note: In case the PEX interface is PEX-X, the information is read-only. +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* devNum - Device number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_NOT_ALLOWED in case PEX interface is PEX-X. +* MV_BAD_PARAM on bad parameters , +* otherwise MV_OK +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPexLocalDevNumSet(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 devNum) +{ + MV_U32 pexStatus; + MV_U32 localBus; + MV_U32 localDev; + + /* Parameter checking */ + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexLocalDevNumSet: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n",pexIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + if (devNum >= MAX_PEX_DEVICES) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexLocalDevNumSet: ERR. device number illigal %d\n", + devNum); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + } + + localBus = mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pexIf); + localDev = mvPexLocalDevNumGet(pexIf); + + + pexStatus = MV_REG_READ(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf)); + + pexStatus &= ~PXSR_PEX_DEV_NUM_MASK; + + pexStatus |= (devNum << PXSR_PEX_DEV_NUM_OFFS) & PXSR_PEX_DEV_NUM_MASK; + + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf), pexStatus); + + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexLocalDevNumGet - Get PEX interface local device number. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function gets the local device number of a given PEX interface. +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Local device number. 0xffffffff on Error +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPexLocalDevNumGet(MV_U32 pexIf) +{ + MV_U32 pexStatus; + + /* Parameter checking */ + + if (PEX_DEFAULT_IF != pexIf) + { + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexLocalDevNumGet: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", + pexIf); + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + } + } + + pexStatus = MV_REG_READ(PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf)); + + pexStatus &= PXSR_PEX_DEV_NUM_MASK; + + return (pexStatus >> PXSR_PEX_DEV_NUM_OFFS); +} + +MV_VOID mvPexPhyRegRead(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 regOffset, MV_U16 *value) +{ + + MV_U32 regAddr; + if (pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexPhyRegRead: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", pexIf); + return; + } + regAddr = (BIT31 | ((regOffset & 0x3fff) << 16)); + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_PHY_ACCESS_REG(pexIf), regAddr); + *value = MV_REG_READ(PEX_PHY_ACCESS_REG(pexIf)); +} + + +MV_VOID mvPexPhyRegWrite(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 regOffset, MV_U16 value) +{ + + MV_U32 regAddr; + if(pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexPhyRegWrite: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", pexIf); + return; + } + regAddr = (((regOffset & 0x3fff) << 16) | value); + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_PHY_ACCESS_REG(pexIf), regAddr); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexActiveStateLinkPMEnable +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Enable Active Link State Power Management +* +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* enable - MV_TRUE to enable ASPM, MV_FALSE to disable. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK on success , MV_ERROR otherwise +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPexActiveStateLinkPMEnable(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_BOOL enable) +{ + MV_U32 reg; + + if(pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexActiveStateLinkPMEnable: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", pexIf); + return MV_ERROR; + } + + reg = MV_REG_READ(PEX_PWR_MNG_EXT_REG(pexIf)) & ~PXPMER_L1_ASPM_EN_MASK; + if(enable == MV_TRUE) + reg |= PXPMER_L1_ASPM_EN_MASK; + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_PWR_MNG_EXT_REG(pexIf), reg); + + /* Enable / Disable L0/1 entry */ + reg = MV_REG_READ(PEX_CFG_DIRECT_ACCESS(pexIf, PEX_LINK_CTRL_STAT_REG)) + & ~PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_MASK; + if(enable == MV_TRUE) + reg |= PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_L0S_L1S_ENT_SUPP; + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_CFG_DIRECT_ACCESS(pexIf, PEX_LINK_CTRL_STAT_REG), reg); + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvPexForceX1 +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* shut down lanes 1-3 if recognize that attached to an x1 end-point +* INPUT: +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK on success , MV_ERROR otherwise +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvPexForceX1(MV_U32 pexIf) +{ + MV_U32 regData = 0; + if(pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexForceX1: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", pexIf); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + regData = MV_REG_READ(PEX_CTRL_REG(pexIf)) & ~(PXCR_CONF_LINK_MASK) ; + regData |= PXCR_CONF_LINK_X1; + + MV_REG_WRITE(PEX_CTRL_REG(pexIf), regData); + return MV_OK; +} + +MV_BOOL mvPexIsPowerUp(MV_U32 pexIf) +{ + if(pexIf >= mvCtrlPexMaxIfGet()) + { + mvOsPrintf("mvPexIsPowerUp: ERR. Invalid PEX interface %d\n", pexIf); + return MV_FALSE; + } + return mvCtrlPwrClckGet(PEX_UNIT_ID, pexIf); +} + + +MV_VOID mvPexPowerDown(MV_U32 pexIf) +{ + if ( (mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_78XX0_DEV_ID) || + (mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_76100_DEV_ID) || + (mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_78100_DEV_ID) || + (mvCtrlModelGet() == MV_78200_DEV_ID) ) + { + mvCtrlPwrClckSet(PEX_UNIT_ID, pexIf, MV_FALSE); + } + else + { + MV_REG_WRITE((0x41B00 -(pexIf)*0x10000), 0x20800087); + } +} + + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPex.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8f1cdd9f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPex.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCPEXH +#define __INCPEXH + +#include "mvCommon.h" +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "pex/mvPexRegs.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvSpec.h" + + + +/* NOTE not supported in this driver:*/ + + +/* defines */ +/* The number of supported PEX interfaces depend on Marvell controller */ +/* device number. This device number ID is located on the PEX unit */ +/* configuration header. This creates a loop where calling PEX */ +/* configuration read/write routine results a call to get PEX configuration */ +/* information etc. This macro defines a default PEX interface. This PEX */ +/* interface is sure to exist. */ +#define PEX_DEFAULT_IF 0 + + +/* typedefs */ +/* The Marvell controller supports both root complex and end point devices */ +/* This enumeration describes the PEX type. */ +typedef enum _mvPexType +{ + MV_PEX_ROOT_COMPLEX, /* root complex device */ + MV_PEX_END_POINT /* end point device */ +}MV_PEX_TYPE; + +typedef enum _mvPexWidth +{ + MV_PEX_WITDH_X1 = 1, + MV_PEX_WITDH_X2, + MV_PEX_WITDH_X3, + MV_PEX_WITDH_X4, + MV_PEX_WITDH_INVALID +}MV_PEX_WIDTH; + +/* PEX Bar attributes */ +typedef struct _mvPexMode +{ + MV_PEX_TYPE pexType; + MV_PEX_WIDTH pexWidth; + MV_BOOL pexLinkUp; +}MV_PEX_MODE; + + + +/* Global Functions prototypes */ +/* mvPexInit - Initialize PEX interfaces*/ +MV_STATUS mvPexHalInit(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_PEX_TYPE pexType); + +/* mvPexModeGet - Get Pex If mode */ +MV_U32 mvPexModeGet(MV_U32 pexIf,MV_PEX_MODE *pexMode); + +/* mvPexConfigRead - Read from configuration space */ +MV_U32 mvPexConfigRead (MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func,MV_U32 regOff); + +/* mvPexConfigWrite - Write to configuration space */ +MV_STATUS mvPexConfigWrite(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data); + +/* mvPexMasterEnable - Enable/disale PEX interface master transactions.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPexMasterEnable(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_BOOL enable); + +/* mvPexSlaveEnable - Enable/disale PEX interface slave transactions.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPexSlaveEnable(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus,MV_U32 dev, MV_BOOL enable); + +/* mvPexLocalBusNumSet - Set PEX interface local bus number.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPexLocalBusNumSet(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 busNum); + +/* mvPexLocalBusNumGet - Get PEX interface local bus number.*/ +MV_U32 mvPexLocalBusNumGet(MV_U32 pexIf); + +/* mvPexLocalDevNumSet - Set PEX interface local device number.*/ +MV_STATUS mvPexLocalDevNumSet(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 devNum); + +/* mvPexLocalDevNumGet - Get PEX interface local device number.*/ +MV_U32 mvPexLocalDevNumGet(MV_U32 pexIf); +/* mvPexForceX1 - Force PEX interface to X1 mode. */ +MV_U32 mvPexForceX1(MV_U32 pexIf); + +/* mvPexIsPowerUp - Is PEX interface Power up? */ +MV_BOOL mvPexIsPowerUp(MV_U32 pexIf); + +/* mvPexPowerDown - Power Down */ +MV_VOID mvPexPowerDown(MV_U32 pexIf); + +/* mvPexPowerUp - Power Up */ +MV_VOID mvPexPowerUp(MV_U32 pexIf); + +/* mvPexPhyRegRead - Pex phy read */ +MV_VOID mvPexPhyRegRead(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 regOffset, MV_U16 *value); + +/* mvPexPhyRegWrite - Pex phy write */ +MV_VOID mvPexPhyRegWrite(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 regOffset, MV_U16 value); + +MV_STATUS mvPexActiveStateLinkPMEnable(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_BOOL enable); + +#endif /* #ifndef __INCPEXH */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPexRegs.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPexRegs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ac1698364 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvPexRegs.h @@ -0,0 +1,751 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCPEXREGSH +#define __INCPEXREGSH + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* defines */ +#define MAX_PEX_DEVICES 32 +#define MAX_PEX_FUNCS 8 +#define MAX_PEX_BUSSES 256 + + + +/*********************************************************/ +/* PCI Express Configuration Cycles Generation Registers */ +/*********************************************************/ + +#define PEX_CFG_ADDR_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x18F8) +#define PEX_CFG_DATA_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x18FC) +#define PEX_PHY_ACCESS_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1B00) +/* PCI Express Configuration Address Register */ +/* PEX_CFG_ADDR_REG (PXCAR)*/ + +#define PXCAR_REG_NUM_OFFS 2 +#define PXCAR_REG_NUM_MAX 0x3F +#define PXCAR_REG_NUM_MASK (PXCAR_REG_NUM_MAX << PXCAR_REG_NUM_OFFS) +#define PXCAR_FUNC_NUM_OFFS 8 +#define PXCAR_FUNC_NUM_MAX 0x7 +#define PXCAR_FUNC_NUM_MASK (PXCAR_FUNC_NUM_MAX << PXCAR_FUNC_NUM_OFFS) +#define PXCAR_DEVICE_NUM_OFFS 11 +#define PXCAR_DEVICE_NUM_MAX 0x1F +#define PXCAR_DEVICE_NUM_MASK (PXCAR_DEVICE_NUM_MAX << PXCAR_DEVICE_NUM_OFFS) +#define PXCAR_BUS_NUM_OFFS 16 +#define PXCAR_BUS_NUM_MAX 0xFF +#define PXCAR_BUS_NUM_MASK (PXCAR_BUS_NUM_MAX << PXCAR_BUS_NUM_OFFS) +#define PXCAR_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS 24 +#define PXCAR_EXT_REG_NUM_MAX 0xF + +/* in pci express register address is now the legacy register address (8 bits) +with the new extended register address (more 4 bits) , below is the mask of +the upper 4 bits of the full register address */ + +#define PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS 8 +#define PXCAR_EXT_REG_NUM_MASK (PXCAR_EXT_REG_NUM_MAX << PXCAR_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS) +#define PXCAR_CONFIG_EN BIT31 + +#define PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS 8 +#define PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_MASK (0xF << PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS) + +/* The traditional PCI spec defined 6-bit field to describe register offset.*/ +/* The new PCI Express extend the register offset by an extra 4-bits. */ +/* The below macro assign 10-bit register offset into the apprpreate */ +/* fields in the CFG_ADDR_REG */ +#define PXCAR_REG_OFFS_SET(regOffs) \ + ( (regOff & PXCAR_REG_NUM_MASK) | \ + ( ((regOff & PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_MASK) >> PXCAR_REAL_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS) << PXCAR_EXT_REG_NUM_OFFS) ) + +/***********************************/ +/* PCI Express Interrupt registers */ +/***********************************/ +#define PEX_CAUSE_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1900) +#define PEX_MASK_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1910) + +#define PXICR_TX_REQ_IN_DLDOWN_ERR BIT0 /* Transmit request while field */ + /* of the PCI Express */ +/* PCI Express Interrupt Cause */ +/* PEX_INT_CAUSE_REG (PXICR)*/ +/* PEX_INT_MASK_REG*/ +/* +NOTE:All bits except bits[27:24] are Read/Write Clear only. A cause bit sets +upon an error event occurrence. A write of 0 clears the bit. A write of 1 has +no affect. Bits[24:27} are set and cleared upon reception of interrupt +emulation messages. + +Mask bit per cause bit. If a bit is set to 1, the corresponding event is +enabled. Mask does not affect setting of the Interrupt Cause register bits; +it only affects the assertion of the interrupt .*/ + + +#define PXICR_MDIS_CAUSE BIT1 /* Attempt to generate PCI transaction + while master is disabled */ +#define PXICR_ERR_WRTO_REG_CAUSE BIT3 /* Erroneous write attempt to + PCI Express internal register*/ +#define PXICR_HIT_DFLT_WIN_ERR BIT4 /* Hit Default Window Error */ +#define PXICR_RX_RAM_PAR_ERR BIT6 /* Rx RAM Parity Error */ +#define PXICR_TX_RAM_PAR_ERR BIT7 /* Tx RAM Parity Error */ +#define PXICR_COR_ERR_DET BIT8 /* Correctable Error Detected*/ +#define PXICR_NF_ERR_DET BIT9 /* Non-Fatal Error Detected*/ +#define PXICR_FERR_DET BIT10 /* Fatal Error Detected*/ +#define PXICR_DSTATE_CHANGE BIT11 /* Dstate Change Indication*/ +#define PXICR_BIST BIT12 /* PCI-Express BIST activated*/ +#define PXICR_FLW_CTRL_PROT BIT14 /* Flow Control Protocol Error */ + +#define PXICR_RCV_UR_CA_ERR BIT15 /* Received UR or CA status. */ +#define PXICR_RCV_ERR_FATAL BIT16 /* Received ERR_FATAL message.*/ +#define PXICR_RCV_ERR_NON_FATAL BIT17 /* Received ERR_NONFATAL message*/ +#define PXICR_RCV_ERR_COR BIT18 /* Received ERR_COR message.*/ +#define PXICR_RCV_CRS BIT19 /* Received CRS completion status*/ +#define PXICR_SLV_HOT_RESET BIT20 /* Received Hot Reset Indication*/ +#define PXICR_SLV_DIS_LINK BIT21 /* Slave Disable Link Indication*/ +#define PXICR_SLV_LB BIT22 /* Slave Loopback Indication*/ +#define PXICR_LINK_FAIL BIT23 /* Link Failure indication.*/ +#define PXICR_RCV_INTA BIT24 /* IntA status.*/ +#define PXICR_RCV_INTB BIT25 /* IntB status.*/ +#define PXICR_RCV_INTC BIT26 /* IntC status.*/ +#define PXICR_RCV_INTD BIT27 /* IntD status.*/ +#define PXICR_RCV_PM_PME BIT28 /* Received PM_PME message. */ + + +/********************************************/ +/* PCI Express Control and Status Registers */ +/********************************************/ +#define PEX_CTRL_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1A00) +#define PEX_STATUS_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1A04) +#define PEX_COMPLT_TMEOUT_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1A10) +#define PEX_PWR_MNG_EXT_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1A18) +#define PEX_FLOW_CTRL_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1A20) +#define PEX_ACK_TMR_4X_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1A30) +#define PEX_ACK_TMR_1X_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1A40) +#define PEX_TL_CTRL_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1AB0) + + +#define PEX_RAM_PARITY_CTRL_REG(pexIf) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + 0x1A50) +/* PCI Express Control Register */ +/* PEX_CTRL_REG (PXCR) */ + +#define PXCR_CONF_LINK_OFFS 0 +#define PXCR_CONF_LINK_MASK (1 << PXCR_CONF_LINK_OFFS) +#define PXCR_CONF_LINK_X4 (0 << PXCR_CONF_LINK_OFFS) +#define PXCR_CONF_LINK_X1 (1 << PXCR_CONF_LINK_OFFS) +#define PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_OFFS 1 /*PCI ExpressDevice Type Control*/ +#define PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_MASK BIT1 +#define PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_CMPLX (1 << PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_OFFS) +#define PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_POINT (0 << PXCR_DEV_TYPE_CTRL_OFFS) +#define PXCR_CFG_MAP_TO_MEM_EN BIT2 /* Configuration Header Mapping + to Memory Space Enable */ + +#define PXCR_CFG_MAP_TO_MEM_EN BIT2 /* Configuration Header Mapping + to Memory Space Enable*/ + +#define PXCR_RSRV1_OFFS 5 +#define PXCR_RSRV1_MASK (0x7 << PXCR_RSRV1_OFFS) +#define PXCR_RSRV1_VAL (0x0 << PXCR_RSRV1_OFFS) + +#define PXCR_CONF_MAX_OUTSTND_OFFS 8 /*Maximum outstanding NP requests as a master*/ +#define PXCR_CONF_MAX_OUTSTND_MASK (0x3 << PXCR_CONF_MAX_OUTSTND_OFFS) + + +#define PXCR_CONF_NFTS_OFFS 16 /*number of FTS Ordered-Sets*/ +#define PXCR_CONF_NFTS_MASK (0xff << PXCR_CONF_NFTS_OFFS) + +#define PXCR_CONF_MSTR_HOT_RESET BIT24 /*Master Hot-Reset.*/ +#define PXCR_CONF_MSTR_LB BIT26 /* Master Loopback */ +#define PXCR_CONF_MSTR_DIS_SCRMB BIT27 /* Master Disable Scrambling*/ +#define PXCR_CONF_DIRECT_DIS_SCRMB BIT28 /* Direct Disable Scrambling*/ + +/* PCI Express Status Register */ +/* PEX_STATUS_REG (PXSR) */ + +#define PXSR_DL_DOWN BIT0 /* DL_Down indication.*/ + +#define PXSR_PEX_BUS_NUM_OFFS 8 /* Bus Number Indication */ +#define PXSR_PEX_BUS_NUM_MASK (0xff << PXSR_PEX_BUS_NUM_OFFS) + +#define PXSR_PEX_DEV_NUM_OFFS 16 /* Device Number Indication */ +#define PXSR_PEX_DEV_NUM_MASK (0x1f << PXSR_PEX_DEV_NUM_OFFS) + +#define PXSR_PEX_SLV_HOT_RESET BIT24 /* Slave Hot Reset Indication*/ +#define PXSR_PEX_SLV_DIS_LINK BIT25 /* Slave Disable Link Indication*/ +#define PXSR_PEX_SLV_LB BIT26 /* Slave Loopback Indication*/ +#define PXSR_PEX_SLV_DIS_SCRMB BIT27 /* Slave Disable Scrambling Indication*/ + + +/* PCI Express Completion Timeout Register */ +/* PEX_COMPLT_TMEOUT_REG (PXCTR)*/ + +#define PXCTR_CMP_TO_THRSHLD_OFFS 0 /* Completion Timeout Threshold */ +#define PXCTR_CMP_TO_THRSHLD_MASK (0xffff << PXCTR_CMP_TO_THRSHLD_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Power Management Extended Register */ +/* PEX_PWR_MNG_EXT_REG (PXPMER) */ + +#define PXPMER_L1_ASPM_EN_OFFS 1 +#define PXPMER_L1_ASPM_EN_MASK (0x1 << PXPMER_L1_ASPM_EN_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Flow Control Register */ +/* PEX_FLOW_CTRL_REG (PXFCR)*/ + +#define PXFCR_PH_INIT_FC_OFFS 0 /*Posted Headers Flow Control Credit + Initial Value.*/ +#define PXFCR_PH_INIT_FC_MASK (0xff << PXFCR_PH_INIT_FC_OFFS) + + +#define PXFCR_NPH_INIT_FC_OFFS 8 /* Classified Non-Posted Headers + Flow Control Credit Initial Value*/ +#define PXFCR_NPH_INIT_FC_MASK (0xff << PXFCR_NPH_INIT_FC_OFFS) + +#define PXFCR_CH_INIT_FC_OFFS 16 /* Completion Headers Flow Control + Credit Initial Value Infinite*/ + +#define PXFCR_CH_INIT_FC_MASK (0xff << PXFCR_CH_INIT_FC_OFFS) + +#define PXFCR_FC_UPDATE_TO_OFFS 24 /* Flow Control Update Timeout */ +#define PXFCR_FC_UPDATE_TO_MASK (0xff << PXFCR_FC_UPDATE_TO_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Acknowledge Timers (4X) Register */ +/* PEX_ACK_TMR_4X_REG (PXAT4R) */ +#define PXAT1R_ACK_LAT_TOX4_OFFS 0 /* Ack Latency Timer Timeout Value */ +#define PXAT1R_ACK_LAT_TOX4_MASK (0xffff << PXAT4R_ACK_LAT_TOX1_OFFS) +#define PXAT1R_ACK_RPLY_TOX4_OFFS 16 /* Ack Replay Timer Timeout Value */ +#define PXAT1R_ACK_RPLY_TOX4_MASK (0xffff << PXAT1R_ACK_RPLY_TOX1_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Acknowledge Timers (1X) Register */ +/* PEX_ACK_TMR_1X_REG (PXAT1R) */ + +#define PXAT1R_ACK_LAT_TOX1_OFFS 0 /* Acknowledge Latency Timer Timeout + Value for 1X Link*/ +#define PXAT1R_ACK_LAT_TOX1_MASK (0xffff << PXAT1R_ACK_LAT_TOX1_OFFS) + +#define PXAT1R_ACK_RPLY_TOX1_OFFS 16 /* Acknowledge Replay Timer Timeout + Value for 1X*/ +#define PXAT1R_ACK_RPLY_TOX1_MASK (0xffff << PXAT1R_ACK_RPLY_TOX1_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express TL Control Register */ +/* PEX_TL_CTRL_REG (PXTCR) */ + +#define PXTCR_TX_CMP_BUFF_NO_OFFS 8 /*Number of completion buffers in Tx*/ +#define PXTCR_TX_CMP_BUFF_NO_MASK (0xf << PXTCR_TX_CMP_BUFF_NO_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Debug MAC Control Register */ +/* PEX_DEBUG_MAC_CTRL_REG (PXDMCR) */ + +#define PXDMCR_LINKUP BIT4 + + + +/**********************************************/ +/* PCI Express Configuration Header Registers */ +/**********************************************/ +#define PEX_CFG_DIRECT_ACCESS(pexIf,cfgReg) ((PEX_IF_BASE(pexIf)) + (cfgReg)) + +#define PEX_DEVICE_AND_VENDOR_ID 0x000 +#define PEX_STATUS_AND_COMMAND 0x004 +#define PEX_CLASS_CODE_AND_REVISION_ID 0x008 +#define PEX_BIST_HDR_TYPE_LAT_TMR_CACHE_LINE 0x00C +#define PEX_MEMORY_BAR_BASE_ADDR(barNum) (0x010 + ((barNum) << 2)) +#define PEX_MV_BAR_BASE(barNum) (0x010 + (barNum) * 8) +#define PEX_MV_BAR_BASE_HIGH(barNum) (0x014 + (barNum) * 8) +#define PEX_BAR0_INTER_REG 0x010 +#define PEX_BAR0_INTER_REG_HIGH 0x014 +#define PEX_BAR1_REG 0x018 +#define PEX_BAR1_REG_HIGH 0x01C +#define PEX_BAR2_REG 0x020 +#define PEX_BAR2_REG_HIGH 0x024 + +#define PEX_SUBSYS_ID_AND_SUBSYS_VENDOR_ID 0x02C +#define PEX_EXPANSION_ROM_BASE_ADDR_REG 0x030 +#define PEX_CAPABILTY_LIST_POINTER 0x034 +#define PEX_INTERRUPT_PIN_AND_LINE 0x03C + +/* capability list */ +#define PEX_POWER_MNG_CAPABILITY 0x040 +#define PEX_POWER_MNG_STATUS_CONTROL 0x044 + +#define PEX_MSI_MESSAGE_CONTROL 0x050 +#define PEX_MSI_MESSAGE_ADDR 0x054 +#define PEX_MSI_MESSAGE_HIGH_ADDR 0x058 +#define PEX_MSI_MESSAGE_DATA 0x05C + +#define PEX_CAPABILITY_REG 0x60 +#define PEX_DEV_CAPABILITY_REG 0x64 +#define PEX_DEV_CTRL_STAT_REG 0x68 +#define PEX_LINK_CAPABILITY_REG 0x6C +#define PEX_LINK_CTRL_STAT_REG 0x70 + +#define PEX_ADV_ERR_RPRT_HDR_TRGT_REG 0x100 +#define PEX_UNCORRECT_ERR_STAT_REG 0x104 +#define PEX_UNCORRECT_ERR_MASK_REG 0x108 +#define PEX_UNCORRECT_ERR_SERVITY_REG 0x10C +#define PEX_CORRECT_ERR_STAT_REG 0x110 +#define PEX_CORRECT_ERR_MASK_REG 0x114 +#define PEX_ADV_ERR_CAPABILITY_CTRL_REG 0x118 +#define PEX_HDR_LOG_FIRST_DWORD_REG 0x11C +#define PEX_HDR_LOG_SECOND_DWORD_REG 0x120 +#define PEX_HDR_LOG_THIRD_DWORD_REG 0x124 +#define PEX_HDR_LOG_FOURTH_DWORD_REG 0x128 + + + +/* PCI Express Device and Vendor ID Register*/ +/*PEX_DEVICE_AND_VENDOR_ID (PXDAVI)*/ + +#define PXDAVI_VEN_ID_OFFS 0 /* Vendor ID */ +#define PXDAVI_VEN_ID_MASK (0xffff << PXDAVI_VEN_ID_OFFS) + +#define PXDAVI_DEV_ID_OFFS 16 /* Device ID */ +#define PXDAVI_DEV_ID_MASK (0xffff << PXDAVI_DEV_ID_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express Command and Status Register*/ +/*PEX_STATUS_AND_COMMAND (PXSAC)*/ + +#define PXSAC_IO_EN BIT0 /* IO Enable */ +#define PXSAC_MEM_EN BIT1 /* Memory Enable */ +#define PXSAC_MASTER_EN BIT2 /* Master Enable */ +#define PXSAC_PERR_EN BIT6 /* Parity Errors Respond Enable */ +#define PXSAC_SERR_EN BIT8 /* Ability to assert SERR# line */ +#define PXSAC_INT_DIS BIT10 /* Interrupt Disable */ +#define PXSAC_INT_STAT BIT19 /* Interrupt Status */ +#define PXSAC_CAP_LIST BIT20 /* Capability List Support */ +#define PXSAC_MAS_DATA_PERR BIT24 /* Master Data Parity Error */ +#define PXSAC_SLAVE_TABORT BIT27 /* Signalled Target Abort */ +#define PXSAC_RT_ABORT BIT28 /* Recieved Target Abort */ +#define PXSAC_MABORT BIT29 /* Recieved Master Abort */ +#define PXSAC_SYSERR BIT30 /* Signalled system error */ +#define PXSAC_DET_PARERR BIT31 /* Detect Parity Error */ + + +/* PCI Express Class Code and Revision ID Register*/ +/*PEX_CLASS_CODE_AND_REVISION_ID (PXCCARI)*/ + +#define PXCCARI_REVID_OFFS 0 /* Revision ID */ +#define PXCCARI_REVID_MASK (0xff << PXCCARI_REVID_OFFS) + +#define PXCCARI_FULL_CLASS_OFFS 8 /* Full Class Code */ +#define PXCCARI_FULL_CLASS_MASK (0xffffff << PXCCARI_FULL_CLASS_OFFS) + +#define PXCCARI_PROGIF_OFFS 8 /* Prog .I/F*/ +#define PXCCARI_PROGIF_MASK (0xff << PXCCARI_PROGIF_OFFS) + +#define PXCCARI_SUB_CLASS_OFFS 16 /* Sub Class*/ +#define PXCCARI_SUB_CLASS_MASK (0xff << PXCCARI_SUB_CLASS_OFFS) + +#define PXCCARI_BASE_CLASS_OFFS 24 /* Base Class*/ +#define PXCCARI_BASE_CLASS_MASK (0xff << PXCCARI_BASE_CLASS_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express BIST, Header Type and Cache Line Size Register*/ +/*PEX_BIST_HDR_TYPE_LAT_TMR_CACHE_LINE (PXBHTLTCL)*/ + +#define PXBHTLTCL_CACHELINE_OFFS 0 /* Specifies the cache line size */ +#define PXBHTLTCL_CACHELINE_MASK (0xff << PXBHTLTCL_CACHELINE_OFFS) + +#define PXBHTLTCL_HEADTYPE_FULL_OFFS 16 /* Full Header Type */ +#define PXBHTLTCL_HEADTYPE_FULL_MASK (0xff << PXBHTLTCL_HEADTYPE_FULL_OFFS) + +#define PXBHTLTCL_MULTI_FUNC BIT23 /* Multi/Single function */ + +#define PXBHTLTCL_HEADER_OFFS 16 /* Header type */ +#define PXBHTLTCL_HEADER_MASK (0x7f << PXBHTLTCL_HEADER_OFFS) +#define PXBHTLTCL_HEADER_STANDARD (0x0 << PXBHTLTCL_HEADER_OFFS) +#define PXBHTLTCL_HEADER_PCI2PCI_BRIDGE (0x1 << PXBHTLTCL_HEADER_OFFS) + + +#define PXBHTLTCL_BISTCOMP_OFFS 24 /* BIST Completion Code */ +#define PXBHTLTCL_BISTCOMP_MASK (0xf << PXBHTLTCL_BISTCOMP_OFFS) + +#define PXBHTLTCL_BISTACT BIT30 /* BIST Activate bit */ +#define PXBHTLTCL_BISTCAP BIT31 /* BIST Capable Bit */ +#define PXBHTLTCL_BISTCAP_OFFS 31 +#define PXBHTLTCL_BISTCAP_MASK BIT31 +#define PXBHTLTCL_BISTCAP_VAL 0 + + +/* PCI Express Subsystem Device and Vendor ID */ +/*PEX_SUBSYS_ID_AND_SUBSYS_VENDOR_ID (PXSIASVI)*/ + +#define PXSIASVI_VENID_OFFS 0 /* Subsystem Manufacturer Vendor ID Number */ +#define PXSIASVI_VENID_MASK (0xffff << PXSIASVI_VENID_OFFS) + +#define PXSIASVI_DEVID_OFFS 16 /* Subsystem Device ID Number */ +#define PXSIASVI_DEVID_MASK (0xffff << PXSIASVI_DEVID_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express Capability List Pointer Register*/ +/*PEX_CAPABILTY_LIST_POINTER (PXCLP)*/ + +#define PXCLP_CAPPTR_OFFS 0 /* Capability List Pointer */ +#define PXCLP_CAPPTR_MASK (0xff << PXCLP_CAPPTR_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Interrupt Pin and Line Register */ +/*PEX_INTERRUPT_PIN_AND_LINE (PXIPAL)*/ + +#define PXIPAL_INTLINE_OFFS 0 /* Interrupt line (IRQ) */ +#define PXIPAL_INTLINE_MASK (0xff << PXIPAL_INTLINE_OFFS) + +#define PXIPAL_INTPIN_OFFS 8 /* interrupt pin (A,B,C,D) */ +#define PXIPAL_INTPIN_MASK (0xff << PXIPAL_INTPIN_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express Power Management Capability Header Register*/ +/*PEX_POWER_MNG_CAPABILITY (PXPMC)*/ + +#define PXPMC_CAP_ID_OFFS 0 /* Capability ID */ +#define PXPMC_CAP_ID_MASK (0xff << PXPMC_CAP_ID_OFFS) + +#define PXPMC_NEXT_PTR_OFFS 8 /* Next Item Pointer */ +#define PXPMC_NEXT_PTR_MASK (0xff << PXPMC_NEXT_PTR_OFFS) + +#define PXPMC_PMC_VER_OFFS 16 /* PCI Power Management Capability Version*/ +#define PXPMC_PMC_VER_MASK (0x7 << PXPMC_PMC_VER_OFFS) + +#define PXPMC_DSI BIT21/* Device Specific Initialization */ + +#define PXPMC_AUX_CUR_OFFS 22 /* Auxiliary Current Requirements */ +#define PXPMC_AUX_CUR_MASK (0x7 << PXPMC_AUX_CUR_OFFS) + +#define PXPMC_D1_SUP BIT25 /* D1 Power Management support*/ + +#define PXPMC_D2_SUP BIT26 /* D2 Power Management support*/ + +#define PXPMC_PME_SUP_OFFS 27 /* PM Event generation support*/ +#define PXPMC_PME_SUP_MASK (0x1f << PXPMC_PME_SUP_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Power Management Control and Status Register*/ +/*PEX_POWER_MNG_STATUS_CONTROL (PXPMSC)*/ + +#define PXPMSC_PM_STATE_OFFS 0 /* Power State */ +#define PXPMSC_PM_STATE_MASK (0x3 << PXPMSC_PM_STATE_OFFS) +#define PXPMSC_PM_STATE_D0 (0x0 << PXPMSC_PM_STATE_OFFS) +#define PXPMSC_PM_STATE_D1 (0x1 << PXPMSC_PM_STATE_OFFS) +#define PXPMSC_PM_STATE_D2 (0x2 << PXPMSC_PM_STATE_OFFS) +#define PXPMSC_PM_STATE_D3 (0x3 << PXPMSC_PM_STATE_OFFS) + +#define PXPMSC_PME_EN BIT8/* PM_PME Message Generation Enable */ + +#define PXPMSC_PM_DATA_SEL_OFFS 9 /* Data Select*/ +#define PXPMSC_PM_DATA_SEL_MASK (0xf << PXPMSC_PM_DATA_SEL_OFFS) + +#define PXPMSC_PM_DATA_SCALE_OFFS 13 /* Data Scale */ +#define PXPMSC_PM_DATA_SCALE_MASK (0x3 << PXPMSC_PM_DATA_SCALE_OFFS) + +#define PXPMSC_PME_STAT BIT15/* PME Status */ + +#define PXPMSC_PM_DATA_OFFS 24 /* State Data */ +#define PXPMSC_PM_DATA_MASK (0xff << PXPMSC_PM_DATA_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express MSI Message Control Register*/ +/*PEX_MSI_MESSAGE_CONTROL (PXMMC)*/ + +#define PXMMC_CAP_ID_OFFS 0 /* Capability ID */ +#define PXMMC_CAP_ID_MASK (0xff << PXMMC_CAP_ID_OFFS) + +#define PXMMC_NEXT_PTR_OFFS 8 /* Next Item Pointer */ +#define PXMMC_NEXT_PTR_MASK (0xff << PXMMC_NEXT_PTR_OFFS) + +#define PXMMC_MSI_EN BIT18 /* MSI Enable */ + +#define PXMMC_MULTI_CAP_OFFS 17 /* Multiple Message Capable */ +#define PXMMC_MULTI_CAP_MASK (0x7 << PXMMC_MULTI_CAP_OFFS) + +#define PXMMC_MULTI_EN_OFFS 20 /* Multiple Messages Enable */ +#define PXMMC_MULTI_EN_MASK (0x7 << PXMMC_MULTI_EN_OFFS) + +#define PXMMC_ADDR64 BIT23 /* 64-bit Addressing Capable */ + + +/* PCI Express MSI Message Address Register*/ +/*PEX_MSI_MESSAGE_ADDR (PXMMA)*/ + +#define PXMMA_MSI_ADDR_OFFS 2 /* Message Address corresponds to + Address[31:2] of the MSI MWr TLP*/ +#define PXMMA_MSI_ADDR_MASK (0x3fffffff << PXMMA_MSI_ADDR_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express MSI Message Address (High) Register */ +/*PEX_MSI_MESSAGE_HIGH_ADDR (PXMMHA)*/ + +#define PXMMA_MSI_ADDR_H_OFFS 0 /* Message Upper Address corresponds to + Address[63:32] of the MSI MWr TLP*/ +#define PXMMA_MSI_ADDR_H_MASK (0xffffffff << PXMMA_MSI_ADDR_H_OFFS ) + + +/* PCI Express MSI Message Data Register*/ +/*PEX_MSI_MESSAGE_DATA (PXMMD)*/ + +#define PXMMD_MSI_DATA_OFFS 0 /* Message Data */ +#define PXMMD_MSI_DATA_MASK (0xffff << PXMMD_MSI_DATA_OFFS ) + + +/* PCI Express Capability Register*/ +/*PEX_CAPABILITY_REG (PXCR)*/ + +#define PXCR_CAP_ID_OFFS 0 /* Capability ID*/ +#define PXCR_CAP_ID_MASK (0xff << PXCR_CAP_ID_OFFS) + +#define PXCR_NEXT_PTR_OFFS 8 /* Next Item Pointer*/ +#define PXCR_NEXT_PTR_MASK (0xff << PXCR_NEXT_PTR_OFFS) + +#define PXCR_CAP_VER_OFFS 16 /* Capability Version*/ +#define PXCR_CAP_VER_MASK (0xf << PXCR_CAP_VER_OFFS) + +#define PXCR_DEV_TYPE_OFFS 20 /* Device/Port Type*/ +#define PXCR_DEV_TYPE_MASK (0xf << PXCR_DEV_TYPE_OFFS) + +#define PXCR_SLOT_IMP BIT24 /* Slot Implemented*/ + +#define PXCR_INT_MSG_NUM_OFFS 25 /* Interrupt Message Number*/ +#define PXCR_INT_MSG_NUM_MASK (0x1f << PXCR_INT_MSG_NUM_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express Device Capabilities Register */ +/*PEX_DEV_CAPABILITY_REG (PXDCR)*/ + +#define PXDCR_MAX_PLD_SIZE_SUP_OFFS 0 /* Maximum Payload Size Supported*/ +#define PXDCR_MAX_PLD_SIZE_SUP_MASK (0x7 << PXDCR_MAX_PLD_SIZE_SUP_OFFS) + +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS 6/* Endpoint L0s Acceptable Latency*/ +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_MASK (0x7 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_64NS_LESS (0x0 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_64NS_128NS (0x1 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_128NS_256NS (0x2 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_256NS_512NS (0x3 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_512NS_1US (0x4 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_1US_2US (0x5 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_2US_4US (0x6 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_4US_MORE (0x7 << PXDCR_EP_L0S_ACC_LAT_OFFS) + +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS 9 /* Endpoint L1 Acceptable Latency*/ +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_MASK (0x7 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_64NS_LESS (0x0 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_64NS_128NS (0x1 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_128NS_256NS (0x2 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_256NS_512NS (0x3 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_512NS_1US (0x4 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_1US_2US (0x5 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_2US_4US (0x6 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_4US_MORE (0x7 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) + + +#define PXDCR_ATT_BUT_PRS_OFFS 12 /* Attention Button Present*/ +#define PXDCR_ATT_BUT_PRS_MASK BIT12 +#define PXDCR_ATT_BUT_PRS_IMPLEMENTED BIT12 + +#define PXDCR_ATT_IND_PRS_OFFS 13 /* Attention Indicator Present*/ +#define PXDCR_ATT_IND_PRS_MASK BIT13 +#define PXDCR_ATT_IND_PRS_IMPLEMENTED BIT13 + +#define PXDCR_PWR_IND_PRS_OFFS 14/* Power Indicator Present*/ +#define PXDCR_PWR_IND_PRS_MASK BIT14 +#define PXDCR_PWR_IND_PRS_IMPLEMENTED BIT14 + +#define PXDCR_CAP_SPL_VAL_OFFS 18 /*Captured Slot Power Limit + Value*/ +#define PXDCR_CAP_SPL_VAL_MASK (0xff << PXDCR_CAP_SPL_VAL_OFFS) + +#define PXDCR_CAP_SP_LSCL_OFFS 26 /* Captured Slot Power Limit + Scale */ +#define PXDCR_CAP_SP_LSCL_MASK (0x3 << PXDCR_CAP_SP_LSCL_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Device Control Status Register */ +/*PEX_DEV_CTRL_STAT_REG (PXDCSR)*/ + +#define PXDCSR_COR_ERR_REP_EN BIT0 /* Correctable Error Reporting Enable*/ +#define PXDCSR_NF_ERR_REP_EN BIT1 /* Non-Fatal Error Reporting Enable*/ +#define PXDCSR_F_ERR_REP_EN BIT2 /* Fatal Error Reporting Enable*/ +#define PXDCSR_UR_REP_EN BIT3 /* Unsupported Request (UR) + Reporting Enable*/ +#define PXDCSR_EN_RO BIT4 /* Enable Relaxed Ordering*/ + +#define PXDCSR_MAX_PLD_SZ_OFFS 5 /* Maximum Payload Size*/ +#define PXDCSR_MAX_PLD_SZ_MASK (0x7 << PXDCSR_MAX_PLD_SZ_OFFS) +#define PXDCSR_MAX_PLD_SZ_128B (0x0 << PXDCSR_MAX_PLD_SZ_OFFS) +#define PXDCSR_EN_NS BIT11 /* Enable No Snoop*/ + +#define PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_OFFS 12 /* Maximum Read Request Size*/ +#define PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_MASK (0x7 << PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_OFFS) +#define PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_128B (0x0 << PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_OFFS) +#define PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_256B (0x1 << PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_OFFS) +#define PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_512B (0x2 << PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_OFFS) +#define PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_1KB (0x3 << PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_OFFS) +#define PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_2KB (0x4 << PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_OFFS) +#define PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_4KB (0x5 << PXDCSR_MAX_RD_RQ_SZ_OFFS) + +#define PXDCSR_COR_ERR_DET BIT16 /* Correctable Error Detected*/ +#define PXDCSR_NF_ERR_DET BIT17 /* Non-Fatal Error Detected.*/ +#define PXDCSR_F_ERR_DET BIT18 /* Fatal Error Detected.*/ +#define PXDCSR_UR_DET BIT19 /* Unsupported Request Detected */ +#define PXDCSR_AUX_PWR_DET BIT20 /* Reserved*/ + +#define PXDCSR_TRANS_PEND_OFFS 21 /* Transactions Pending*/ +#define PXDCSR_TRANS_PEND_MASK BIT21 +#define PXDCSR_TRANS_PEND_NOT_COMPLETED (0x1 << PXDCSR_TRANS_PEND_OFFS) + + +/* PCI Express Link Capabilities Register*/ +/*PEX_LINK_CAPABILITY_REG (PXLCR)*/ + +#define PXLCR_MAX_LINK_SPD_OFFS 0 /* Maximum Link Speed*/ +#define PXLCR_MAX_LINK_SPD_MASK (0xf << PXLCR_MAX_LINK_SPD_OFFS) + +#define PXLCR_MAX_LNK_WDTH_OFFS 3 /* Maximum Link Width*/ +#define PXLCR_MAX_LNK_WDTH_MASK (0x3f << PXLCR_MAX_LNK_WDTH_OFFS) + +#define PXLCR_ASPM_SUP_OFFS 10 /* Active State Link PM Support*/ +#define PXLCR_ASPM_SUP_MASK (0x3 << PXLCR_ASPM_SUP_OFFS) + +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_OFFS 12 /* L0s Exit Latency*/ +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_MASK (0x7 << PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_64NS_LESS (0x0 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_64NS_128NS (0x1 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_128NS_256NS (0x2 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_256NS_512NS (0x3 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_512NS_1US (0x4 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_1US_2US (0x5 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) +#define PXLCR_L0S_EXT_LAT_2US_4US (0x6 << PXDCR_EP_L1_ACC_LAT_OFFS) + +#define PXLCR_POR_TNUM_OFFS 24 /* Port Number */ +#define PXLCR_POR_TNUM_MASK (0xff << PXLCR_POR_TNUM_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Link Control Status Register */ +/*PEX_LINK_CTRL_STAT_REG (PXLCSR)*/ + +#define PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_OFFS 0 /* Active State Link PM Control */ +#define PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_MASK (0x3 << PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_OFFS) +#define PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_DISABLED (0x0 << PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_OFFS) +#define PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_L0S_ENT_SUPP (0x1 << PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_OFFS) +#define PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_L1S_ENT_SUPP (0x2 << PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_OFFS) +#define PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_L0S_L1S_ENT_SUPP (0x3 << PXLCSR_ASPM_CNT_OFFS) + +#define PXLCSR_RCB_OFFS 3 /* Read Completion Boundary */ +#define PXLCSR_RCB_MASK BIT3 +#define PXLCSR_RCB_64B (0 << PXLCSR_RCB_OFFS) +#define PXLCSR_RCB_128B (1 << PXLCSR_RCB_OFFS) + +#define PXLCSR_LNK_DIS BIT4 /* Link Disable */ +#define PXLCSR_RETRN_LNK BIT5 /* Retrain Link */ +#define PXLCSR_CMN_CLK_CFG BIT6 /* Common Clock Configuration */ +#define PXLCSR_EXTD_SNC BIT7 /* Extended Sync */ + +#define PXLCSR_LNK_SPD_OFFS 16 /* Link Speed */ +#define PXLCSR_LNK_SPD_MASK (0xf << PXLCSR_LNK_SPD_OFFS) + +#define PXLCSR_NEG_LNK_WDTH_OFFS 20 /* Negotiated Link Width */ +#define PXLCSR_NEG_LNK_WDTH_MASK (0x3f << PXLCSR_NEG_LNK_WDTH_OFFS) +#define PXLCSR_NEG_LNK_WDTH_X1 (0x1 << PXLCSR_NEG_LNK_WDTH_OFFS) + +#define PXLCSR_LNK_TRN BIT27 /* Link Training */ + +#define PXLCSR_SLT_CLK_CFG_OFFS 28 /* Slot Clock Configuration */ +#define PXLCSR_SLT_CLK_CFG_MASK BIT28 +#define PXLCSR_SLT_CLK_CFG_INDPNT (0x0 << PXLCSR_SLT_CLK_CFG_OFFS) +#define PXLCSR_SLT_CLK_CFG_REF (0x1 << PXLCSR_SLT_CLK_CFG_OFFS) + +/* PCI Express Advanced Error Report Header Register */ +/*PEX_ADV_ERR_RPRT_HDR_TRGT_REG (PXAERHTR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Uncorrectable Error Status Register*/ +/*PEX_UNCORRECT_ERR_STAT_REG (PXUESR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Uncorrectable Error Mask Register */ +/*PEX_UNCORRECT_ERR_MASK_REG (PXUEMR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Uncorrectable Error Severity Register */ +/*PEX_UNCORRECT_ERR_SERVITY_REG (PXUESR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Correctable Error Status Register */ +/*PEX_CORRECT_ERR_STAT_REG (PXCESR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Correctable Error Mask Register */ +/*PEX_CORRECT_ERR_MASK_REG (PXCEMR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Advanced Error Capability and Control Register*/ +/*PEX_ADV_ERR_CAPABILITY_CTRL_REG (PXAECCR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Header Log First DWORD Register*/ +/*PEX_HDR_LOG_FIRST_DWORD_REG (PXHLFDR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Header Log Second DWORD Register*/ +/*PEX_HDR_LOG_SECOND_DWORD_REG (PXHLSDR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Header Log Third DWORD Register*/ +/*PEX_HDR_LOG_THIRD_DWORD_REG (PXHLTDR)*/ + +/* PCI Express Header Log Fourth DWORD Register*/ +/*PEX_HDR_LOG_FOURTH_DWORD_REG (PXHLFDR)*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* #ifndef __INCPEXREGSH */ + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..13d2f87261 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.c @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#include "mvPex.h" + +//#define MV_DEBUG +/* defines */ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG + #define DB(x) x +#else + #define DB(x) +#endif + +/* locals */ +typedef struct +{ + MV_U32 data; + MV_U32 mask; +}PEX_HEADER_DATA; + +/* local function forwad decleration */ +MV_U32 mvPexHwConfigRead (MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, MV_U32 func, + MV_U32 regOff); +MV_STATUS mvPexHwConfigWrite(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data); +void resetPexConfig(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev); + + +PEX_HEADER_DATA configHdr[16] = +{ +{0x888811ab, 0x00000000}, /*[device ID, vendor ID] */ +{0x00100007, 0x0000ffff}, /*[status register, command register] */ +{0x0604000e, 0x00000000}, /*[programming interface, sub class code, class code, revision ID] */ +{0x00010008, 0x00000000}, /*[BIST, header type, latency time, cache line] */ +{0x00000000, 0x00000000}, /*[base address 0] */ +{0x00000000, 0x00000000}, /*[base address 1] */ +{0x00000000, 0x00ffffff}, /*[secondary latency timersubordinate bus number, secondary bus number, primary bus number] */ +{0x0000f101, 0x00000000}, /*[secondary status ,IO limit, IO base] */ +{0x9ff0a000, 0x00000000}, /*[memory limit, memory base] */ +{0x0001fff1, 0x00000000}, /*[prefetch memory limit, prefetch memory base] */ +{0xffffffff, 0x00000000}, /*[prefetch memory base upper] */ +{0x00000000, 0x00000000}, /*[prefetch memory limit upper] */ +{0xeffff000, 0x00000000}, /*[IO limit upper 16 bits, IO base upper 16 bits] */ +{0x00000000, 0x00000000}, /*[reserved, capability pointer] */ +{0x00000000, 0x00000000}, /*[expansion ROM base address] */ +{0x00000000, 0x000000FF}, /*[bridge control, interrupt pin, interrupt line] */ +}; + + +#define HEADER_WRITE(data, offset) configHdr[offset/4].data = ((configHdr[offset/4].data & ~configHdr[offset/4].mask) | \ + (data & configHdr[offset/4].mask)) +#define HEADER_READ(offset) configHdr[offset/4].data + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvVrtBrgPexInit - Initialize PEX interfaces +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* +* This function is responsible of intialization of the Pex Interface , It +* configure the Pex Bars and Windows in the following manner: +* +* Assumptions : +* Bar0 is always internal registers bar +* Bar1 is always the DRAM bar +* Bar2 is always the Device bar +* +* 1) Sets the Internal registers bar base by obtaining the base from +* the CPU Interface +* 2) Sets the DRAM bar base and size by getting the base and size from +* the CPU Interface when the size is the sum of all enabled DRAM +* chip selects and the base is the base of CS0 . +* 3) Sets the Device bar base and size by getting these values from the +* CPU Interface when the base is the base of the lowest base of the +* Device chip selects, and the +* +* +* INPUT: +* +* pexIf - PEX interface number. +* +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK if function success otherwise MV_ERROR or MV_BAD_PARAM +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvPexVrtBrgInit(MV_U32 pexIf) +{ + /* reset PEX tree to recover previous U-boot/Boot configurations */ + MV_U32 localBus = mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pexIf); + + + resetPexConfig(pexIf, localBus, 1); + return MV_OK; +} + + +MV_U32 mvPexVrtBrgConfigRead (MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, MV_U32 func, + MV_U32 regOff) +{ + + MV_U32 localBus = mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pexIf); + MV_U32 localDev = mvPexLocalDevNumGet(pexIf); + MV_U32 val; + if(bus == localBus) + { + if(dev > 1) + { +/* on the local device allow only device #0 & #1 */ + return 0xffffffff; + } + else + if (dev == localDev) + { + /* read the memory controller registers */ + return mvPexHwConfigRead (pexIf, bus, dev, func, regOff); + } + else + { + /* access the virtual brg header */ + return HEADER_READ(regOff); + } + } + else + if(bus == (localBus + 1)) + { + /* access the device behind the virtual bridge */ + if((dev == localDev) || (dev > 1)) + { + return 0xffffffff; + } + else + { + /* access the device behind the virtual bridge, in this case + * change the bus number to the local bus number in order to + * generate type 0 config cycle + */ + mvPexLocalBusNumSet(pexIf, bus); + mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pexIf, 1); + val = mvPexHwConfigRead (pexIf, bus, 0, func, regOff); + mvPexLocalBusNumSet(pexIf, localBus); + mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pexIf, localDev); + return val; + } + } + /* for all other devices use the HW function to get the + * requested registers + */ + mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pexIf, 1); + val = mvPexHwConfigRead (pexIf, bus, dev, func, regOff); + mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pexIf, localDev); + return val; +} + + +MV_STATUS mvPexVrtBrgConfigWrite(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data) +{ + MV_U32 localBus = mvPexLocalBusNumGet(pexIf); + MV_U32 localDev = mvPexLocalDevNumGet(pexIf); + MV_STATUS status; + + if(bus == localBus) + { + if(dev > 1) + { + /* on the local device allow only device #0 & #1 */ + return MV_ERROR; + } + else + if (dev == localDev) + { + /* read the memory controller registers */ + return mvPexHwConfigWrite (pexIf, bus, dev, func, regOff, data); + } + else + { + /* access the virtual brg header */ + HEADER_WRITE(data, regOff); + return MV_OK; + } + } + else + if(bus == (localBus + 1)) + { + /* access the device behind the virtual bridge */ + if((dev == localDev) || (dev > 1)) + { + return MV_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* access the device behind the virtual bridge, in this case + * change the bus number to the local bus number in order to + * generate type 0 config cycle + */ + //return mvPexHwConfigWrite (pexIf, localBus, dev, func, regOff, data); + mvPexLocalBusNumSet(pexIf, bus); + mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pexIf, 1); + status = mvPexHwConfigWrite (pexIf, bus, 0, func, regOff, data); + mvPexLocalBusNumSet(pexIf, localBus); + mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pexIf, localDev); + return status; + + } + } + /* for all other devices use the HW function to get the + * requested registers + */ + mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pexIf, 1); + status = mvPexHwConfigWrite (pexIf, bus, dev, func, regOff, data); + mvPexLocalDevNumSet(pexIf, localDev); + return status; +} + + + + +void resetPexConfig(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev) +{ + MV_U32 tData; + MV_U32 i; + + /* restore the PEX configuration to initialization state */ + /* in case PEX P2P call recursive and reset config */ + tData = mvPexHwConfigRead (pexIf, bus, dev, 0x0, 0x0); + if(tData != 0xffffffff) + { + /* agent had been found - check whether P2P */ + tData = mvPexHwConfigRead (pexIf, bus, dev, 0x0, 0x8); + if((tData & 0xffff0000) == 0x06040000) + {/* P2P */ + /* get the sec bus and the subordinate */ + MV_U32 secBus; + tData = mvPexHwConfigRead (pexIf, bus, dev, 0x0, 0x18); + secBus = ((tData >> 8) & 0xff); + /* now scan on sec bus */ + for(i = 0;i < 0xff;i++) + { + resetPexConfig(pexIf, secBus, i); + } + /* now reset this device */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("Reset bus %d dev %d\n", bus, dev)); + mvPexHwConfigWrite(pexIf, bus, dev, 0x0, 0x18, 0x0); + DB(mvOsPrintf("Reset bus %d dev %d\n", bus, dev)); + } + } +} + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d01f0248ad --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/pex/mvVrtBrgPex.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCVRTBRGPEXH +#define __INCVRTBRGPEXH + + +/* Global Functions prototypes */ +/* mvPexInit - Initialize PEX interfaces*/ +MV_STATUS mvPexVrtBrgInit(MV_U32 pexIf); + +/* mvPexConfigRead - Read from configuration space */ +MV_U32 mvPexVrtBrgConfigRead (MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func,MV_U32 regOff); + +/* mvPexConfigWrite - Write to configuration space */ +MV_STATUS mvPexVrtBrgConfigWrite(MV_U32 pexIf, MV_U32 bus, MV_U32 dev, + MV_U32 func, MV_U32 regOff, MV_U32 data); + + +#endif /* #ifndef __INCPEXH */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c5bc191cc --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.c @@ -0,0 +1,1522 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "sflash/mvSFlash.h" +#include "sflash/mvSFlashSpec.h" +#include "spi/mvSpi.h" +#include "spi/mvSpiCmnd.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" + +/*#define MV_DEBUG*/ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG +#define DB(x) x +#else +#define DB(x) +#endif + +/* Globals */ +static MV_SFLASH_DEVICE_PARAMS sflash[] = { + /* ST M25P32 SPI flash, 4MB, 64 sectors of 64K each */ + { + MV_M25P_WREN_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_WRDI_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RDID_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RDSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_WRSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_READ_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_FAST_RD_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_PP_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_SE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_BE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RES_CMND_OPCD, + MV_SFLASH_NO_SPECIFIC_OPCD, /* power save not supported */ + MV_M25P32_SECTOR_SIZE, + MV_M25P32_SECTOR_NUMBER, + MV_M25P_PAGE_SIZE, + "ST M25P32", + MV_M25PXXX_ST_MANF_ID, + MV_M25P32_DEVICE_ID, + MV_M25P32_MAX_SPI_FREQ, + MV_M25P32_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ, + MV_M25P32_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES + }, + /* ST M25P64 SPI flash, 8MB, 128 sectors of 64K each */ + { + MV_M25P_WREN_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_WRDI_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RDID_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RDSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_WRSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_READ_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_FAST_RD_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_PP_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_SE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_BE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RES_CMND_OPCD, + MV_SFLASH_NO_SPECIFIC_OPCD, /* power save not supported */ + MV_M25P64_SECTOR_SIZE, + MV_M25P64_SECTOR_NUMBER, + MV_M25P_PAGE_SIZE, + "ST M25P64", + MV_M25PXXX_ST_MANF_ID, + MV_M25P64_DEVICE_ID, + MV_M25P64_MAX_SPI_FREQ, + MV_M25P64_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ, + MV_M25P64_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES + }, + /* ST M25P128 SPI flash, 16MB, 64 sectors of 256K each */ + { + MV_M25P_WREN_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_WRDI_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RDID_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RDSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_WRSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_READ_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_FAST_RD_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_PP_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_SE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_BE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_M25P_RES_CMND_OPCD, + MV_SFLASH_NO_SPECIFIC_OPCD, /* power save not supported */ + MV_M25P128_SECTOR_SIZE, + MV_M25P128_SECTOR_NUMBER, + MV_M25P_PAGE_SIZE, + "ST M25P128", + MV_M25PXXX_ST_MANF_ID, + MV_M25P128_DEVICE_ID, + MV_M25P128_MAX_SPI_FREQ, + MV_M25P128_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ, + MV_M25P128_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES + }, + /* Macronix MXIC MX25L6405 SPI flash, 8MB, 128 sectors of 64K each */ + { + MV_MX25L_WREN_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_WRDI_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_RDID_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_RDSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_WRSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_READ_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_FAST_RD_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_PP_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_SE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_BE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_RES_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L_DP_CMND_OPCD, + MV_MX25L6405_SECTOR_SIZE, + MV_MX25L6405_SECTOR_NUMBER, + MV_MXIC_PAGE_SIZE, + "MXIC MX25L6405", + MV_MXIC_MANF_ID, + MV_MX25L6405_DEVICE_ID, + MV_MX25L6405_MAX_SPI_FREQ, + MV_MX25L6405_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ, + MV_MX25L6405_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES + }, + /* SPANSION S25FL128P SPI flash, 16MB, 64 sectors of 256K each */ + { + MV_S25FL_WREN_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_WRDI_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_RDID_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_RDSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_WRSR_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_READ_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_FAST_RD_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_PP_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_SE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_BE_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_RES_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL_DP_CMND_OPCD, + MV_S25FL128_SECTOR_SIZE, + MV_S25FL128_SECTOR_NUMBER, + MV_S25FL_PAGE_SIZE, + "SPANSION S25FL128", + MV_SPANSION_MANF_ID, + MV_S25FL128_DEVICE_ID, + MV_S25FL128_MAX_SPI_FREQ, + MV_M25P128_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ, + MV_M25P128_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES + } +}; + +/* Static Functions */ +static MV_STATUS mvWriteEnable (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo); +static MV_STATUS mvStatusRegGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U8 * pStatReg); +static MV_STATUS mvStatusRegSet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U8 sr); +static MV_STATUS mvWaitOnWipClear(MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo); +static MV_STATUS mvSFlashPageWr (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 offset, \ + MV_U8* pPageBuff, MV_U32 buffSize); +static MV_STATUS mvSFlashWithDefaultsIdGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, \ + MV_U8* manId, MV_U16* devId); + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvWriteEnable - serialize the write enable sequence +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* transmit the sequence for write enable +* +********************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS mvWriteEnable(MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo) +{ + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_WREN_CMND_LENGTH]; + + + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdWREN; + + return mvSpiWriteThenRead(cmd, MV_SFLASH_WREN_CMND_LENGTH, NULL, 0, 0); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvStatusRegGet - Retrieve the value of the status register +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* perform the RDSR sequence to get the 8bit status register +* +********************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS mvStatusRegGet(MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U8 * pStatReg) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_RDSR_CMND_LENGTH]; + MV_U8 sr[MV_SFLASH_RDSR_REPLY_LENGTH]; + + + + + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdRDSR; + + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenRead(cmd, MV_SFLASH_RDSR_CMND_LENGTH, sr, + MV_SFLASH_RDSR_REPLY_LENGTH,0)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + *pStatReg = sr[0]; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvWaitOnWipClear - Block waiting for the WIP (write in progress) to be cleared +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Block waiting for the WIP (write in progress) to be cleared +* +********************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS mvWaitOnWipClear(MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U32 i; + MV_U8 stat; + + for (i=0; iindex].opcdWRSR; + cmd[1] = sr; + + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenRead(cmd, MV_SFLASH_WRSR_CMND_LENGTH, NULL, 0, 0)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + if ((ret = mvWaitOnWipClear(pFlinfo)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + mvOsDelay(1); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashPageWr - Write up to 256 Bytes in the same page +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Write a buffer up to the page size in length provided that the whole address +* range is within the same page (alligned to page bounderies) +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS mvSFlashPageWr (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 offset, + MV_U8* pPageBuff, MV_U32 buffSize) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_PP_CMND_LENGTH]; + + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invalid parameter device index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* check that we do not cross the page bounderies */ + if (((offset & (sflash[pFlinfo->index].pageSize - 1)) + buffSize) > + sflash[pFlinfo->index].pageSize) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Page allignment problem!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + + /* Issue the Write enable command prior the page program command */ + if ((ret = mvWriteEnable(pFlinfo)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdPP; + cmd[1] = ((offset >> 16) & 0xFF); + cmd[2] = ((offset >> 8) & 0xFF); + cmd[3] = (offset & 0xFF); + + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenWrite(cmd, MV_SFLASH_PP_CMND_LENGTH, pPageBuff, buffSize)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + if ((ret = mvWaitOnWipClear(pFlinfo)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashWithDefaultsIdGet - Try to read the manufacturer and Device IDs from +* the device using the default RDID opcode and the default WREN opcode. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This is used to detect a generic device that uses the default opcodes +* for the WREN and RDID. +* +********************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS mvSFlashWithDefaultsIdGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U8* manId, MV_U16* devId) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 cmdRDID[MV_SFLASH_RDID_CMND_LENGTH]; + MV_U8 id[MV_SFLASH_RDID_REPLY_LENGTH]; + + + + /* Use the default RDID opcode to read the IDs */ + cmdRDID[0] = MV_SFLASH_DEFAULT_RDID_OPCD; /* unknown model try default */ + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenRead(cmdRDID, MV_SFLASH_RDID_CMND_LENGTH, id, MV_SFLASH_RDID_REPLY_LENGTH, 0)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + *manId = id[0]; + *devId = 0; + *devId |= (id[1] << 8); + *devId |= id[2]; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/* +##################################################################################### +##################################################################################### +*/ + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashInit - Initialize the serial flash device +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Perform the neccessary initialization and configuration +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* pFlinfo->baseAddr: base address in fast mode. +* pFlinfo->index: Index of the flash in the sflash tabel. If the SPI +* flash device does not support read Id command with +* the standard opcode, then the user should supply this +* as an input to skip the autodetection process!!!! +* +* OUTPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure after detection +* pFlinfo->manufacturerId: Manufacturer ID +* pFlinfo->deviceId: Device ID +* pFlinfo->sectorSize: size of the sector (all sectors are the same). +* pFlinfo->sectorNumber: number of sectors. +* pFlinfo->pageSize: size of the page. +* pFlinfo->index: Index of the detected flash in the sflash tabel +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashInit (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 manf; + MV_U16 dev; + MV_U32 indx; + MV_BOOL detectFlag = MV_FALSE; + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Initialize the SPI interface with low frequency to make sure that the read ID succeeds */ + if ((ret = mvSpiInit(MV_SFLASH_BASIC_SPI_FREQ)) != MV_OK) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Failed to initialize the SPI interface!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return ret; + } + + /* First try to read the Manufacturer and Device IDs */ + if ((ret = mvSFlashIdGet(pFlinfo, &manf, &dev)) != MV_OK) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Failed to get the SFlash ID!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return ret; + } + + /* loop over the whole table and look for the appropriate SFLASH */ + for (indx=0; indxmanufacturerId = manf; + pFlinfo->deviceId = dev; + pFlinfo->index = indx; + detectFlag = MV_TRUE; + } + } + + if(!detectFlag) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Unknown SPI flash device!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + /* fill the info based on the model detected */ + pFlinfo->sectorSize = sflash[pFlinfo->index].sectorSize; + pFlinfo->sectorNumber = sflash[pFlinfo->index].sectorNumber; + pFlinfo->pageSize = sflash[pFlinfo->index].pageSize; + + /* Set the SPI frequency to the MAX allowed for the device for best performance */ + if ((ret = mvSpiBaudRateSet(sflash[pFlinfo->index].spiMaxFreq)) != MV_OK) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Failed to set the SPI frequency!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return ret; + } + + /* As default lock the SR */ + if ((ret = mvSFlashStatRegLock(pFlinfo, MV_TRUE)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashSectorErase - Erasse a single sector of the serial flash +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Issue the erase sector command and address +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* secNumber: sector Number to erase (0 -> (sectorNumber-1)) +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashSectorErase (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 secNumber) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_SE_CMND_LENGTH]; + + MV_U32 secAddr = (secNumber * pFlinfo->sectorSize); +#if 0 + MV_U32 i; + MV_U32 * pW = (MV_U32*) (secAddr + pFlinfo->baseAddr); + MV_U32 erasedWord = 0xFFFFFFFF; + MV_U32 wordsPerSector = (pFlinfo->sectorSize / sizeof(MV_U32)); + MV_BOOL eraseNeeded = MV_FALSE; +#endif + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* check that the sector number is valid */ + if (secNumber >= pFlinfo->sectorNumber) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter sector number!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* we don't want to access SPI in direct mode from in-direct API, + becasue of timing issue between CS asserts. */ +#if 0 + /* First compare to FF and check if erase is needed */ + for (i=0; iindex].opcdSE; + cmd[1] = ((secAddr >> 16) & 0xFF); + cmd[2] = ((secAddr >> 8) & 0xFF); + cmd[3] = (secAddr & 0xFF); + + /* Issue the Write enable command prior the sector erase command */ + if ((ret = mvWriteEnable(pFlinfo)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenWrite(cmd, MV_SFLASH_SE_CMND_LENGTH, NULL, 0)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + if ((ret = mvWaitOnWipClear(pFlinfo)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashChipErase - Erasse the whole serial flash +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Issue the bulk (chip) erase command +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashChipErase (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_BE_CMND_LENGTH]; + + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdBE; + + /* Issue the Write enable command prior the Bulk erase command */ + if ((ret = mvWriteEnable(pFlinfo)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenWrite(cmd, MV_SFLASH_BE_CMND_LENGTH, NULL, 0)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + if ((ret = mvWaitOnChipEraseDone(pFlinfo)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashBlockRd - Read from the serial flash +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Issue the read command and address then perfom the needed read +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* offset: byte offset with the flash to start reading from +* pReadBuff: pointer to the buffer to read the data in +* buffSize: size of the buffer to read. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pReadBuff: pointer to the buffer containing the read data +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashBlockRd (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 offset, + MV_U8* pReadBuff, MV_U32 buffSize) +{ + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_READ_CMND_LENGTH]; + + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if ((pFlinfo == NULL) || (pReadBuff == NULL)) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdREAD; + cmd[1] = ((offset >> 16) & 0xFF); + cmd[2] = ((offset >> 8) & 0xFF); + cmd[3] = (offset & 0xFF); + + return mvSpiWriteThenRead(cmd, MV_SFLASH_READ_CMND_LENGTH, pReadBuff, buffSize, 0); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashFastBlockRd - Fast read from the serial flash +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Issue the fast read command and address then perfom the needed read +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* offset: byte offset with the flash to start reading from +* pReadBuff: pointer to the buffer to read the data in +* buffSize: size of the buffer to read. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pReadBuff: pointer to the buffer containing the read data +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashFastBlockRd (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 offset, + MV_U8* pReadBuff, MV_U32 buffSize) +{ + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_READ_CMND_LENGTH]; + MV_STATUS ret; + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if ((pFlinfo == NULL) || (pReadBuff == NULL)) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Set the SPI frequency to the MAX allowed for fast-read operations */ + mvOsPrintf("Setting freq to %d.\n",sflash[pFlinfo->index].spiMaxFastFreq); + if ((ret = mvSpiBaudRateSet(sflash[pFlinfo->index].spiMaxFastFreq)) != MV_OK) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Failed to set the SPI fast frequency!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return ret; + } + + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdFSTRD; + cmd[1] = ((offset >> 16) & 0xFF); + cmd[2] = ((offset >> 8) & 0xFF); + cmd[3] = (offset & 0xFF); + + + ret = mvSpiWriteThenRead(cmd, MV_SFLASH_READ_CMND_LENGTH, pReadBuff, buffSize, + sflash[pFlinfo->index].spiFastRdDummyBytes); + + /* Reset the SPI frequency to the MAX allowed for the device for best performance */ + if ((ret = mvSpiBaudRateSet(sflash[pFlinfo->index].spiMaxFreq)) != MV_OK) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Failed to set the SPI frequency!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return ret; + } + + return ret; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashBlockWr - Write a buffer with any size +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* write regardless of the page boundaries and size limit per Page +* program command +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* offset: byte offset within the flash region +* pWriteBuff: pointer to the buffer holding the data to program +* buffSize: size of the buffer to write +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashBlockWr (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 offset, + MV_U8* pWriteBuff, MV_U32 buffSize) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U32 data2write = buffSize; + MV_U32 preAllOffset = (offset & MV_SFLASH_PAGE_ALLIGN_MASK(MV_M25P_PAGE_SIZE)); + MV_U32 preAllSz = (preAllOffset ? (MV_M25P_PAGE_SIZE - preAllOffset) : 0); + MV_U32 writeOffset = offset; + + /* check for NULL pointer */ +#ifndef CONFIG_MARVELL + if(NULL == pWriteBuff) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } +#endif + + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* check that the buffer size does not exceed the flash size */ + if ((offset + buffSize) > mvSFlashSizeGet(pFlinfo)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Write exceeds flash size!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + + /* check if the total block size is less than the first chunk remainder */ + if (data2write < preAllSz) + preAllSz = data2write; + + /* check if programing does not start at a 64byte alligned offset */ + if (preAllSz) + { + if ((ret = mvSFlashPageWr(pFlinfo, writeOffset, pWriteBuff, preAllSz)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + /* increment pointers and counters */ + writeOffset += preAllSz; + data2write -= preAllSz; + pWriteBuff += preAllSz; + } + + /* program the data that fits in complete page chunks */ + while (data2write >= sflash[pFlinfo->index].pageSize) + { + if ((ret = mvSFlashPageWr(pFlinfo, writeOffset, pWriteBuff, sflash[pFlinfo->index].pageSize)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + /* increment pointers and counters */ + writeOffset += sflash[pFlinfo->index].pageSize; + data2write -= sflash[pFlinfo->index].pageSize; + pWriteBuff += sflash[pFlinfo->index].pageSize; + } + + /* program the last partial chunk */ + if (data2write) + { + if ((ret = mvSFlashPageWr(pFlinfo, writeOffset, pWriteBuff, data2write)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashIdGet - Get the manufacturer and device IDs. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Get the Manufacturer and device IDs from the serial flash through +* writing the RDID command then reading 3 bytes of data. In case that +* this command was called for the first time in order to detect the +* manufacturer and device IDs, then the default RDID opcode will be used +* unless the device index is indicated by the user (in case the SPI flash +* does not use the default RDID opcode). +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* pManId: pointer to the 8bit variable to hold the manufacturing ID +* pDevId: pointer to the 16bit variable to hold the device ID +* +* OUTPUT: +* pManId: pointer to the 8bit variable holding the manufacturing ID +* pDevId: pointer to the 16bit variable holding the device ID +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashIdGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U8* pManId, MV_U16* pDevId) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_RDID_CMND_LENGTH]; + MV_U8 id[MV_SFLASH_RDID_REPLY_LENGTH]; + + + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if ((pFlinfo == NULL) || (pManId == NULL) || (pDevId == NULL)) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + return mvSFlashWithDefaultsIdGet(pFlinfo, pManId, pDevId); + else + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdRDID; + + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenRead(cmd, MV_SFLASH_RDID_CMND_LENGTH, id, MV_SFLASH_RDID_REPLY_LENGTH, 0)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + *pManId = id[0]; + *pDevId = 0; + *pDevId |= (id[1] << 8); + *pDevId |= id[2]; + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashWpRegionSet - Set the Write-Protected region +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Set the Write-Protected region +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* wpRegion: which region will be protected +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashWpRegionSet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_SFLASH_WP_REGION wpRegion) +{ + MV_U8 wpMask; + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Check if the chip is an ST flash; then WP supports only 3 bits */ + if (pFlinfo->manufacturerId == MV_M25PXXX_ST_MANF_ID) + { + switch (wpRegion) + { + case MV_WP_NONE: + wpMask = MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_NONE; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF128: + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild option for this flash chip!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_NOT_SUPPORTED; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF64: + wpMask = MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF32: + wpMask = MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF16: + wpMask = MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF8: + wpMask = MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF4: + wpMask = MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF2: + wpMask = MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2; + break; + + case MV_WP_ALL: + wpMask = MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_ALL; + break; + + default: + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter WP region!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + } + /* check if the manufacturer is MXIC then the WP is 4bits */ + else if (pFlinfo->manufacturerId == MV_MXIC_MANF_ID) + { + switch (wpRegion) + { + case MV_WP_NONE: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_NONE; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF128: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_128; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF64: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF32: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF16: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF8: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF4: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF2: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2; + break; + + case MV_WP_ALL: + wpMask = MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_ALL; + break; + + default: + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter WP region!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + } + /* check if the manufacturer is SPANSION then the WP is 4bits */ + else if (pFlinfo->manufacturerId == MV_SPANSION_MANF_ID) + { + switch (wpRegion) + { + case MV_WP_NONE: + wpMask = MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_NONE; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF128: + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild option for this flash chip!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_NOT_SUPPORTED; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF64: + wpMask = MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF32: + wpMask = MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF16: + wpMask = MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF8: + wpMask = MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF4: + wpMask = MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4; + break; + + case MV_WP_UPR_1OF2: + wpMask = MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2; + break; + + case MV_WP_ALL: + wpMask = MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_ALL; + break; + + + default: + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter WP region!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter Manufacturer ID!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Verify that the SRWD bit is always set - register is s/w locked */ + wpMask |= MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_SRWD_MASK; + + return mvStatusRegSet(pFlinfo, wpMask); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashWpRegionGet - Get the Write-Protected region configured +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Get from the chip the Write-Protected region configured +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* pWpRegion: pointer to the variable to return the WP region in +* +* OUTPUT: +* wpRegion: pointer to the variable holding the WP region configured +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashWpRegionGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_SFLASH_WP_REGION * pWpRegion) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 reg; + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if ((pFlinfo == NULL) || (pWpRegion == NULL)) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if ((ret = mvStatusRegGet(pFlinfo, ®)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + /* Check if the chip is an ST flash; then WP supports only 3 bits */ + if (pFlinfo->manufacturerId == MV_M25PXXX_ST_MANF_ID) + { + switch ((reg & MV_M25P_STATUS_REG_WP_MASK)) + { + case MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_NONE: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_NONE; + break; + + case MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF64; + break; + + case MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF32; + break; + + case MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF16; + break; + + case MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF8; + break; + + case MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF4; + break; + + case MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF2; + break; + + case MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_ALL: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_ALL; + break; + + default: + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Unidentified WP region in h/w!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_VALUE; + } + } + /* check if the manufacturer is MXIC then the WP is 4bits */ + else if (pFlinfo->manufacturerId == MV_MXIC_MANF_ID) + { + switch ((reg & MV_MX25L_STATUS_REG_WP_MASK)) + { + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_NONE: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_NONE; + break; + + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_128: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF128; + break; + + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF64; + break; + + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF32; + break; + + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF16; + break; + + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF8; + break; + + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF4; + break; + + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF2; + break; + + case MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_ALL: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_ALL; + break; + + default: + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Unidentified WP region in h/w!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_VALUE; + } + } + /* Check if the chip is an SPANSION flash; then WP supports only 3 bits */ + else if (pFlinfo->manufacturerId == MV_SPANSION_MANF_ID) + { + switch ((reg & MV_S25FL_STATUS_REG_WP_MASK)) + { + case MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_NONE: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_NONE; + break; + + case MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF64; + break; + + case MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF32; + break; + + case MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF16; + break; + + case MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF8; + break; + + case MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF4; + break; + + case MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_UPR_1OF2; + break; + + case MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_ALL: + *pWpRegion = MV_WP_ALL; + break; + + default: + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Unidentified WP region in h/w!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_VALUE; + } + } + else + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter Manufacturer ID!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashStatRegLock - Lock the status register for writing - W/Vpp +* pin should be low to take effect +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Lock the access to the Status Register for writing. This will +* cause the flash to enter the hardware protection mode if the W/Vpp +* is low. If the W/Vpp is hi, the chip will be in soft protection mode, but +* the register will continue to be writable if WREN sequence was used. +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* srLock: enable/disable (MV_TRUE/MV_FALSE) status registor lock mechanism +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashStatRegLock (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_BOOL srLock) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 reg; + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + if ((ret = mvStatusRegGet(pFlinfo, ®)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + if (srLock) + reg |= MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_SRWD_MASK; + else + reg &= ~MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_SRWD_MASK; + + return mvStatusRegSet(pFlinfo, reg); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashSizeGet - Get the size of the SPI flash +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* based on the sector number and size of each sector calculate the total +* size of the flash memory. +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Size of the flash in bytes. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvSFlashSizeGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo) +{ + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return 0; + } + + return (pFlinfo->sectorSize * pFlinfo->sectorNumber); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashPowerSaveEnter - Cause the falsh device to go into power save mode +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Enter a special power save mode. +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Size of the flash in bytes. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashPowerSaveEnter(MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_DP_CMND_LENGTH]; + + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return 0; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* check that power save mode is supported in the specific device */ + if (sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdPwrSave == MV_SFLASH_NO_SPECIFIC_OPCD) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Power save not supported for this device!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_NOT_SUPPORTED; + } + + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdPwrSave; + + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenWrite(cmd, MV_SFLASH_DP_CMND_LENGTH, NULL, 0)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashPowerSaveExit - Cause the falsh device to exit the power save mode +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Exit the deep power save mode. +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Size of the flash in bytes. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashPowerSaveExit (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U8 cmd[MV_SFLASH_RES_CMND_LENGTH]; + + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return 0; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* check that power save mode is supported in the specific device */ + if (sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdRES == MV_SFLASH_NO_SPECIFIC_OPCD) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Read Electronic Signature not supported for this device!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return MV_NOT_SUPPORTED; + } + + cmd[0] = sflash[pFlinfo->index].opcdRES; + + if ((ret = mvSpiWriteThenWrite(cmd, MV_SFLASH_RES_CMND_LENGTH, NULL, 0)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + /* add the delay needed for the device to wake up */ + mvOsDelay(MV_MXIC_DP_EXIT_DELAY); /* 30 ms */ + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSFlashModelGet - Retreive the string with the device manufacturer and model +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Retreive the string with the device manufacturer and model +* +* INPUT: +* pFlinfo: pointer to the Flash information structure +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* pointer to the string indicating the device manufacturer and model +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +const MV_8 * mvSFlashModelGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo) +{ + static const MV_8 * unknModel = (const MV_8 *)"Unknown"; + + /* check for NULL pointer */ + if (pFlinfo == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return 0; + } + + /* Protection - check if the model was detected */ + if (pFlinfo->index >= MV_ARRAY_SIZE(sflash)) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s WARNING: Invaild parameter index!\n", __FUNCTION__);) + return unknModel; + } + + return sflash[pFlinfo->index].deviceModel; +} + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f441a5cf52 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlash.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvSFlashH +#define __INCmvSFlashH + +#include "mvTypes.h" + +/* MCAROS */ +#define MV_SFLASH_PAGE_ALLIGN_MASK(pgSz) (pgSz-1) +#define MV_ARRAY_SIZE(a) ((sizeof(a)) / (sizeof(a[0]))) + +/* Constants */ +#define MV_INVALID_DEVICE_NUMBER 0xFFFFFFFF +/* 10 MHz is the minimum possible SPI frequency when tclk is set 200MHz*/ +#define MV_SFLASH_BASIC_SPI_FREQ 10000000 +/* enumerations */ +typedef enum +{ + MV_WP_NONE, /* Unprotect the whole chip */ + MV_WP_UPR_1OF128, /* Write protect the upper 1/128 part */ + MV_WP_UPR_1OF64, /* Write protect the upper 1/64 part */ + MV_WP_UPR_1OF32, /* Write protect the upper 1/32 part */ + MV_WP_UPR_1OF16, /* Write protect the upper 1/16 part */ + MV_WP_UPR_1OF8, /* Write protect the upper 1/8 part */ + MV_WP_UPR_1OF4, /* Write protect the upper 1/4 part */ + MV_WP_UPR_1OF2, /* Write protect the upper 1/2 part */ + MV_WP_ALL /* Write protect the whole chip */ +} MV_SFLASH_WP_REGION; + +/* Type Definitions */ +typedef struct +{ + MV_U8 opcdWREN; /* Write enable opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdWRDI; /* Write disable opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdRDID; /* Read ID opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdRDSR; /* Read Status Register opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdWRSR; /* Write Status register opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdREAD; /* Read opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdFSTRD; /* Fast Read opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdPP; /* Page program opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdSE; /* Sector erase opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdBE; /* Bulk erase opcode */ + MV_U8 opcdRES; /* Read electronic signature */ + MV_U8 opcdPwrSave; /* Go into power save mode */ + MV_U32 sectorSize; /* Size of each sector */ + MV_U32 sectorNumber; /* Number of sectors */ + MV_U32 pageSize; /* size of each page */ + const char * deviceModel; /* string with the device model */ + MV_U32 manufacturerId; /* The manufacturer ID */ + MV_U32 deviceId; /* Device ID */ + MV_U32 spiMaxFreq; /* The MAX frequency that can be used with the device */ + MV_U32 spiMaxFastFreq; /* The MAX frequency that can be used with the device for fast reads */ + MV_U32 spiFastRdDummyBytes; /* Number of dumy bytes to read before real data when working in fast read mode. */ +} MV_SFLASH_DEVICE_PARAMS; + +typedef struct +{ + MV_U32 baseAddr; /* Flash Base Address used in fast mode */ + MV_U8 manufacturerId; /* Manufacturer ID */ + MV_U16 deviceId; /* Device ID */ + MV_U32 sectorSize; /* Size of each sector - all the same */ + MV_U32 sectorNumber; /* Number of sectors */ + MV_U32 pageSize; /* Page size - affect allignment */ + MV_U32 index; /* index of the device in the sflash table (internal parameter) */ +} MV_SFLASH_INFO; + +/* Function Prototypes */ +/* Init */ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashInit (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo); + +/* erase */ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashSectorErase (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 secNumber); +MV_STATUS mvSFlashChipErase (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo); + +/* Read */ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashBlockRd (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 offset, + MV_U8* pReadBuff, MV_U32 buffSize); +MV_STATUS mvSFlashFastBlockRd (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 offset, + MV_U8* pReadBuff, MV_U32 buffSize); + +/* write regardless of the page boundaries and size limit per Page program command */ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashBlockWr (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U32 offset, + MV_U8* pWriteBuff, MV_U32 buffSize); +/* Get IDs */ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashIdGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_U8* pManId, MV_U16* pDevId); + +/* Set and Get the Write Protection region - if the Status register is not locked */ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashWpRegionSet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_SFLASH_WP_REGION wpRegion); +MV_STATUS mvSFlashWpRegionGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_SFLASH_WP_REGION * pWpRegion); + +/* Lock the status register for writing - W/Vpp pin should be low to take effect */ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashStatRegLock (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo, MV_BOOL srLock); + +/* Get the regions sizes */ +MV_U32 mvSFlashSizeGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo); + +/* Cause the falsh device to go into power save mode */ +MV_STATUS mvSFlashPowerSaveEnter(MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo); +MV_STATUS mvSFlashPowerSaveExit (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo); + +/* Retreive the string with the device manufacturer and model */ +const MV_8 * mvSFlashModelGet (MV_SFLASH_INFO * pFlinfo); + +#endif /* __INCmvSFlashH */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlashSpec.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlashSpec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eeb44262e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/sflash/mvSFlashSpec.h @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvSFlashSpecH +#define __INCmvSFlashSpecH + +/* Constants */ +#define MV_SFLASH_READ_CMND_LENGTH 4 /* 1B opcode + 3B address */ +#define MV_SFLASH_SE_CMND_LENGTH 4 /* 1B opcode + 3B address */ +#define MV_SFLASH_BE_CMND_LENGTH 1 /* 1B opcode */ +#define MV_SFLASH_PP_CMND_LENGTH 4 /* 1B opcode + 3B address */ +#define MV_SFLASH_WREN_CMND_LENGTH 1 /* 1B opcode */ +#define MV_SFLASH_WRDI_CMND_LENGTH 1 /* 1B opcode */ +#define MV_SFLASH_RDID_CMND_LENGTH 1 /* 1B opcode */ +#define MV_SFLASH_RDID_REPLY_LENGTH 3 /* 1B manf ID and 2B device ID */ +#define MV_SFLASH_RDSR_CMND_LENGTH 1 /* 1B opcode */ +#define MV_SFLASH_RDSR_REPLY_LENGTH 1 /* 1B status */ +#define MV_SFLASH_WRSR_CMND_LENGTH 2 /* 1B opcode + 1B status value */ +#define MV_SFLASH_DP_CMND_LENGTH 1 /* 1B opcode */ +#define MV_SFLASH_RES_CMND_LENGTH 1 /* 1B opcode */ + +/* Status Register Bit Masks */ +#define MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WIP_OFFSET 0 /* bit 0; write in progress */ +#define MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET 2 /* bit 2-4; write protect option */ +#define MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_SRWD_OFFSET 7 /* bit 7; lock status register write */ +#define MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WIP_MASK (0x1 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WIP_OFFSET) +#define MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_SRWD_MASK (0x1 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_SRWD_OFFSET) + +#define MV_SFLASH_MAX_WAIT_LOOP 1000000 +#define MV_SFLASH_CHIP_ERASE_MAX_WAIT_LOOP 0x50000000 + +#define MV_SFLASH_DEFAULT_RDID_OPCD 0x9F /* Default Read ID */ +#define MV_SFLASH_DEFAULT_WREN_OPCD 0x06 /* Default Write Enable */ +#define MV_SFLASH_NO_SPECIFIC_OPCD 0x00 + +/********************************/ +/* ST M25Pxxx Device Specific */ +/********************************/ + +/* Manufacturer IDs and Device IDs for SFLASHs supported by the driver */ +#define MV_M25PXXX_ST_MANF_ID 0x20 +#define MV_M25P32_DEVICE_ID 0x2016 +#define MV_M25P32_MAX_SPI_FREQ 20000000 /* 20MHz */ +#define MV_M25P32_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ 50000000 /* 50MHz */ +#define MV_M25P32_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES 1 +#define MV_M25P64_DEVICE_ID 0x2017 +#define MV_M25P64_MAX_SPI_FREQ 20000000 /* 20MHz */ +#define MV_M25P64_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ 50000000 /* 50MHz */ +#define MV_M25P64_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES 1 +#define MV_M25P128_DEVICE_ID 0x2018 +#define MV_M25P128_MAX_SPI_FREQ 20000000 /* 20MHz */ +#define MV_M25P128_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ 50000000 /* 50MHz */ +#define MV_M25P128_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES 1 + + +/* Sector Sizes and population per device model*/ +#define MV_M25P32_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 /* 64K */ +#define MV_M25P64_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 /* 64K */ +#define MV_M25P128_SECTOR_SIZE 0x40000 /* 256K */ +#define MV_M25P32_SECTOR_NUMBER 64 +#define MV_M25P64_SECTOR_NUMBER 128 +#define MV_M25P128_SECTOR_NUMBER 64 +#define MV_M25P_PAGE_SIZE 0x100 /* 256 byte */ + +#define MV_M25P_WREN_CMND_OPCD 0x06 /* Write Enable */ +#define MV_M25P_WRDI_CMND_OPCD 0x04 /* Write Disable */ +#define MV_M25P_RDID_CMND_OPCD 0x9F /* Read ID */ +#define MV_M25P_RDSR_CMND_OPCD 0x05 /* Read Status Register */ +#define MV_M25P_WRSR_CMND_OPCD 0x01 /* Write Status Register */ +#define MV_M25P_READ_CMND_OPCD 0x03 /* Sequential Read */ +#define MV_M25P_FAST_RD_CMND_OPCD 0x0B /* Fast Read */ +#define MV_M25P_PP_CMND_OPCD 0x02 /* Page Program */ +#define MV_M25P_SE_CMND_OPCD 0xD8 /* Sector Erase */ +#define MV_M25P_BE_CMND_OPCD 0xC7 /* Bulk Erase */ +#define MV_M25P_RES_CMND_OPCD 0xAB /* Read Electronic Signature */ + +/* Status Register Write Protect Bit Masks - 3bits */ +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_REG_WP_MASK (0x07 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_NONE (0x00 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64 (0x01 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32 (0x02 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16 (0x03 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8 (0x04 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4 (0x05 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2 (0x06 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_M25P_STATUS_BP_ALL (0x07 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) + +/************************************/ +/* MXIC MX25L6405 Device Specific */ +/************************************/ + +/* Manufacturer IDs and Device IDs for SFLASHs supported by the driver */ +#define MV_MXIC_MANF_ID 0xC2 +#define MV_MX25L6405_DEVICE_ID 0x2017 +#define MV_MX25L6405_MAX_SPI_FREQ 20000000 /* 20MHz */ +#define MV_MX25L6405_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ 50000000 /* 50MHz */ +#define MV_MX25L6405_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES 1 +#define MV_MXIC_DP_EXIT_DELAY 30 /* 30 ms */ + +/* Sector Sizes and population per device model*/ +#define MV_MX25L6405_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 /* 64K */ +#define MV_MX25L6405_SECTOR_NUMBER 128 +#define MV_MXIC_PAGE_SIZE 0x100 /* 256 byte */ + +#define MV_MX25L_WREN_CMND_OPCD 0x06 /* Write Enable */ +#define MV_MX25L_WRDI_CMND_OPCD 0x04 /* Write Disable */ +#define MV_MX25L_RDID_CMND_OPCD 0x9F /* Read ID */ +#define MV_MX25L_RDSR_CMND_OPCD 0x05 /* Read Status Register */ +#define MV_MX25L_WRSR_CMND_OPCD 0x01 /* Write Status Register */ +#define MV_MX25L_READ_CMND_OPCD 0x03 /* Sequential Read */ +#define MV_MX25L_FAST_RD_CMND_OPCD 0x0B /* Fast Read */ +#define MV_MX25L_PP_CMND_OPCD 0x02 /* Page Program */ +#define MV_MX25L_SE_CMND_OPCD 0xD8 /* Sector Erase */ +#define MV_MX25L_BE_CMND_OPCD 0xC7 /* Bulk Erase */ +#define MV_MX25L_DP_CMND_OPCD 0xB9 /* Deep Power Down */ +#define MV_MX25L_RES_CMND_OPCD 0xAB /* Read Electronic Signature */ + +/* Status Register Write Protect Bit Masks - 4bits */ +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_REG_WP_MASK (0x0F << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_NONE (0x00 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_128 (0x01 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64 (0x02 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32 (0x03 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16 (0x04 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8 (0x05 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4 (0x06 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2 (0x07 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_MX25L_STATUS_BP_ALL (0x0F << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) + +/************************************/ +/* SPANSION S25FL128P Device Specific */ +/************************************/ + +/* Manufacturer IDs and Device IDs for SFLASHs supported by the driver */ +#define MV_SPANSION_MANF_ID 0x01 +#define MV_S25FL128_DEVICE_ID 0x2018 +#define MV_S25FL128_MAX_SPI_FREQ 33000000 /* 33MHz */ +#define MV_S25FL128_MAX_FAST_SPI_FREQ 104000000 /* 104MHz */ +#define MV_S25FL128_FAST_READ_DUMMY_BYTES 1 + +/* Sector Sizes and population per device model*/ +#define MV_S25FL128_SECTOR_SIZE 0x40000 /* 256K */ +#define MV_S25FL128_SECTOR_NUMBER 64 +#define MV_S25FL_PAGE_SIZE 0x100 /* 256 byte */ + +#define MV_S25FL_WREN_CMND_OPCD 0x06 /* Write Enable */ +#define MV_S25FL_WRDI_CMND_OPCD 0x04 /* Write Disable */ +#define MV_S25FL_RDID_CMND_OPCD 0x9F /* Read ID */ +#define MV_S25FL_RDSR_CMND_OPCD 0x05 /* Read Status Register */ +#define MV_S25FL_WRSR_CMND_OPCD 0x01 /* Write Status Register */ +#define MV_S25FL_READ_CMND_OPCD 0x03 /* Sequential Read */ +#define MV_S25FL_FAST_RD_CMND_OPCD 0x0B /* Fast Read */ +#define MV_S25FL_PP_CMND_OPCD 0x02 /* Page Program */ +#define MV_S25FL_SE_CMND_OPCD 0xD8 /* Sector Erase */ +#define MV_S25FL_BE_CMND_OPCD 0xC7 /* Bulk Erase */ +#define MV_S25FL_DP_CMND_OPCD 0xB9 /* Deep Power Down */ +#define MV_S25FL_RES_CMND_OPCD 0xAB /* Read Electronic Signature */ + +/* Status Register Write Protect Bit Masks - 4bits */ +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_REG_WP_MASK (0x0F << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_NONE (0x00 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_128 (0x01 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_64 (0x02 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_32 (0x03 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_16 (0x04 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_8 (0x05 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_4 (0x06 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_1_OF_2 (0x07 << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) +#define MV_S25FL_STATUS_BP_ALL (0x0F << MV_SFLASH_STATUS_REG_WP_OFFSET) + +#endif /* __INCmvSFlashSpecH */ + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39e0b720d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.c @@ -0,0 +1,576 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#include "spi/mvSpi.h" +#include "spi/mvSpiSpec.h" + +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" + +/* #define MV_DEBUG */ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG +#define DB(x) x +#define mvOsPrintf printf +#else +#define DB(x) +#endif + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpi16bitDataTxRx - Transmt and receive data +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Tx data and block waiting for data to be transmitted +* +********************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS mvSpi16bitDataTxRx (MV_U16 txData, MV_U16 * pRxData) +{ + MV_U32 i; + MV_BOOL ready = MV_FALSE; + + /* First clear the bit in the interrupt cause register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(MV_SPI_INT_CAUSE_REG, 0x0); + + /* Transmit data */ + MV_REG_WRITE(MV_SPI_DATA_OUT_REG, MV_16BIT_LE(txData)); + + /* wait with timeout for memory ready */ + for (i=0; i> 8) & 0xFF); + +#elif defined(MV_CPU_BE) + + /* perform the data write to the buffer in two stages with 8bit each */ + MV_U8 * bptr = (MV_U8 *)pRxData; + MV_U16 data = MV_16BIT_LE(MV_REG_READ(MV_SPI_DATA_IN_REG)); + *bptr = ((data >> 8) & 0xFF); + ++bptr; + *bptr = (data & 0xFF); + +#else + #error "CPU endianess isn't defined!\n" +#endif + + } + else + *pRxData = MV_16BIT_LE(MV_REG_READ(MV_SPI_DATA_IN_REG)); + } + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpi8bitDataTxRx - Transmt and receive data (8bits) +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Tx data and block waiting for data to be transmitted +* +********************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS mvSpi8bitDataTxRx (MV_U8 txData, MV_U8 * pRxData) +{ + MV_U32 i; + MV_BOOL ready = MV_FALSE; + + /* First clear the bit in the interrupt cause register */ + MV_REG_WRITE(MV_SPI_INT_CAUSE_REG, 0x0); + + /* Transmit data */ + MV_REG_WRITE(MV_SPI_DATA_OUT_REG, txData); + + /* wait with timeout for memory ready */ + for (i=0; i serialBaudRate) + continue; + + /* check for exact fit */ + if ((cpuClk / preScale[i]) == serialBaudRate) + { + bestPrescaleIndx = i; + break; + } + + /* check if this is better than the previous one */ + if ((serialBaudRate - (cpuClk / preScale[i])) < minBaudOffset) + { + minBaudOffset = (serialBaudRate - (cpuClk / preScale[i])); + bestPrescaleIndx = i; + } + } + + if (bestPrescaleIndx > 14) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: SPI baud rate prescale error!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + + /* configure the Prescale */ + tempReg = MV_REG_READ(MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG); + tempReg = ((tempReg & ~MV_SPI_CLK_PRESCALE_MASK) | (bestPrescaleIndx + 0x12)); + MV_REG_WRITE(MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG, tempReg); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpiCsAssert - Assert the Chip Select pin indicating a new transfer +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Assert The chip select - used to select an external SPI device +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +********************************************************************************/ +MV_VOID mvSpiCsAssert(MV_VOID) +{ + /* For devices in which the SPI is muxed on the MPP with other interfaces*/ + mvMPPConfigToSPI(); + mvOsUDelay(1); + MV_REG_BIT_SET(MV_SPI_IF_CTRL_REG, MV_SPI_CS_ENABLE_MASK); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpiCsDeassert - DeAssert the Chip Select pin indicating the end of a +* SPI transfer sequence +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* DeAssert the chip select pin +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +********************************************************************************/ +MV_VOID mvSpiCsDeassert(MV_VOID) +{ + MV_REG_BIT_RESET(MV_SPI_IF_CTRL_REG, MV_SPI_CS_ENABLE_MASK); + + /* For devices in which the SPI is muxed on the MPP with other interfaces*/ + mvMPPConfigToDefault(); +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpiRead - Read a buffer over the SPI interface +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Receive (read) a buffer over the SPI interface in 16bit chunks. If the +* buffer size is odd, then the last chunk will be 8bits. Chip select is not +* handled at this level. +* +* INPUT: +* pRxBuff: Pointer to the buffer to hold the received data +* buffSize: length of the pRxBuff +* +* OUTPUT: +* pRxBuff: Pointer to the buffer with the received data +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSpiRead (MV_U8* pRxBuff, MV_U32 buffSize) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U32 bytesLeft = buffSize; + MV_U16* rxPtr = (MV_U16*)pRxBuff; + + /* check for null parameters */ + if (pRxBuff == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Check that the buffer pointer and the buffer size are 16bit aligned */ + if ((((MV_U32)buffSize & 1) == 0) && (((MV_U32)pRxBuff & 1) == 0)) + { + /* Verify that the SPI mode is in 16bit mode */ + MV_REG_BIT_SET(MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG, MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_MASK); + + /* TX/RX as long we have complete 16bit chunks */ + while (bytesLeft >= MV_SPI_16_BIT_CHUNK_SIZE) + { + /* Transmitted and wait for the transfer to be completed */ + if ((ret = mvSpi16bitDataTxRx(MV_SPI_DUMMY_WRITE_16BITS, rxPtr)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + /* increment the pointers */ + rxPtr++; + bytesLeft -= MV_SPI_16_BIT_CHUNK_SIZE; + } + + } + else + { + /* Verify that the SPI mode is in 8bit mode */ + MV_REG_BIT_RESET(MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG, MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_MASK); + + /* TX/RX in 8bit chanks */ + while (bytesLeft > 0) + { + /* Transmitted and wait for the transfer to be completed */ + if ((ret = mvSpi8bitDataTxRx(MV_SPI_DUMMY_WRITE_8BITS, pRxBuff)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + /* increment the pointers */ + pRxBuff++; + bytesLeft--; + } + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpiWrite - Transmit a buffer over the SPI interface +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Transmit a buffer over the SPI interface in 16bit chunks. If the +* buffer size is odd, then the last chunk will be 8bits. No chip select +* action is taken. +* +* INPUT: +* pTxBuff: Pointer to the buffer holding the TX data +* buffSize: length of the pTxBuff +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSpiWrite(MV_U8* pTxBuff, MV_U32 buffSize) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U32 bytesLeft = buffSize; + MV_U16* txPtr = (MV_U16*)pTxBuff; + + /* check for null parameters */ + if (pTxBuff == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Check that the buffer pointer and the buffer size are 16bit aligned */ + if ((((MV_U32)buffSize & 1) == 0) && (((MV_U32)pTxBuff & 1) == 0)) + { + /* Verify that the SPI mode is in 16bit mode */ + MV_REG_BIT_SET(MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG, MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_MASK); + + /* TX/RX as long we have complete 16bit chunks */ + while (bytesLeft >= MV_SPI_16_BIT_CHUNK_SIZE) + { + /* Transmitted and wait for the transfer to be completed */ + if ((ret = mvSpi16bitDataTxRx(*txPtr, NULL)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + /* increment the pointers */ + txPtr++; + bytesLeft -= MV_SPI_16_BIT_CHUNK_SIZE; + } + } + else + { + + /* Verify that the SPI mode is in 8bit mode */ + MV_REG_BIT_RESET(MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG, MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_MASK); + + /* TX/RX in 8bit chanks */ + while (bytesLeft > 0) + { + /* Transmitted and wait for the transfer to be completed */ + if ((ret = mvSpi8bitDataTxRx(*pTxBuff, NULL)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + /* increment the pointers */ + pTxBuff++; + bytesLeft--; + } + } + + return MV_OK; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpiReadWrite - Read and Write a buffer simultanuosely +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Transmit and receive a buffer over the SPI in 16bit chunks. If the +* buffer size is odd, then the last chunk will be 8bits. The SPI chip +* select is not handled implicitely. +* +* INPUT: +* pRxBuff: Pointer to the buffer to write the RX info in +* pTxBuff: Pointer to the buffer holding the TX info +* buffSize: length of both the pTxBuff and pRxBuff +* +* OUTPUT: +* pRxBuff: Pointer of the buffer holding the RX data +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSpiReadWrite(MV_U8* pRxBuff, MV_U8* pTxBuff, MV_U32 buffSize) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + MV_U32 bytesLeft = buffSize; + MV_U16* txPtr = (MV_U16*)pTxBuff; + MV_U16* rxPtr = (MV_U16*)pRxBuff; + + /* check for null parameters */ + if ((pRxBuff == NULL) || (pTxBuff == NULL)) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* Check that the buffer pointer and the buffer size are 16bit aligned */ + if ((((MV_U32)buffSize & 1) == 0) && (((MV_U32)pTxBuff & 1) == 0) && (((MV_U32)pRxBuff & 1) == 0)) + { + /* Verify that the SPI mode is in 16bit mode */ + MV_REG_BIT_SET(MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG, MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_MASK); + + /* TX/RX as long we have complete 16bit chunks */ + while (bytesLeft >= MV_SPI_16_BIT_CHUNK_SIZE) + { + /* Transmitted and wait for the transfer to be completed */ + if ((ret = mvSpi16bitDataTxRx(*txPtr, rxPtr)) != MV_OK) + return ret; + + /* increment the pointers */ + txPtr++; + rxPtr++; + bytesLeft -= MV_SPI_16_BIT_CHUNK_SIZE; + } + } + else + { + /* Verify that the SPI mode is in 8bit mode */ + MV_REG_BIT_RESET(MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG, MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_MASK); + + /* TX/RX in 8bit chanks */ + while (bytesLeft > 0) + { + /* Transmitted and wait for the transfer to be completed */ + if ( (ret = mvSpi8bitDataTxRx(*pTxBuff, pRxBuff) ) != MV_OK) + return ret; + pRxBuff++; + pTxBuff++; + bytesLeft--; + } + } + + return MV_OK; +} + + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74859f03e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpi.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvSpihH +#define __INCmvSpihH + +#include "mvCommon.h" +#include "mvOs.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvSpec.h" + +/* Function Prototypes */ +/* Init */ +MV_STATUS mvSpiInit (MV_U32 serialBaudRate); + +/* Set the Frequency of the Spi clock */ +MV_STATUS mvSpiBaudRateSet(MV_U32 serialBaudRate); + +/* Assert the SPI chip select */ +MV_VOID mvSpiCsAssert (MV_VOID); + +/* De-assert the SPI chip select */ +MV_VOID mvSpiCsDeassert (MV_VOID); + +/* Simultanuous Read and write */ +MV_STATUS mvSpiReadWrite (MV_U8* pRxBuff, MV_U8* pTxBuff, MV_U32 buffSize); + +/* serialize a buffer on the TX line - Rx is ignored */ +MV_STATUS mvSpiWrite (MV_U8* pTxBuff, MV_U32 buffSize); + +/* read from the RX line by writing dummy values to the TX line */ +MV_STATUS mvSpiRead (MV_U8* pRxBuff, MV_U32 buffSize); + +#endif /* __INCmvSpihH */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5d5a6478b --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.c @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#include "spi/mvSpi.h" +#include "spi/mvSpiSpec.h" + +/*#define MV_DEBUG*/ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG +#define DB(x) x +#else +#define DB(x) +#endif + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpiReadAndWrite - Read and Write a buffer simultanuousely +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Transmit and receive a buffer over the SPI in 16bit chunks. If the +* buffer size is odd, then the last chunk will be 8bits. +* +* INPUT: +* pRxBuff: Pointer to the buffer to write the RX info in +* pTxBuff: Pointer to the buffer holding the TX info +* buffSize: length of both the pTxBuff and pRxBuff +* +* OUTPUT: +* pRxBuff: Pointer of the buffer holding the RX data +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSpiReadAndWrite(MV_U8* pRxBuff, MV_U8* pTxBuff, MV_U32 buffSize) +{ + MV_STATUS ret; + + /* check for null parameters */ + if ((pRxBuff == NULL) || (pTxBuff == NULL) || (buffSize == 0)) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* First assert the chip select */ + mvSpiCsAssert(); + + ret = mvSpiReadWrite(pRxBuff, pTxBuff, buffSize); + + /* Finally deassert the chip select */ + mvSpiCsDeassert(); + + return ret; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpiWriteThenWrite - Serialize a command followed by the data over the TX line +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Assert the chip select line. Transmit the command buffer followed by +* the data buffer. Then deassert the CS line. +* +* INPUT: +* pCmndBuff: Pointer to the command buffer to transmit +* cmndSize: length of the command size +* pTxDataBuff: Pointer to the data buffer to transmit +* txDataSize: length of the data buffer +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSpiWriteThenWrite (MV_U8* pCmndBuff, MV_U32 cmndSize, MV_U8* pTxDataBuff, + MV_U32 txDataSize) +{ + MV_STATUS ret = MV_OK, tempRet; + + /* check for null parameters */ +#ifndef CONFIG_MARVELL + if(NULL == pTxDataBuff) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } +#endif + + if (pCmndBuff == NULL) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* First assert the chip select */ + mvSpiCsAssert(); + + /* first write the command */ + if ((cmndSize) && (pCmndBuff != NULL)) + { + if ((tempRet = mvSpiWrite(pCmndBuff, cmndSize)) != MV_OK) + ret = tempRet; + } + + /* Then write the data buffer */ +#ifndef CONFIG_MARVELL + if (txDataSize) +#else + if ((txDataSize) && (pTxDataBuff != NULL)) +#endif + { + if ((tempRet = mvSpiWrite(pTxDataBuff, txDataSize)) != MV_OK) + ret = tempRet; + } + + /* Finally deassert the chip select */ + mvSpiCsDeassert(); + + return ret; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvSpiWriteThenRead - Serialize a command then read a data buffer +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Assert the chip select line. Transmit the command buffer then read +* the data buffer. Then deassert the CS line. +* +* INPUT: +* pCmndBuff: Pointer to the command buffer to transmit +* cmndSize: length of the command size +* pRxDataBuff: Pointer to the buffer to read the data in +* txDataSize: length of the data buffer +* +* OUTPUT: +* pRxDataBuff: Pointer to the buffer holding the data +* +* RETURN: +* Success or Error code. +* +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvSpiWriteThenRead (MV_U8* pCmndBuff, MV_U32 cmndSize, MV_U8* pRxDataBuff, + MV_U32 rxDataSize,MV_U32 dummyBytesToRead) +{ + MV_STATUS ret = MV_OK, tempRet; + MV_U8 dummyByte; + + /* check for null parameters */ + if ((pCmndBuff == NULL) && (pRxDataBuff == NULL)) + { + mvOsPrintf("%s ERROR: Null pointer parameter!\n", __FUNCTION__); + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + } + + /* First assert the chip select */ + mvSpiCsAssert(); + + /* first write the command */ + if ((cmndSize) && (pCmndBuff != NULL)) + { + if ((tempRet = mvSpiWrite(pCmndBuff, cmndSize)) != MV_OK) + ret = tempRet; + } + + /* Read dummy bytes before real data. */ + while(dummyBytesToRead) + { + mvSpiRead(&dummyByte,1); + dummyBytesToRead--; + } + + /* Then write the data buffer */ + if ((rxDataSize) && (pRxDataBuff != NULL)) + { + if ((tempRet = mvSpiRead(pRxDataBuff, rxDataSize)) != MV_OK) + ret = tempRet; + } + + /* Finally deassert the chip select */ + mvSpiCsDeassert(); + + return ret; +} + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..329e26b7c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiCmnd.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvSpiCmndhH +#define __INCmvSpiCmndhH + +#include "mvTypes.h" + +/* Function Prototypes */ + +/* Simultanuous Read and write */ +MV_STATUS mvSpiReadAndWrite (MV_U8* pRxBuff, MV_U8* pTxBuff, MV_U32 buffSize); + +/* write command - write a command and then write data */ +MV_STATUS mvSpiWriteThenWrite (MV_U8* pCmndBuff, MV_U32 cmndSize, MV_U8* pTxDataBuff, MV_U32 txDataSize); + +/* read command - write a command and then read data by writing dummy data */ +MV_STATUS mvSpiWriteThenRead (MV_U8* pCmndBuff, MV_U32 cmndSize, MV_U8* pRxDataBuff, + MV_U32 rxDataSize,MV_U32 dummyBytesToRead); + +#endif /* __INCmvSpiCmndhH */ diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiSpec.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiSpec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..658159abbb --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/spi/mvSpiSpec.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __INCmvSpiSpecH +#define __INCmvSpiSpecH + +/* Constants */ +#define MV_SPI_WAIT_RDY_MAX_LOOP 100000 +#define MV_SPI_16_BIT_CHUNK_SIZE 2 +#define MV_SPI_DUMMY_WRITE_16BITS 0xFFFF +#define MV_SPI_DUMMY_WRITE_8BITS 0xFF + +/* Marvell Flash Device Controller Registers */ +#define MV_SPI_CTRLR_OFST 0x10600 +#define MV_SPI_IF_CTRL_REG (MV_SPI_CTRLR_OFST + 0x00) +#define MV_SPI_IF_CONFIG_REG (MV_SPI_CTRLR_OFST + 0x04) +#define MV_SPI_DATA_OUT_REG (MV_SPI_CTRLR_OFST + 0x08) +#define MV_SPI_DATA_IN_REG (MV_SPI_CTRLR_OFST + 0x0c) +#define MV_SPI_INT_CAUSE_REG (MV_SPI_CTRLR_OFST + 0x10) +#define MV_SPI_INT_CAUSE_MASK_REG (MV_SPI_CTRLR_OFST + 0x14) + +/* Serial Memory Interface Control Register Masks */ +#define MV_SPI_CS_ENABLE_OFFSET 0 /* bit 0 */ +#define MV_SPI_MEMORY_READY_OFFSET 1 /* bit 1 */ +#define MV_SPI_CS_ENABLE_MASK (0x1 << MV_SPI_CS_ENABLE_OFFSET) +#define MV_SPI_MEMORY_READY_MASK (0x1 << MV_SPI_MEMORY_READY_OFFSET) + +/* Serial Memory Interface Configuration Register Masks */ +#define MV_SPI_CLK_PRESCALE_OFFSET 0 /* bit 0-4 */ +#define MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_OFFSET 5 /* bit 5 */ +#define MV_SPI_ADDRESS_BURST_LENGTH_OFFSET 8 /* bit 8-9 */ +#define MV_SPI_CLK_PRESCALE_MASK (0x1F << MV_SPI_CLK_PRESCALE_OFFSET) +#define MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_MASK (0x1 << MV_SPI_BYTE_LENGTH_OFFSET) +#define MV_SPI_ADDRESS_BURST_LENGTH_MASK (0x3 << MV_SPI_ADDRESS_BURST_LENGTH_OFFSET) + +#endif /* __INCmvSpiSpecH */ + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.c b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bf8b7571b --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.c @@ -0,0 +1,1023 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ + + +#include "mvTwsi.h" +#include "mvTwsiSpec.h" +#include "cpu/mvCpu.h" + + +/*#define MV_DEBUG*/ +#ifdef MV_DEBUG +#define DB(x) x +#else +#define DB(x) +#endif + +static MV_VOID twsiIntFlgClr(MV_U8 chanNum); +static MV_BOOL twsiMainIntGet(MV_U8 chanNum); +static MV_VOID twsiAckBitSet(MV_U8 chanNum); +static MV_U32 twsiStsGet(MV_U8 chanNum); +static MV_VOID twsiReset(MV_U8 chanNum); +static MV_STATUS twsiAddr7BitSet(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U32 deviceAddress,MV_TWSI_CMD command); +static MV_STATUS twsiAddr10BitSet(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U32 deviceAddress,MV_TWSI_CMD command); +static MV_STATUS twsiDataTransmit(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U8 *pBlock, MV_U32 blockSize); +static MV_STATUS twsiDataReceive(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U8 *pBlock, MV_U32 blockSize); +static MV_STATUS twsiTargetOffsSet(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U32 offset,MV_BOOL moreThen256); + + +static MV_BOOL twsiTimeoutChk(MV_U32 timeout, const MV_8 *pString) +{ + if(timeout >= TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + DB(mvOsPrintf("%s",pString)); + return MV_TRUE; + } + return MV_FALSE; + +} +/******************************************************************************* +* mvTwsiStartBitSet - Set start bit on the bus +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine sets the start bit on the TWSI bus. +* The routine first checks for interrupt flag condition, then it sets +* the start bit in the TWSI Control register. +* If the interrupt flag condition check previously was set, the function +* will clear it. +* The function then wait for the start bit to be cleared by the HW. +* Then it waits for the interrupt flag to be set and eventually, the +* TWSI status is checked to be 0x8 or 0x10(repeated start bit). +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK is start bit was set successfuly on the bus. +* MV_FAIL if interrupt flag was set before setting start bit. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvTwsiStartBitSet(MV_U8 chanNum) +{ + MV_BOOL isIntFlag = MV_FALSE; + MV_U32 timeout, temp; + + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiStartBitSet \n")); + /* check Int flag */ + if(twsiMainIntGet(chanNum)) + isIntFlag = MV_TRUE; + /* set start Bit */ + temp = MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)); + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum), temp | TWSI_CONTROL_START_BIT); + + /* in case that the int flag was set before i.e. repeated start bit */ + if(isIntFlag){ + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiStartBitSet repeated start Bit\n")); + twsiIntFlgClr(chanNum); + } + + /* wait for interrupt */ + timeout = 0; + while(!twsiMainIntGet(chanNum) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: mvTwsiStartBitSet ERROR - Start Clear bit TimeOut .\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + + /* check that start bit went down */ + if((MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)) & TWSI_CONTROL_START_BIT) != 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiStartBitSet ERROR - start bit didn't went down\n"); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + /* check the status */ + temp = twsiStsGet(chanNum); + if(( temp != TWSI_START_CON_TRA ) && ( temp != TWSI_REPEATED_START_CON_TRA )) + { + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiStartBitSet ERROR - status %x after Set Start Bit. \n",temp); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + return MV_OK; + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvTwsiStopBitSet - Set stop bit on the bus +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine set the stop bit on the TWSI bus. +* The function then wait for the stop bit to be cleared by the HW. +* Finally the function checks for status of 0xF8. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE is stop bit was set successfuly on the bus. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvTwsiStopBitSet(MV_U8 chanNum) +{ + MV_U32 timeout, temp; + + /* Generate stop bit */ + temp = MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)); + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum), temp | TWSI_CONTROL_STOP_BIT); + + twsiIntFlgClr(chanNum); + + /* wait for stop bit to come down */ + timeout = 0; + while( ((MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)) & TWSI_CONTROL_STOP_BIT) != 0) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: mvTwsiStopBitSet ERROR - Stop bit TimeOut .\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + /* check that the stop bit went down */ + if((MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)) & TWSI_CONTROL_STOP_BIT) != 0) + { + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiStopBitSet ERROR - stop bit didn't went down. \n"); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + /* check the status */ + temp = twsiStsGet(chanNum); + if( temp != TWSI_NO_REL_STS_INT_FLAG_IS_KEPT_0){ + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiStopBitSet ERROR - status %x after Stop Bit. \n", temp); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiMainIntGet - Get twsi bit from main Interrupt cause. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine returns the twsi interrupt flag value. +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_TRUE is interrupt flag is set, MV_FALSE otherwise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_BOOL twsiMainIntGet(MV_U8 chanNum) +{ + MV_U32 temp; + + /* get the int flag bit */ + + temp = MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CPU_MAIN_INT_CAUSE_REG); + if (temp & (TWSI0_CPU_MAIN_INT_BIT << chanNum)) + return MV_TRUE; + + return MV_FALSE; +} +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiIntFlgClr - Clear Interrupt flag. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine clears the interrupt flag. It does NOT poll the interrupt +* to make sure the clear. After clearing the interrupt, it waits for at +* least 1 miliseconds. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_VOID twsiIntFlgClr(MV_U8 chanNum) +{ + MV_U32 temp; + + /* wait for 1 mili to prevent TWSI register write after write problems */ + mvOsDelay(1); + /* clear the int flag bit */ + temp = MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)); + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum),temp & ~(TWSI_CONTROL_INT_FLAG_SET)); + + /* wait for 1 mili sec for the clear to take effect */ + mvOsDelay(1); + + return; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiAckBitSet - Set acknowledge bit on the bus +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine set the acknowledge bit on the TWSI bus. +* +* INPUT: +* None. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_VOID twsiAckBitSet(MV_U8 chanNum) +{ + MV_U32 temp; + + /*Set the Ack bit */ + temp = MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)); + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum), temp | TWSI_CONTROL_ACK); + + /* Add delay of 1ms */ + mvOsDelay(1); + return; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiInit - Initialize TWSI interface +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine: +* -Reset the TWSI. +* -Initialize the TWSI clock baud rate according to given frequancy +* parameter based on Tclk frequancy and enables TWSI slave. +* -Set the ack bit. +* -Assign the TWSI slave address according to the TWSI address Type. +* +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* frequancy - TWSI frequancy in KHz. (up to 100KHZ) +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* Actual frequancy. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_U32 mvTwsiInit(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_HZ frequancy, MV_U32 Tclk, MV_TWSI_ADDR *pTwsiAddr, MV_BOOL generalCallEnable) +{ + MV_U32 n,m,freq,margin,minMargin = 0xffffffff; + MV_U32 power; + MV_U32 actualFreq = 0,actualN = 0,actualM = 0,val; + + if(frequancy > 100000) + { + mvOsPrintf("Warning TWSI frequancy is too high, please use up tp 100Khz. \n"); + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiInit - Tclk = %d freq = %d\n",Tclk,frequancy)); + /* Calucalte N and M for the TWSI clock baud rate */ + for(n = 0 ; n < 8 ; n++) + { + for(m = 0 ; m < 16 ; m++) + { + power = 2 << n; /* power = 2^(n+1) */ + freq = Tclk/(10*(m+1)*power); + margin = MV_ABS(frequancy - freq); + if(margin < minMargin) + { + minMargin = margin; + actualFreq = freq; + actualN = n; + actualM = m; + } + } + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiInit - actN %d actM %d actFreq %d\n",actualN , actualM, actualFreq)); + /* Reset the TWSI logic */ + twsiReset(chanNum); + + /* Set the baud rate */ + val = ((actualM<< TWSI_BAUD_RATE_M_OFFS) | actualN << TWSI_BAUD_RATE_N_OFFS); + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_STATUS_BAUDE_RATE_REG(chanNum),val); + + /* Enable the TWSI and slave */ + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum), TWSI_CONTROL_ENA | TWSI_CONTROL_ACK); + + /* set the TWSI slave address */ + if( pTwsiAddr->type == ADDR10_BIT )/* 10 Bit deviceAddress */ + { + /* writing the 2 most significant bits of the 10 bit address*/ + val = ((pTwsiAddr->address & TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_10BIT_MASK) >> TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_10BIT_OFFS ); + /* bits 7:3 must be 0x11110 */ + val |= TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_10BIT_CONST; + /* set GCE bit */ + if(generalCallEnable) + val |= TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_GCE_ENA; + /* write slave address */ + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_REG(chanNum),val); + + /* writing the 8 least significant bits of the 10 bit address*/ + val = (pTwsiAddr->address << TWSI_EXTENDED_SLAVE_OFFS) & TWSI_EXTENDED_SLAVE_MASK; + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_EXTENDED_SLAVE_ADDR_REG(chanNum), val); + } + else /*7 bit address*/ + { + /* set the 7 Bits address */ + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_EXTENDED_SLAVE_ADDR_REG(chanNum),0x0); + val = (pTwsiAddr->address << TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_7BIT_OFFS) & TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_7BIT_MASK; + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_REG(chanNum), val); + } + + /* unmask twsi int */ + val = MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)); + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum), val | TWSI_CONTROL_INT_ENA); + /* Add delay of 1ms */ + mvOsDelay(1); + + return actualFreq; +} + + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiStsGet - Get the TWSI status value. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This routine returns the TWSI status value. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_U32 - the TWSI status. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_U32 twsiStsGet(MV_U8 chanNum) +{ + return MV_REG_READ(TWSI_STATUS_BAUDE_RATE_REG(chanNum)); + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiReset - Reset the TWSI. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* Resets the TWSI logic and sets all TWSI registers to their reset values. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* None +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_VOID twsiReset(MV_U8 chanNum) +{ + /* Reset the TWSI logic */ + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_SOFT_RESET_REG(chanNum),0); + + /* wait for 2 mili sec */ + mvOsDelay(2); + + return; +} + + + + +/******************************* POLICY ****************************************/ + + + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvTwsiAddrSet - Set address on TWSI bus. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function Set address (7 or 10 Bit address) on the Twsi Bus. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* pTwsiAddr - twsi address. +* command - read / write . +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK - if setting the address completed succesfully. +* MV_FAIL otherwmise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvTwsiAddrSet(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_TWSI_ADDR *pTwsiAddr, MV_TWSI_CMD command) +{ + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiAddr7BitSet addr %x , type %d, cmd is %s\n",pTwsiAddr->address,\ + pTwsiAddr->type, ((command==MV_TWSI_WRITE)?"Write":"Read") )); + /* 10 Bit address */ + if(pTwsiAddr->type == ADDR10_BIT) + { + return twsiAddr10BitSet(chanNum, pTwsiAddr->address,command); + } + /* 7 Bit address */ + else + { + return twsiAddr7BitSet(chanNum, pTwsiAddr->address,command); + } + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiAddr10BitSet - Set 10 Bit address on TWSI bus. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* There are two address phases: +* 1) Write '11110' to data register bits [7:3] and 10-bit address MSB +* (bits [9:8]) to data register bits [2:1] plus a write(0) or read(1) bit +* to the Data register. Then it clears interrupt flag which drive +* the address on the TWSI bus. The function then waits for interrupt +* flag to be active and status 0x18 (write) or 0x40 (read) to be set. +* 2) write the rest of 10-bit address to data register and clears +* interrupt flag which drive the address on the TWSI bus. The +* function then waits for interrupt flag to be active and status +* 0xD0 (write) or 0xE0 (read) to be set. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* deviceAddress - twsi address. +* command - read / write . +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK - if setting the address completed succesfully. +* MV_FAIL otherwmise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS twsiAddr10BitSet(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U32 deviceAddress,MV_TWSI_CMD command) +{ + MV_U32 val,timeout; + + /* writing the 2 most significant bits of the 10 bit address*/ + val = ((deviceAddress & TWSI_DATA_ADDR_10BIT_MASK) >> TWSI_DATA_ADDR_10BIT_OFFS ); + /* bits 7:3 must be 0x11110 */ + val |= TWSI_DATA_ADDR_10BIT_CONST; + /* set command */ + val |= command; + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_DATA_REG(chanNum), val); + /* WA add a delay */ + mvOsDelay(1); + + /* clear Int flag */ + twsiIntFlgClr(chanNum); + + /* wait for Int to be Set */ + timeout = 0; + while( !twsiMainIntGet(chanNum) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: twsiAddr10BitSet ERROR - 1st addr (10Bit) Int TimeOut.\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + /* check the status */ + val = twsiStsGet(chanNum); + if(( (val != TWSI_AD_PLS_RD_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC) && (command == MV_TWSI_READ ) ) || + ( (val != TWSI_AD_PLS_WR_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC) && (command == MV_TWSI_WRITE) )) + { + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiAddr10BitSet ERROR - status %x 1st addr (10 Bit) in %s mode.\n"\ + ,val, ((command==MV_TWSI_WRITE)?"Write":"Read") ); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + /* set 8 LSB of the address */ + val = (deviceAddress << TWSI_DATA_ADDR_7BIT_OFFS) & TWSI_DATA_ADDR_7BIT_MASK; + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_DATA_REG(chanNum), val); + + /* clear Int flag */ + twsiIntFlgClr(chanNum); + + /* wait for Int to be Set */ + timeout = 0; + while( !twsiMainIntGet(chanNum) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: twsiAddr10BitSet ERROR - 2nd (10 Bit) Int TimOut.\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + /* check the status */ + val = twsiStsGet(chanNum); + if(( (val != TWSI_SEC_AD_PLS_RD_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC) && (command == MV_TWSI_READ ) ) || + ( (val != TWSI_SEC_AD_PLS_WR_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC) && (command == MV_TWSI_WRITE) )) + { + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiAddr10BitSet ERROR - status %x 2nd addr(10 Bit) in %s mode.\n"\ + ,val, ((command==MV_TWSI_WRITE)?"Write":"Read") ); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiAddr7BitSet - Set 7 Bit address on TWSI bus. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function writes 7 bit address plus a write or read bit to the +* Data register. Then it clears interrupt flag which drive the address on +* the TWSI bus. The function then waits for interrupt flag to be active +* and status 0x18 (write) or 0x40 (read) to be set. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* deviceAddress - twsi address. +* command - read / write . +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK - if setting the address completed succesfully. +* MV_FAIL otherwmise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS twsiAddr7BitSet(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U32 deviceAddress,MV_TWSI_CMD command) +{ + MV_U32 val,timeout; + + /* set the address */ + val = (deviceAddress << TWSI_DATA_ADDR_7BIT_OFFS) & TWSI_DATA_ADDR_7BIT_MASK; + /* set command */ + val |= command; + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_DATA_REG(chanNum), val); + /* WA add a delay */ + mvOsDelay(1); + + /* clear Int flag */ + twsiIntFlgClr(chanNum); + + /* wait for Int to be Set */ + timeout = 0; + while( !twsiMainIntGet(chanNum) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: twsiAddr7BitSet ERROR - Addr (7 Bit) int TimeOut.\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + /* check the status */ + val = twsiStsGet(chanNum); + if(( (val != TWSI_AD_PLS_RD_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC) && (command == MV_TWSI_READ ) ) || + ( (val != TWSI_AD_PLS_WR_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC) && (command == MV_TWSI_WRITE) )) + { + /* only in debug, since in boot we try to read the SPD of both DRAM, and we don't + want error messeges in case DIMM doesn't exist. */ + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiAddr7BitSet ERROR - status %x addr (7 Bit) in %s mode.\n"\ + ,val,((command==MV_TWSI_WRITE)?"Write":"Read") )); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiDataWrite - Trnasmit a data block over TWSI bus. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function writes a given data block to TWSI bus in 8 bit granularity. +* first The function waits for interrupt flag to be active then +* For each 8-bit data: +* The function writes data to data register. It then clears +* interrupt flag which drives the data on the TWSI bus. +* The function then waits for interrupt flag to be active and status +* 0x28 to be set. +* +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* pBlock - Data block. +* blockSize - number of chars in pBlock. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK - if transmiting the block completed succesfully, +* MV_BAD_PARAM - if pBlock is NULL, +* MV_FAIL otherwmise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS twsiDataTransmit(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U8 *pBlock, MV_U32 blockSize) +{ + MV_U32 timeout, temp, blockSizeWr = blockSize; + + if(NULL == pBlock) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + /* wait for Int to be Set */ + timeout = 0; + while( !twsiMainIntGet(chanNum) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: twsiDataTransmit ERROR - Read Data Int TimeOut.\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + while(blockSizeWr) + { + /* write the data*/ + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_DATA_REG(chanNum),(MV_U32)*pBlock); + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiDataTransmit place = %d write %x \n",\ + blockSize - blockSizeWr, *pBlock)); + pBlock++; + blockSizeWr--; + + twsiIntFlgClr(chanNum); + + /* wait for Int to be Set */ + timeout = 0; + while( !twsiMainIntGet(chanNum) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: twsiDataTransmit ERROR - Read Data Int TimeOut.\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + /* check the status */ + temp = twsiStsGet(chanNum); + if(temp != TWSI_M_TRAN_DATA_BYTE_ACK_REC) + { + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiDataTransmit ERROR - status %x in write trans\n",temp); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + } + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiDataReceive - Receive data block from TWSI bus. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* This function receive data block from TWSI bus in 8bit granularity +* into pBlock buffer. +* first The function waits for interrupt flag to be active then +* For each 8-bit data: +* It clears the interrupt flag which allows the next data to be +* received from TWSI bus. +* The function waits for interrupt flag to be active, +* and status reg is 0x50. +* Then the function reads data from data register, and copies it to +* the given buffer. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* blockSize - number of bytes to read. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pBlock - Data block. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK - if receive transaction completed succesfully, +* MV_BAD_PARAM - if pBlock is NULL, +* MV_FAIL otherwmise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS twsiDataReceive(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U8 *pBlock, MV_U32 blockSize) +{ + MV_U32 timeout, temp, blockSizeRd = blockSize; + if(NULL == pBlock) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + /* wait for Int to be Set */ + timeout = 0; + while( !twsiMainIntGet(chanNum) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: twsiDataReceive ERROR - Read Data int Time out .\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + while(blockSizeRd) + { + if(blockSizeRd == 1) + { + /* clear ack and Int flag */ + temp = MV_REG_READ(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum)); + temp &= ~(TWSI_CONTROL_ACK); + MV_REG_WRITE(TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum), temp); + } + twsiIntFlgClr(chanNum); + /* wait for Int to be Set */ + timeout = 0; + while( (!twsiMainIntGet(chanNum)) && (timeout++ < TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); + + /* check for timeout */ + if(MV_TRUE == twsiTimeoutChk(timeout,"TWSI: twsiDataReceive ERROR - Read Data Int Time out .\n")) + return MV_TIMEOUT; + + /* check the status */ + temp = twsiStsGet(chanNum); + if((temp != TWSI_M_REC_RD_DATA_ACK_TRA) && (blockSizeRd !=1)) + { + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiDataReceive ERROR - status %x in read trans \n",temp); + return MV_FAIL; + } + else if((temp != TWSI_M_REC_RD_DATA_ACK_NOT_TRA) && (blockSizeRd ==1)) + { + mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiDataReceive ERROR - status %x in Rd Terminate\n",temp); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + /* read the data*/ + *pBlock = (MV_U8)MV_REG_READ(TWSI_DATA_REG(chanNum)); + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiDataReceive place %d read %x \n",\ + blockSize - blockSizeRd,*pBlock)); + pBlock++; + blockSizeRd--; + } + + return MV_OK; +} + + + +/******************************************************************************* +* twsiTargetOffsSet - Set TWST target offset on TWSI bus. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* The function support TWSI targets that have inside address space (for +* example EEPROMs). The function: +* 1) Convert the given offset into pBlock and size. +* in case the offset should be set to a TWSI slave which support +* more then 256 bytes offset, the offset setting will be done +* in 2 transactions. +* 2) Use twsiDataTransmit to place those on the bus. +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* offset - offset to be set on the EEPROM device. +* moreThen256 - whether the EEPROM device support more then 256 byte offset. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK - if setting the offset completed succesfully. +* MV_FAIL otherwmise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +static MV_STATUS twsiTargetOffsSet(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_U32 offset, MV_BOOL moreThen256) +{ + MV_U8 offBlock[2]; + MV_U32 offSize; + + if(moreThen256 == MV_TRUE) + { + offBlock[0] = (offset >> 8) & 0xff; + offBlock[1] = offset & 0xff; + offSize = 2; + } + else + { + offBlock[0] = offset & 0xff; + offSize = 1; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: twsiTargetOffsSet offSize = %x addr1 = %x addr2 = %x\n",\ + offSize,offBlock[0],offBlock[1])); + return twsiDataTransmit(chanNum, offBlock, offSize); + +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvTwsiRead - Read data block from a TWSI Slave. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* The function calls the following functions: +* -) mvTwsiStartBitSet(); +* if(EEPROM device) +* -) mvTwsiAddrSet(w); +* -) twsiTargetOffsSet(); +* -) mvTwsiStartBitSet(); +* -) mvTwsiAddrSet(r); +* -) twsiDataReceive(); +* -) mvTwsiStopBitSet(); +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* pTwsiSlave - Twsi Slave structure. +* blockSize - number of bytes to read. +* +* OUTPUT: +* pBlock - Data block. +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK - if EEPROM read transaction completed succesfully, +* MV_BAD_PARAM - if pBlock is NULL, +* MV_FAIL otherwmise. +* +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvTwsiRead(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_TWSI_SLAVE *pTwsiSlave, MV_U8 *pBlock, MV_U32 blockSize) +{ + if((NULL == pBlock) || (NULL == pTwsiSlave)) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + if(MV_OK != mvTwsiStartBitSet(chanNum)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromRead after mvTwsiStartBitSet\n")); + + /* in case offset exsist (i.e. eeprom ) */ + if(MV_TRUE == pTwsiSlave->validOffset) + { + if(MV_OK != mvTwsiAddrSet(chanNum, &(pTwsiSlave->slaveAddr), MV_TWSI_WRITE)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromRead after mvTwsiAddrSet\n")); + if(MV_OK != twsiTargetOffsSet(chanNum, pTwsiSlave->offset, pTwsiSlave->moreThen256)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromRead after twsiTargetOffsSet\n")); + if(MV_OK != mvTwsiStartBitSet(chanNum)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromRead after mvTwsiStartBitSet\n")); + } + if(MV_OK != mvTwsiAddrSet(chanNum, &(pTwsiSlave->slaveAddr), MV_TWSI_READ)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromRead after mvTwsiAddrSet\n")); + if(MV_OK != twsiDataReceive(chanNum, pBlock, blockSize)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromRead after twsiDataReceive\n")); + + if(MV_OK != mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum)) + { + return MV_FAIL; + } + + twsiAckBitSet(chanNum); + + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromRead after mvTwsiStopBitSet\n")); + + return MV_OK; +} + +/******************************************************************************* +* mvTwsiWrite - Write data block to a TWSI Slave. +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* The function calls the following functions: +* -) mvTwsiStartBitSet(); +* -) mvTwsiAddrSet(); +* -)if(EEPROM device) +* -) twsiTargetOffsSet(); +* -) twsiDataTransmit(); +* -) mvTwsiStopBitSet(); +* +* INPUT: +* chanNum - TWSI channel +* eepromAddress - eeprom address. +* blockSize - number of bytes to write. +* pBlock - Data block. +* +* OUTPUT: +* None +* +* RETURN: +* MV_OK - if EEPROM read transaction completed succesfully. +* MV_BAD_PARAM - if pBlock is NULL, +* MV_FAIL otherwmise. +* +* NOTE: Part of the EEPROM, required that the offset will be aligned to the +* max write burst supported. +*******************************************************************************/ +MV_STATUS mvTwsiWrite(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_TWSI_SLAVE *pTwsiSlave, MV_U8 *pBlock, MV_U32 blockSize) +{ + if((NULL == pBlock) || (NULL == pTwsiSlave)) + return MV_BAD_PARAM; + + if(MV_OK != mvTwsiStartBitSet(chanNum)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromWrite after mvTwsiStartBitSet\n")); + if(MV_OK != mvTwsiAddrSet(chanNum, &(pTwsiSlave->slaveAddr), MV_TWSI_WRITE)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI :mvTwsiEepromWrite after mvTwsiAddrSet\n")); + + /* in case offset exsist (i.e. eeprom ) */ + if(MV_TRUE == pTwsiSlave->validOffset) + { + if(MV_OK != twsiTargetOffsSet(chanNum, pTwsiSlave->offset, pTwsiSlave->moreThen256)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromWrite after twsiTargetOffsSet\n")); + } + if(MV_OK != twsiDataTransmit(chanNum, pBlock, blockSize)) + { + mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum); + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromWrite after twsiDataTransmit\n")); + if(MV_OK != mvTwsiStopBitSet(chanNum)) + { + return MV_FAIL; + } + DB(mvOsPrintf("TWSI: mvTwsiEepromWrite after mvTwsiStopBitSet\n")); + + return MV_OK; +} diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd5b6d0090 --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsi.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __INCmvTwsiH +#define __INCmvTwsiH + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* need to update this includes */ +#include "twsi/mvTwsiSpec.h" +#include "ctrlEnv/mvCtrlEnvLib.h" + + +/* The TWSI interface supports both 7-bit and 10-bit addressing. */ +/* This enumerator describes addressing type. */ +typedef enum _mvTwsiAddrType +{ + ADDR7_BIT, /* 7 bit address */ + ADDR10_BIT /* 10 bit address */ +}MV_TWSI_ADDR_TYPE; + +/* This structure describes TWSI address. */ +typedef struct _mvTwsiAddr +{ + MV_U32 address; /* address */ + MV_TWSI_ADDR_TYPE type; /* Address type */ +}MV_TWSI_ADDR; + +/* This structure describes a TWSI slave. */ +typedef struct _mvTwsiSlave +{ + MV_TWSI_ADDR slaveAddr; + MV_BOOL validOffset; /* whether the slave has offset (i.e. Eeprom etc.) */ + MV_U32 offset; /* offset in the slave. */ + MV_BOOL moreThen256; /* whether the ofset is bigger then 256 */ +}MV_TWSI_SLAVE; + +/* This enumerator describes TWSI protocol commands. */ +typedef enum _mvTwsiCmd +{ + MV_TWSI_WRITE, /* TWSI write command - 0 according to spec */ + MV_TWSI_READ /* TWSI read command - 1 according to spec */ +}MV_TWSI_CMD; + +MV_STATUS mvTwsiStartBitSet(MV_U8 chanNum); +MV_STATUS mvTwsiStopBitSet(MV_U8 chanNum); +MV_STATUS mvTwsiAddrSet(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_TWSI_ADDR *twsiAddr, MV_TWSI_CMD command); + +MV_U32 mvTwsiInit(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_KHZ frequancy, MV_U32 Tclk, MV_TWSI_ADDR *twsiAddr, MV_BOOL generalCallEnable); +MV_STATUS mvTwsiRead (MV_U8 chanNum, MV_TWSI_SLAVE *twsiSlave, MV_U8 *pBlock, MV_U32 blockSize); +MV_STATUS mvTwsiWrite(MV_U8 chanNum, MV_TWSI_SLAVE *twsiSlave, MV_U8 *pBlock, MV_U32 blockSize); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __INCmvTwsiH */ + diff --git a/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsiSpec.h b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsiSpec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0c2b9e7bd --- /dev/null +++ b/target/linux/generic/files/crypto/ocf/kirkwood/mvHal/mv_hal/twsi/mvTwsiSpec.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/******************************************************************************* +Copyright (C) Marvell International Ltd. and its affiliates + +This software file (the "File") is owned and distributed by Marvell +International Ltd. and/or its affiliates ("Marvell") under the following +alternative licensing terms. Once you have made an election to distribute the +File under one of the following license alternatives, please (i) delete this +introductory statement regarding license alternatives, (ii) delete the two +license alternatives that you have not elected to use and (iii) preserve the +Marvell copyright notice above. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell Commercial License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell and you have entered into a commercial +license agreement (a "Commercial License") with Marvell, the File is licensed +to you under the terms of the applicable Commercial License. + +******************************************************************************** +Marvell GPL License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File in accordance with the terms and conditions of the General +Public License Version 2, June 1991 (the "GPL License"), a copy of which is +available along with the File in the license.txt file or by writing to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 or +on the worldwide web at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.txt. + +THE FILE IS DISTRIBUTED AS-IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY +DISCLAIMED. The GPL License provides additional details about this warranty +disclaimer. +******************************************************************************** +Marvell BSD License Option + +If you received this File from Marvell, you may opt to use, redistribute and/or +modify this File under the following licensing terms. +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + * Neither the name of Marvell nor the names of its contributors may be + used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without + specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; +LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON +ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*******************************************************************************/ +/****************************************/ +/* TWSI Registers */ +/****************************************/ +#ifndef __INCmvTwsiSpech +#define __INCmvTwsiSpech + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* defines */ +#define TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_REG(chanNum) (TWSI_SLAVE_BASE(chanNum)+ 0x00) + +#define TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_GCE_ENA BIT0 +#define TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_7BIT_OFFS 0x1 +#define TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_7BIT_MASK (0xFF << TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_7BIT_OFFS) +#define TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_10BIT_OFFS 0x7 +#define TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_10BIT_MASK 0x300 +#define TWSI_SLAVE_ADDR_10BIT_CONST 0xF0 + + +#define TWSI_EXTENDED_SLAVE_ADDR_REG(chanNum) (TWSI_SLAVE_BASE(chanNum) + 0x10) +#define TWSI_EXTENDED_SLAVE_OFFS 0 +#define TWSI_EXTENDED_SLAVE_MASK (0xFF << TWSI_EXTENDED_SLAVE_OFFS) + + +#define TWSI_DATA_REG(chanNum) (TWSI_SLAVE_BASE(chanNum) + 0x04) +#define TWSI_DATA_COMMAND_OFFS 0x0 +#define TWSI_DATA_COMMAND_MASK (0x1 << TWSI_DATA_COMMAND_OFFS) +#define TWSI_DATA_COMMAND_WR (0x1 << TWSI_DATA_COMMAND_OFFS) +#define TWSI_DATA_COMMAND_RD (0x0 << TWSI_DATA_COMMAND_OFFS) +#define TWSI_DATA_ADDR_7BIT_OFFS 0x1 +#define TWSI_DATA_ADDR_7BIT_MASK (0xFF << TWSI_DATA_ADDR_7BIT_OFFS) +#define TWSI_DATA_ADDR_10BIT_OFFS 0x7 +#define TWSI_DATA_ADDR_10BIT_MASK 0x300 +#define TWSI_DATA_ADDR_10BIT_CONST 0xF0 + + +#define TWSI_CONTROL_REG(chanNum) (TWSI_SLAVE_BASE(chanNum) + 0x08) +#define TWSI_CONTROL_ACK BIT2 +#define TWSI_CONTROL_INT_FLAG_SET BIT3 +#define TWSI_CONTROL_STOP_BIT BIT4 +#define TWSI_CONTROL_START_BIT BIT5 +#define TWSI_CONTROL_ENA BIT6 +#define TWSI_CONTROL_INT_ENA BIT7 + + +#define TWSI_STATUS_BAUDE_RATE_REG(chanNum) (TWSI_SLAVE_BASE(chanNum) + 0x0c) +#define TWSI_BAUD_RATE_N_OFFS 0 +#define TWSI_BAUD_RATE_N_MASK (0x7 << TWSI_BAUD_RATE_N_OFFS) +#define TWSI_BAUD_RATE_M_OFFS 3 +#define TWSI_BAUD_RATE_M_MASK (0xF << TWSI_BAUD_RATE_M_OFFS) + +#define TWSI_SOFT_RESET_REG(chanNum) (TWSI_SLAVE_BASE(chanNum) + 0x1c) + +/* defines */ +#define TWSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 0x500 + +/* TWSI status codes */ +#define TWSI_BUS_ERROR 0x00 +#define TWSI_START_CON_TRA 0x08 +#define TWSI_REPEATED_START_CON_TRA 0x10 +#define TWSI_AD_PLS_WR_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC 0x18 +#define TWSI_AD_PLS_WR_BIT_TRA_ACK_NOT_REC 0x20 +#define TWSI_M_TRAN_DATA_BYTE_ACK_REC 0x28 +#define TWSI_M_TRAN_DATA_BYTE_ACK_NOT_REC 0x30 +#define TWSI_M_LOST_ARB_DUR_AD_OR_DATA_TRA 0x38 +#define TWSI_AD_PLS_RD_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC 0x40 +#define TWSI_AD_PLS_RD_BIT_TRA_ACK_NOT_REC 0x48 +#define TWSI_M_REC_RD_DATA_ACK_TRA 0x50 +#define TWSI_M_REC_RD_DATA_ACK_NOT_TRA 0x58 +#define TWSI_SLA_REC_AD_PLS_WR_BIT_ACK_TRA 0x60 +#define TWSI_M_LOST_ARB_DUR_AD_TRA_AD_IS_TRGT_TO_SLA_ACK_TRA_W 0x68 +#define TWSI_GNL_CALL_REC_ACK_TRA 0x70 +#define TWSI_M_LOST_ARB_DUR_AD_TRA_GNL_CALL_AD_REC_ACK_TRA 0x78 +#define TWSI_SLA_REC_WR_DATA_AF_REC_SLA_AD_ACK_TRAN 0x80 +#define TWSI_SLA_REC_WR_DATA_AF_REC_SLA_AD_ACK_NOT_TRAN 0x88 +#define TWSI_SLA_REC_WR_DATA_AF_REC_GNL_CALL_ACK_TRAN 0x90 +#define TWSI_SLA_REC_WR_DATA_AF_REC_GNL_CALL_ACK_NOT_TRAN 0x98 +#define TWSI_SLA_REC_STOP_OR_REPEATED_STRT_CON 0xA0 +#define TWSI_SLA_REC_AD_PLS_RD_BIT_ACK_TRA 0xA8 +#define TWSI_M_LOST_ARB_DUR_AD_TRA_AD_IS_TRGT_TO_SLA_ACK_TRA_R 0xB0 +#define TWSI_SLA_TRA_RD_DATA_ACK_REC 0xB8 +#define TWSI_SLA_TRA_RD_DATA_ACK_NOT_REC 0xC0 +#define TWSI_SLA_TRA_LAST_RD_DATA_ACK_REC 0xC8 +#define TWSI_SEC_AD_PLS_WR_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC 0xD0 +#define TWSI_SEC_AD_PLS_WR_BIT_TRA_ACK_NOT_REC 0xD8 +#define TWSI_SEC_AD_PLS_RD_BIT_TRA_ACK_REC 0xE0 +#define TWSI_SEC_AD_PLS_RD_BIT_TRA_ACK_NOT_REC 0xE8 +#define TWSI_NO_REL_STS_INT_FLAG_IS_KEPT_0 0xF8 + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __INCmvTwsiSpech */ -- cgit v1.2.3